An American Anthropologist in Melanesia: A. B. Lewis and the Joseph N. Field South Pacific Expedition, 1909–1913 (Volume II: Appendixes) 9780824895402

Citation preview

An American

Anthropologist

in Melanesia

VOLUME II: APPENDIXES

An American Anthropologist in Melanesia A . B. Lewis an d t h e J o s e p h N . F i e l d S o u t h Pacific E x p e d i t i o n

1909-1913

Edited and Annotated by

Robert L. Welsch

• University of Hawai'i Press HONOLULU

© 1998 University of Hawai'i Press All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America 03 02 01 00 99 98

5 4 3 2 1

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data An American anthropologist in Melanesia : A. B. Lewis and the Joseph N. Field South Pacific expedition, 1909-1913 / edited and annotated by Robert L. Welsch, p. cm. Includes bibliographical references and index. Contents: v. 1. Field diaries — v. 2. Appendixes. ISBN 0-8248-1644-7 (alk. paper) 1. Ethnology—Melanesia. 2. Lewis, A. B. (Albert Buell), 1867—Diaries. 3. Material culture—Melanesia. 4. Melanesia—Social life and customs. I. Welsch, Robert L. II. Lewis, A. B. (Albert Buell), 1867GN668.A44 1998 306'.0995—DC21 97-39219 CIP Published with the support of the Maurice J . Sullivan & Family Fund in the University of Hawai'i Foundation

University of Hawai'i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources Designed by Santos Barbasa

iiiuiiniiiiiuiiiuuiiiMiiwiiiiiiiiui

FRONTISPIECE: Launching canoe in which A. B. Lewis traveled from Bukaua to Lokanu and back, at Wusumu [Busama], The canoe is from Bukaua, A-32032 (339).

Contents

VOLUME II: APPENDIXES

Appendixes — 1 Appendix 1: Biographical Sketch of A. B. Lewis

3

Appendix 2: The Early Correspondence of A. B. Lewis, 1906—1907

9

Appendix 3: Who Was Who in Melanesia, 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 3

19

Appendix 4: Summary of Objects in the A. B. Lewis Collection

175

Appendix 5: List of Photographs Made hy A. B. Lewis in Melanesia, 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 3

197

ABBREVIATIONS AND SHORT TITLES

255

BIBLIOGRAPHY

259

clîxes

Appendix

Biographical Sketch of A. B . Lewis

1

by Robert L. Welscb Reprinted with permission from the International Dictionary of Anthropologists (New York: Garland Publishing, 1991), compiled by Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, general editor.

L

ewis, Albert Buell. Anthropologist. Born in Clifton (Ohio) 21 June 1867, died in Chicago (Illinois) 10 October 1940. Best known for his studies of Melanesian material culture, Lewis spent nearly four years in Melanesia from 1909 to 1913 as leader of the Joseph N. Field South Pacific Expedition, which he undertook on behalf of Field Museum of Natural History where he was assistant curator of African and Melanesian ethnology. During his expedition he visited all of the colonial territories of Melanesia—Fiji, New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, the Solomon Islands, German New Guinea, Papua, and Dutch New Guinea—and made a collection of more than fourteen thousand objects and took nearly two thousand photographs of village life. Lewis was the first American anthropologist to conduct systematic, long-term field research in Melanesia, and his collection remains the largest and best documented assemblage of Melanesian material ever collected in the field. Through his field notes, his photographs, and his collection, Lewis attempted to document the cultural diversity of Melanesian communities and the movement of local handicrafts through trade. His monograph, Ethnology of Melanesia, is the first full-length English-language publication to deal with the varied cultures of the whole of Melanesia as parts of a common ethnographic region. Lewis began his career in the biological sciences, attending Wooster College from 1890 to 1893 and completing his A.B, in biology at the University of Chicago in 1894. For three years he held fellowships at the University of Chicago in biology, histology, and bacteriology before accepting a position as a fellow, and later lecturer, in zoology at the University of Nebraska from 1897 to 1902. At the age of thirty-five, Lewis returned to graduate school at Columbia University, where he studied anthropology under Franz Boas, becoming Boas' fourth Ph.D. student in 1906. His dissertation, "Tribes of the Columbia Valley and the Coast of Washington and Oregon," was a regional comparison of material culture, customs, and practices that attempted to identify the influences of the various

3

Appendix

1

cultural groups on one another. The zoologist's attention to local variation, the Boasian attention to detail, and his early interest in the influence of one culture on another were important influences that shaped his later Melanesian research and writings. During the summer of 1906 Lewis assisted William C. Mills in the excavation of Siep Mound near Bainbridge, Ohio. The following winter he joined the staff of the Department of Anthropology at Field Museum as an assistant. He was promoted to assistant curator in 1908 and curator in 1937. After his return from Melanesia in 1913, Lewis spent the rest of his career cataloging collections and preparing exhibits at Field Museum that would illustrate patterns of cultural diversity in Melanesia. Most of his publications were aimed at popular audiences and attempted to illustrate and interpret Melanesian life and its regional variations to the public.

Known Publications of Albert Buell Lewis 1906a

Tribes of the Columbia Valley and the Coast of Washington and Oregon. Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia University.

1906b

Tribes of the Columbia Valley and the coast of Washington and Oregon. Memoirs of the American Anthropological Association 1(2): 147-209.

1910a

Nuestra Señora de la Soledad. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 9 3 - 9 4 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910b

Purísima Concepción. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, pat 2, 328-329- Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910c

San Antonio de Padua. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 424. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910d

San Buenaventura. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 2 6 - 4 2 7 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910e

San Carlos (Saint Charles). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 2 7 - 4 2 8 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910f

San Diego (Saint James). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 3 0 - 4 3 1 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910g

San Fernando (Saint Ferdinand). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 434. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910h

San Francisco Solano. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 3 6 - 4 3 7 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910i

San Gabriel Arcángel. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 439. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

4

Biographica

] Sketch of A. B.

Lewis

1910 j

San José (Saint Joseph). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 4 1 - 4 4 2 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

191 Ok

San Juan Bautista (Saint John the Baptist). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 444. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

19101

San Juan Capistrano. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 4 5 - 4 4 6 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, (with Frank Huntington)

1910m

San Luis Obispo. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 447—448. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910n

San Luis Rey de Francia (Saint Louis, King of France, commonly contracted to San Luis Rey). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 448. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910o

San Miguel (Saint Michael). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 449. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910p

San Rafael. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 452. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910q

Santa Barbara. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 5 4 - 4 5 5 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910r

Santa Clara. Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 456. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910s

Santa Cruz (Holy Cross). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 4 5 7 - 4 5 8 . Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1910t

Santa Inés (Saint Agnes). Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico, ed. F. W. Hodge, part 2, 458. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office.

1916

[Review of} Ein Beitrag zur Ethnologie von Bougainville und Buka mit spezieller Berücksichtigung der Nasioi, by Ernst Frizzi. American Anthropologist 18:289—290.

1919

[Review of] Contributions to the ethnography of Micronesia, by Akira Matsumura. American Anthropologist 21:315-316.

1922

New Guinea masks. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, no. 4. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1923

The use of sago in New Guinea. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, no. 10. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1924a

Use of tobacco in New Guinea and neighboring regions. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, no. 17. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

Appendix

1

1924b

Block prints from India for textiles. Anthropology Design Series, no. 1. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1924c

Javanese batik designs from metal stamps. Anthropology Design Series, no. 2. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1925

Decorative art of New Guinea: Incised designs. Anthropology Design Series, no. 4. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1929

Melanesian shell money in Field Museum's collections. Fieldiana, Anthropological Series, 19. FMNH Publication 268. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1931a

Carved and painted designs from New Guinea. Anthropology Design Series, no. 5. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1931b

Tobacco in New Guinea. American Anthropologist 33:134-138.

1932a

Ethnology of Melanesia. Department of Anthropology Guide, part 5, Joseph N. Field Hall (Hall A. Ground floor). Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1932b

Money from Melanesia. Field Museum News 3(7):3.

1933a

Wood carving without metal. Field Museum News 4(5):3.

1933b

A South Sea hall of fame. Field Museum News 4(6):3-

1934a

{Review of) Ethnographical collection from the Kiwai District of British New Guinea in the National Museum of Finland, Helsingfors: A descriptive survey of the material culture of the Kiwai people, by Gunnar Landtman. American Anthropologist 36:606.

1934b

Sulka masks. Field Museum News 5(4):2.

1935

[Review of] Beträge zur Ethnographie des Papua-Golfes, Britisch-Neuguinea, by Paul Wirz. American Anthropologist 37:507.

1937

Solomon Islanders. Field Museum News 8(6):3.

1940a

Strange carved figures, from South Sea Islands, placed on exhibition. Field Museum News 11(3): 1-2.

1940b

Trophy heads exhibited. Field Museum News 11(9):7.

In addition, according to Hambly (1940), are "contributions to various noted encyclopedias and dictionaries."

Posthumous Editions and Publications 1945

The Melanesians: People of the South Pacific. 2d printing (with additions and corrections). Ed. W. D. Hambly. Chicago: Chicago Natural History Museum.

1951

The Melanesians: People of the South Pacific. 3d printing (with additions and corrections). Ed. W. D. Hambly. Chicago: Chicago Natural History Museum.

1973

Decorative art of New Guinea. New York: Dover. [An unabridged republication of two booklets originally published by the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, as nos. 4 and 5, respectively, in the Anthropology Design series.]

1988

New Britain notebook. Ed. R. L. Welsch. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 59(8):1—15.

6

Biographica

I Sketch

of A. B.

Lewis

Reviews and Comments on A. B. Lewis and His Work (chronologically arranged) Swanton, J. R. 1906

[Review of} Tribes of the Columbia Valley and the coast of Washington and Oregon, by Albert Buell Lewis. American Anthropologist 8:705.

Lowie, Robert H. 1930

[Review of] Melanesian shell money, by Albert B. Lewis. American Anthropologist 32:312-313.

Hogbin, H. Ian 1932

[Review of} Ethnology of Melanesia, by Albert B. Lewis. Oceania 3:114—115.

Lowie, Robert H. 1933

[Review of} Ethnology of Melanesia, by Albert B. Lewis. American Anthropologist 35: 527.

Laufer, Berthold 1931

Tobacco in New Guinea: An epilogue. American Anthropologist 33:138-140.

Hambly, W. D. 1940b

In memoriam Albert Buell Lewis, June 21, 1867-October 10, 1940. Field Museum News 11(11):6.

Hambly, W. D. 1941

Albert Buell Lewis. American Anthropologist 43:256-257. [A republication of the 1940 obituary in Field Museum News. ]

Parker, Susan B. 1978

New Guinea adventure: Sketch of a working anthropologist. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 49(5):4-9.

Welsch, Robert L. 1988

The A. B. Lewis collection from Melanesia—75 years later. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 59(8):10-l5.

Terrell, John, and Robert L. Welsch 1990

Return to New Guinea. In the Field: The Bulletin of the Field Museum of Natural History 61(5): 1, 10-11.

Welsch, Robert L. 1991

Albert Buell Lewis. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 403-404. New York: Garland.

Welsch, Robert L., and John Terrell 1991

Continuity and change in economic relations along the Aitape coast of Papua New Guinea, 1909-1990. Pacific Studies 14(4): 113-128.

7

Appendix

The Early Correspondence of A. B.Lewis, 1906-1907

T

he letters in this appendix document the long and at times puzzling negotiations between A. B. Lewis and George A. Dorsey as Lewis was finishing his Ph.D. at Columbia and trying to find employment at Field Museum of Natural History. This exchange of letters by, to, and about Lewis' employment illustrates the very limited options that faced the new anthropology Ph.D. in 1906. Kroeber had only recently started an anthropology department at Berkeley, and Harvard and Columbia were the only American universities with doctoral programs. These were the only anthropology programs in the United States when Lewis finished up at Columbia. With few universities hiring anthropologists, museums were the natural place to look for a position. There were not very many museums looking for anthropologists either, but Field Museum was looking and for several years had been expanding its anthropology department. As this correspondence illustrates, museums relied heavily on the financial support of wealthy patrons, and a given benefactor was not always interested in the particular project a museum administrator had in mind. To woo one or another of his well-to-do contacts a museum administrator needed several possible regions to which he could send any new staff member. In this exchange between Lewis and Dorsey—plus two letters sent to Boas—it is clear that Dorsey has some definite fieldwork project in mind for Lewis. Many anthropologists today may be perplexed by Lewis' reticence at naming a field site because they have a clear idea about the region in which they hope to conduct their fieldwork. But because of the need for funding from wealthy donors, both Dorsey and Lewis had to keep themselves open to more than one region. Here we see at least six different regions mooted as possible field sites: Polynesia, Melanesia, South America, Africa, the Columbia Valley (Washington and Oregon), and the Malay region. This is an extraordinarily varied set of possible field sites. As this correspondence shows, anthropology in America was a very young discipline indeed.

9

Appendix

2

Columbia University New York Feb. 8, 1906

L e t t e r 1: Lewis to Dorsey, 8 February 1906. A B L seeks employment.

Dr. G. A. Dorsey Chicago, 111. Dear Sir: In reply to your letter of inquiry as to what I have done, what I think I could do, and what I should like to do, etc., I am afraid my answer, especially in respect to the first, will not be as long as I should desire. I have taken the course work here at the university, done a considerable amount of work on the specimens at the museum, some literary work in assisting Prof. Parrand, writing encyclopedia articles, etc. (as I had to earn a good part of my expenses), and am hoping soon to finish my thesis, which embodies a study of the culture of the tribes of Oregon and Washington, from literary and museum material. Unfortunately, aside from some short trips of my own in California and Colorado, I have never been in the field—could not afford it. As to what I can do, I think I had better refer you to Profs. Boas and Parrand, and Dr. Wissler. I have also worked with Saville, Bandelier and Laufer. My preparation, in fact, has been general rather than special, and that includes not only anthropology, but a number of other sciences, especially zoology, which I taught at the University of Nebraska for five years. I accidentally got started in that line, and had to stay by it till I got enough money ahead to make the break. I think I am fairly familiar with general ethnology and ethnography. As to work, I am not so particular as to character or recompense, as that it should give me a chance to work up the subject, and be a possible stepping stone to something better. Very respectfully, A. B. Lewis

10

Correspondence,

1QOÓ—

1Q07

Field Museum of Natural History Chicago Feb. 14, 1906 Mr. A. B. Lewis Columbia UniversityNew York City Dear Sir: I am much obliged for your letter of February 8, and am much interested. I expect to be in New York between now and the time of your graduation, and shall hope to have the pleasure of meeting you personally and talking over the situation. I believe the chance extremely favorable of my being able to offer you some connection with my department at that time. Yours very truly, Geo. A. Dorsey

Columbia University New York March 16, 1906 Dr. G. A. Dorsey Field Columbian Museum Chicago, 111. Dear Sir: I am somewhat in doubt as to what I had better do, and perhaps you can help me out. At the close of this year in June I shall have completely exhausted my supply of ready cash, and I must have a job, or starve. I have been offered a pretty good thing, as far as money goes, but it must be decided within the next week or so. It is not quite what I want to do (It is an assistant editorship on the New International Encyclopedia) but would prevent me from doing anything else for a year or so. I have given up a good deal to study anthropology, and I wish to continue in that line. If you can give me any assurance that I shall be enabled to do so, I shall be very glad to hear of it. As I remarked before, money is not the main consideration, though I expect enough to live on, with an opportunity. Very respectfully, A. B. Lewis

11

Appendix

2

Field Museum of Natural History Chicago March 21, 1906

Letter 4: Dorsey to Lewis, 21 Marcii 1906.

Mr. A. B. Lewis Columbia University New York

G A D repl ìes to letter 3.

My dear Mr. Lewis: Replying to your letter of March 16, would state that I am unable to make any definite proposition to you at this time. It would be necessary first that I should see you and talk the situation over, inasmuch as were you to take up work with us it would be along some definite line, for which it would be necessary to make provision for funds to enable you to carry out such definite course of work. I expect to be in New York early in May, and doubt very much if anything could be done before that time. I am none the less obliged to you for taking up the matter with me at this time. Very truly yours, Geo. A. Dorsey

Letter 5: Lewis to Dorsey, 6 June 1906. Alter tkeir May meeting in New York to discuss some definite fieldwork possibilities.

Columbia University New York June 6, 1906 My dear Dr. Dorsey: I trust you will pardon me for referring to the subject again when it was once apparently settled, but the longer I think of your two propositions, the more I am coming to prefer Polynesia. The reasons are partly personal, but not entirely so. I might give you a page or two of reasons, but will not trouble you with them. Of course, the matter rests with you, as I have given my promise, but I thought that if the matter has not gone too far, you might be willing to consider my preference. If you find you cannot use me at all, I trust you will let me know as soon as possible, so I can make other arrangements. Very respectfully, A. B. Lewis

12

Correspondence,

Field Museum of Natural History Chicago June IS, 1906 Mr. A. B. Lewis Columbia University New York City

1QOÓ—

1Q07

Letter 6: Dorsey to Lewis, 12 June 1906.

My dear Mr. Lewis: On my return from a few days visit in the country I find your letter of June 6th, hence the delay. I have had one interview with my patron regarding the work in the South Seas, and he spoke at that time most favorably. I was greatly encouraged of ultimate success. He asked me to write the matter out in detail, which I have done, but have not yet heard from him, though I am expecting to hear every day. Should I not receive a reply before the first of next week, I will call upon him and inform you of the result.

G A D replies to letter 5.

Sincerely yours, Geo. A. Dorsey

New York July 6, 1906 Dr. G. A. Dorsey Chicago, 111. Dear Sir: I have been very much disappointed in not hearing from you. I suppose no news is bad news—for me, at least. I had gotten all ready to tackle the South Seas, and hope I may still have a chance, but I'd like to be at it. I should like to work up Poly-nesia and Melanesia so as to be able to handle the subject, both scientifically and from the museum standpoint. Well, I suppose there is no use to mourn nowl I shall be for the next month or so with Mills in Ohio, and I still hope that you will be able to make me some definite proposition. South America, it seems to me, is the most promising field— but you know your own plans. If you think things at all favorable to give me something, I shall be glad to hear of it.

L e t t e r 7: Lewis to Dorsey, 6 July 1906. Several weeks later.

Very respectfully, A. B. Lewis care Wm. C. Mills, Rural Route, Bainbridge, Ohio.

13

Appendix

2

Field Museum of Natural History Chicago July 16, 1906

Letter 8: Dorsey to Lewis, 16 July 1906. GAD replies to letter 7.

Mr. A. B. Lewis c/o Wm. G. Mills Bairibridge, Ohio My dear Mr. Lewis: Your letter of July 6th was duly received, the delay in acknowledging it being due to my absence from the city. My silence simply means that I have not yet heard from my supposed patron. I am still very hopeful of a favorable outcome and I am not at all discouraged in the matter. My only regret is that I have not been able to have the matter receive immediate attention in order that you might not be kept waiting. Permit me to add the hope that my failure so far to make a definite proposal has not disarranged your immediate plans. Very truly yours, Geo. A. Dorsey

Bainbridge, 0. Aug. 5, 1906

Letter 9 : Lewis to Boas, 5 August 1906. Frustrated, ABL writes to Boas.

14

Prof. Franz Boas Bolton Landing Warren Co., N.Y. Dear Professor: I have been here now a little over three weeks working with Mr. Mills. The mound he is investigating is rather large—20 x 90 x 170 ft. and it has been very difficult to get men to help in the work. So far he has not worked over more than 1/4 of the mound, and will probably not get through more than 1/2, if that much, this season. So far nothing has been found but nine burials—mostly cremated —and a few implements. The lack of hands has made the work very slow, and it has been largely pick and shovel dirt. Mr. Mills' method consists solely in careful and thorough examination of everything, all the dirt being worked over to the very base of the mound, so that all the original postholes, burnt surfaces, etc. are exposed, and all of these, as well as implements, etc., accurately located. Mr. Mills said he never had such difficulty before in getting help, so that the work has not only been very hard, but progress has been exceedingly slow. Even the farmers cannot get help, and we put in two days thrashing for a couple nearby. A considerable amount of grain was damaged by the heavy rains during July, and some ruined.

Correspondence,

So far I have heard nothing from Dorsey except that he still hopes and expects to have something for me. Nothing else has turned up. I cannot see that my work here will lead to anything whatever, except in experience, which might be useful in certain positions: Wisconsin, Iowa and Missouri certainly need this kind of work. Unfortunately for me, there is not much variety and little to see in the work so far, and Mr. Mills is somewhat secretive regarding his methods in detail, but I have had full liberty to see whatever I could. I have not yet had a single word from Hodge regarding my thesis. 1 I twice asked if he could give me some idea when I could get the proof, but got no reply. Prom what you said, I had thought it would be in print before this time. I have spent some of my spare time here reading Hoernes' "Der diluviale Mensch in Europa." Would you advise one to read his "Urgeschichte der bildenden Kunst in Europa"? How is Wundt's new volume on Myth and Religion? I cannot get many books, but should like some good book to read during the next month or two.2 The work here will stop in about two weeks, if not sooner. A letter sent to Cedarville, 0. (care A. S. Lewis)3 will reach me at any time. If nothing turns up, I was thinking of returning to New York this fall, as I thought the chances of getting something to do there as good, if not better, than elsewhere. I trust that you and Mrs. Boas and the rest of the family are enjoying your summer vacation.

Letter

1Q06—

Ç:

1Q07

(continued)

Lewis to Boas, 5 August 1906. Frustrated, A B L writes to Boas.

Very sincerely yours, Albert B. Lewis

1

This was Frederick W e b b H o d g e (1864—1956), ethnologist and editor of the American Anthropologist from the journal's founding until 1915 (see Lonergan 1991). H o d g e also edited the Memoirs of the American Anthropological Association, which published ABL's dissertation (Lewis 1906b) fewer than six months after its completion. 2 The volumes cited were Moritz Hoernes (1903 and 1898, first edition) and the latest volume of Wilhelm Max W u n d t ' s Völkerpsychologie ( 1 9 0 0 - 1 9 0 9 ) . T h e most recent part of Wundt's multivolume work about myth and religion seems to have been published in 1905. 3

This was ABL's uncle, Addison Storrs Lewis. Uncle Storrs still lived in Clifton, b u t at this time residents of Clifton got their mail at the neighboring Cedarville post office.

15

Appendix

2

Chicago, Ills. Jan. 28, 1907

Letter 10:

Mr. P. J. V. Skiff, Director Field Museum of Natural History

Dorsey to Skiff, 2 8 January 1907.

Dear Sir: I have the honor to recommend that Mr. A. B. Lewis be employed as assistant in my department at the rate of $50.00 per month for a trial period of six months.

Almost six months later G A D decides to tire A B L when there is an opening in his department. This

Yours respectfully, Geo. A. Dorsey Curator Anthropology

is for G A D merely a maneuver; he still had fieldwork plans for ABL.

148 West 82d Street New York City March 4, 1907

Letter 11:

Mr. S. C. Simms,4 Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois

Dorsey to Simms, 4 March 1907. A B L has heen hired. G A D gives

My dear Simms: Your letter of March 2d with enclosures is just received, for all of which many thanks. . . . The Akeley material I suppose cannot be catalogued at the present time, unless indeed you might desire to put Lewis at it. In any event turn it over to Owen and have him store it in Hall 9 or in some case down the line. . . . Dr. A. B. Lewis leaves for Chicago this week to take up work in the museum at $50.00 per month. You will please arrange for his arrival as I have given him a note of introduction to you. Let me say here that Dr. Lewis is a mature man in many ways, a graduate of the University of Chicago, and has received his doctor's degree in anthropology from Boas. He is a good fellow in every respect, earnest, honest, sincere, faithful and capable of doing whatever he undertakes. That being the case, it is up to us to give Lewis the kind of work he is best fitted for and I leave it to you to assign him something until I return. I would suggest that he would be useful in assisting you to catalogue your specimens. It is possible that he can do a great deal of that work and do it well. Please treat Lewis with every consideration and courtesy and make him feel that he is one of us.

Assistant Curator Simms instructions to welcome him into the department.

Sincerely yours, Geo. A. Dorsey

4

16

Stephen Chapman Simms ( 1 8 6 3 - 1 9 3 7 ) , for several years assistant curator of anthropology ( 1 8 9 4 - 1 9 1 2 ) and later director ( 1 9 2 8 - 1 9 3 7 ) of Field M u seum. Simms was later a regular correspondent of ABL's during the expedition.

Correspondence,

5763 Madison Ave. Chicago, 111. May 23, 1907 Dear Prof. Boas: I understand from Jones that you expect to leave for Europe about June 1st, so I thought I would let you know what I am doing. I wrote to Hodge about reviews about the time I left New York. Friederici's "Skalpieren" was already assigned to Mooney.8 Hodge said he would send me other things if they came along, but so far I have received nothing. My work here has so far been taken up with cataloguing collections and looking over the library and sending in lists of new books. It is the intention, according to Dorsey, to build up a good library, and I have handed in the names of over a hundred new books already, mostly on the eastern continent, and especially Africa. One of the collections I catalogued was made by a museum expedition (under Akeley6) in British East Africa, and had some interesting specimens from the region of Mt. Kenia and the Mau Escarpment—some, so far as I know, that have never been described. It seems to me that the Kenia region might be a very good region to work, as it is an outlying island, almost, of the Bantu to the north. Just now I am working (cataloguing) on a collection from Togo Hinterland, 7 and find that very little is known of that region too. At least, I am unable to discover what some of the specimens in the collection were used for. I have been so busy with this work that I have done little else than study up Africa since I came here. Dorsey still wants me to take up Africa, and has promised field work in Africa (more than I want there, I am afraid) and an assistant-curatorship in 3 to 5 years. As everything is still in the air, I thought I would make no definite agreement till he was ready to make a more definite proposition, especially as regards salary, which is still the same ($50.00) he mentioned in N.Y.

1Q06—

1Q07

Letter 12: Lewis to Boas, 2 3 May 1907. Ten weeks later, A B L is frustrated tkat his career is going nowhere. Fieldwork possibilities are still being discussed but with little resolution in sight.

5

This was the German ethnologist Georg Friedrici, who had been studying N o r t h American Indians for some years before turning his attention to Melanesia, where ABL would meet him in the a u t u m n of 1909 at Eitape (now Aitape) on the north coast of Papua New Guinea. James Mooney (1861—1921) was an ethnologist famous for his research among the Cherokee and many Western Indian groups (see Glenn 1991). 6

This was Carl E. Akeley ( 1 8 6 4 - 1 9 2 6 ) , taxidermist, sculptor, and naturalist, who developed Field Museum's animal habitat dioramas. During his expedition to British East Africa in 1905 to hunt big game for the museum's exhibits, he collected some 552 ethnological specimens from the Masai, the Kikiyu, and other tribes in what is now Kenya. It was on this expedition that Akeley and his wife Delia shot the pair of bull elephants that still grace Stanley Field Hall. See also Akeley (1923), Bodry-Sanders (1991), and Boyer (1993, 6 9 - 7 7 ) . 7

This was a collection from northern Togo made in 1904 by Captain Thierry but sold in 1905 to Field Museum by O t t o Finsch, the famous German explorer of N e w Guinea (Finsch 1888b), who was also a noted ornithologist and museum curator.

17

Appendix

2

It is barely possible I may get a chance to go to the Columbia Valley, as Dorsey has mentioned it once or twice, but I hardly expect it, as there is too much work in the museum that needs to be done. Anyway, the primary object, from what he has said, would be specimens. I would like to work up the art of the Chinook and Washington Coast, especially as exhibited on their spoons and carved dishes, possibly bags and baskets also. If I could get the privilege of using the material in the Am. Mus., do you think there is enough for a paper without going out there and trying for more? Of course it would be largely description, with illustration. Are the Nootka being worked up by anybody? or do they come within the scope of the Jesup Expedition? "Migrations" are at present at a standstill. It looks now as if Africa was going to absorb my energies. It is certainly big enough. Do you think it more promising (for me in particular) than the Malay region or Melanesia? Dorsey has hinted a possi-bility in that direction, if I wished it. Hartman still wants me to come to Pittsburgh—has even offered to advance the money for my trip (during the Museum's Ass'n meeting next month) if I would come then and see Holland.8 Do you think there is anything in it? or if there was, would it still be best to stay here? Dorsey says now he would never give me Mr. Wake's place (which he talked [of] at N.Y.), even if he died tomorrow. I hope I have not wearied you with this scribble. Any thing you care to say I shall be glad to know. I trust that Mrs. Boas and the children are well, and hope that you will have a pleasant and agreeable voyage.

L e t t e r 1 2 : (continued) Lewis to Boas, 2 3 May 1907. Ten weeks later, A B L is frustrated that his career is going nowhere. Field-work possibilities are still heing discussed hut with little resolution in sight.

Very sincerely, Albert B. Lewis

8

These were Curator C. V. Hartman, who was actively trying to recruit ABL, and his director, William J. Holland, both of the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. Carl Vilhelm Hartman (1862—1941), Swedish botanist and archaeologist, was a curator at the Carnegie Museum from 1903 to 1908, when he returned to Sweden to join the staff of the Royal Ethnolgraphical Museum, Stockholm, Sweden (see Franzén 1969). William J. Holland ( 1 8 4 8 - 1 9 3 2 ) was a paleontologist and zoologist specializing in butterflies; born in Jamaica of American parents, he became director of the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh in 1897, a position he held for many years (see NCAB 1906, 13:141142). Boas responded that he didn't know what the situation was at the Carnegie Museum, but that they had recently received a great deal of money.

18

Appendix W l i o W a s W l i o in Melanesia, 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 3

3

T

his appendix provides brief biographical sketches of more than 280 individuals mentioned by A. B. Lewis in his field diaries, specimen lists, correspondence, photo captions, and other notes during the Joseph N. Field South Pacific Expedition. Lewis met most of these individuals during his travels, although he rarely identified them in any detail and did not note their significance in Pacific history. Here those people are identified and their significance to anthropology and the broader history of the South Pacific noted. Nearly all of the entries are for expatriates, who originated in more than a dozen countries. Most were people who assisted Lewis or interacted with him during his travels. In a few cases— most notably those of Chalmers, Erdweg, Finsch, Fison, Richard Parkinson, and Vetter—Lewis mentioned individuals already deceased, but their role in Pacific history and anthropology is so significant that it seemed appropriate to include a biographical sketch. In a few other cases, most notably those of Schlechter and Thurnwald, Lewis never actually met the (living) persons he mentioned in his diaries. In these instances, sketches are also included to clarify the diary text and explain the important role that such individuals played in the region. These biographical sketches present a view of Melanesian history quite different from what one usually reads. With these short biographies we view Pacific history through the individual lives of a diverse group of people, all of whom were contemporaries. Whether famous or obscure, all of these individuals helped shape the modern Melanesian societies we can observe today. Many readers will be surprised by the complex linkages among these individuals; others may find it surprising that more than a few individuals had ties to more than one colonial territory. The emphasis in these sketches is on the role that each subject played in the Pacific, particularly Melanesia. Where known, emphasis has been given to publications, museum collections,

19

Appendix

3

and photographs in an effort to give readers a richer and more contextualized sense of early sources whether written, artifactual, or photographic. For people who were well known or who played an especially prominent role in government or science there is rich biographical material—obituaries, published memoirs, even lengthy biographies. For most others, however, many of whom were settlers, planters, traders, or missionaries, published biographical data are limited. As a result these sketches are uneven in scope, length, and detail. Such unevenness was an unavoidable consequence of the data available. Despite these limitations, it seemed more useful to provide a somewhat longer text for some entries than to provide uniform but extremely brief entries for all of these individuals. These biographical sketches are not a final statement about these expatriates, but a starting point for further research. It is hoped that a greater knowledge of the lives of expatriates who lived and worked in Melanesia will help anthropologists, historians, and other scholars to have a better grasp of how the region developed.

Atel, Rev. Ckarles William

(1862-1930)

Sources: Abel (1902, 1912, 1913); Abel (1934); Ainsworth (1981, 92);

BNG-AR

( 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 0 0 , xxxix, 5); Lacey (1972a); Langmore (1989, 283); LMS Report

(1910,

343; also 1 8 9 0 - 1 9 3 0 ) ; Lutton (1979); Monckton (1921, 2 4 7 - 2 4 9 , 2 5 8 - 2 6 0 ) ; Pakenham (1985, 238); PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 118; 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 0 , 156; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 16; 1 9 2 0 - 1 9 2 1 , 32; 1 9 3 6 - 1 9 3 7 , 31; 1 9 3 7 1938, 35; 1 9 3 8 - 1 9 3 9 , 5); Seligman (1910); Thompson (1900); Viner, Williams, and Lenwood (1916, 169, 1 9 6 197); Wetherell (1974, 1977, 1980, 1982); Wichmann (1912).

Ordained missionary with the London Missionary Society in Papua. In 1891 Abel established an LMS station on Kwato Island near Samarai, which he developed as an industrial mission. He remained at Kwato the rest of his career, but he seceded from the LMS in 1918, believing that his colleagues had abandoned their original missionary purpose. Henceforth he made Kwato the headquarters of his own mission, which he called the Kwato Extension Association. In 1881, Abel, who was born in London, emigrated to New Zealand, where he worked as a farmer and trader. Through some Maori friends he became interested in mission work and in 1884 returned to England to study at Cheshunt College. He was ordained in 1890 and sent by the LMS to British New Guinea. On his arrival in the colony, Abel was first posted to Port Moresby, where he learned Police Motu and traveled with pioneer missionary James Chalmers (q.v.) to many of the mission's stations in the colony. In 1891 he was sent to Suau at the eastern end of the LMS sphere of influence but decided to make his headquarters on Kwato, an uninhabited, seventy-acre island near Samarai in the Eastern Division. The following year he married Beatrice Moxon in Sydney. The hallmark of Abel's mission work was his interest in building an "industrial mission" that could train villagers in carpentry, boat building, house construction, furniture making, sawmilling, plantation management, and the like. Abel saw such occupations as a way of vitalizing villagers in a era of rapid population decline. Josia Lebasi, one of Abel's earliest graduates, built mission houses, hospitals, and churches from Samarai to Mawatta (west of Daru). But as Abel expanded his station's economic activity, he was increasingly seen as running counter to LMS rules that forbade commerce. Nevertheless, he remained fiercely independent. In 1918, after a strenuous debate with W. N. Lawrence (q.v.) before the LMS directors in London, Abel seceded from the society to form the Kwato Ex-

20

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç09-1Ç13

tension Association. He leased the island from the LMS from 1919; he remained nominally on the roll of the LMS but no longer drew a salary. To fund his new association, Abel turned to new contributors, including the American W. R. Moody and his associates. Abel's inflexibility, stridency, and enthusiasm had a profound effect on Papuans in southeastern Papua. He has been associated with the rise of several cargo cults among the Keveri and as far away as in the Hydrographers Ranges. Anthropologists Malinowski, Fortune, and F. E. Williams, all of whom were in the British functionalist school, were critical of Abel's policies and practices. Irrespective of such criticism, he made a significant contribution to education in the trades in southeastern Papua that was unrivaled in other mission stations. In 1927 the LMS formally transferred Kwato to the association. Able was planning to expand his operations on the Fly River when he was called to America in 1929- On his return to Papua he visited England, where he was killed in an automobile accident in 1930. He was survived by his widow and four children.

Naturalist, marine biologist, oceanographer, industrialist, and philanthropist. Agassiz was one of the leading marine biologists of the late nineteenth century and was especially interested in the embryology of fishes and echinoderms, in coral reefs, and in deep sea life generally. On all of these topics he was a prolific writer. Son of staunch anti-Darwinian biologist Louis Agassiz (1807-1873), who founded the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University, Alexander was long associated with this museum as an assistant (1862-1866), as curator (1873-1885), and later as director (1902-1910). He seems never to have fully accepted Darwin's ideas about natural selection as sufficient to explain the origin of new species, although he did come to accept natural selection as an explanation for the survival of species. Agassiz was born in Neufchatel, Switzerland, and came to America to join his father Louis Agassiz in 1849. He studied chemistry at Harvard, receiving his A.B. in 1855. He then earned degrees in engineering (1857) and in zoology (1862) at the Lawrence Scientific School. Agassiz spent a short time (1859) with the U.S. Coast Survey on the Washington coast, and after his studies worked as his father's assistant at the Museum of Comparative Zoology. In 1866 Agassiz turned his attention to copper mining, becoming manager of the Calumet and Hecla copper mines in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. Although both mines were unprofitable when Agassiz took them over, by 1869 they had not only become profitable but were already the basis of Agassiz' subsequent wealth. He developed them into the largest and richest copper mines in the world and used the profits from them for his life-long philanthropy, particularly in scientific and educational fields, most notably at Harvard University.

Agassiz, Alexander

(1835-1910)

Sources: Agassiz (1888, 1889, 1903); Agassiz (1913); Amer, Men of Science (1906, 1:4); Appletons'

Cyclop. Amer. Biog.

(1887,

1 : 3 3 - 3 4 ) ; Diet. Amer. Biog. (1928, 1:111— 114); Dupree (1970); Globus ( 1 9 1 0 , 97:354); Goodale (1912); Hinsley (1985); Kunicz and Haycraft (1938, 1 3 - 1 4 ) ; Murray (1911); NCAB (1893, 9 8 - 9 9 ) ; Van Doren (1974, 1 4 - 1 5 ) ; Walcott (1913); Who Was Who in America (1942, 1:10).

21

Appendix

3

In 1869 Agassiz began a study of echini (sea urchins) by visiting all the important museum collections in Britain, France, Germany, Italy, and Scandinavia. Impressed with Sir Wyvill Thomson's work during the Challenger expedition, Agassiz later worked up the echinoderms from this famous voyage; this research added materially to his Revision of the Echini. Agassiz traveled extensively in the years after the death of his wife (Anna Russell Agassiz), which occurred eight days after the death of his father in 1873. He visited South America, conducting a survey of Peru's Lake Titicaca, examining the copper mines of Chile, and collecting a large number of Peruvian antiquities for the Peabody Museum at Harvard. Subsequently Agassiz concentrated primarily on deep-water dredging and other marine studies in the Caribbean and the Pacific, joining three cruises of the Geodetic Survey steamer Blake (in 1877, 1878, and 1880). He visited the Bahamas in 1892 aboard the Wild Duck and privately visited Bermuda and Florida in 1894. In 1885 Agassiz had privately visited Hawaii to study its coral reefs. He returned to the Pacific in 1891 aboard the Albatross, exploring the coastal waters from the Galapagos to Panama and then north to California. In 1896 he made a (largely unsuccessful) cruise to study the Great Barrier Reef off Australia, returning to that part of the Pacific in the Albatross in 1897 for studies around Fiji and in 1899-1900 to explore the seas between San Francisco and the Marquesas with Jefferson Moser. He was again aboard the Albatross in 1904, exploring the Humboldt Current between Peru and Easter Island. It was during his visit to Fiji in 1897 that he hired John Waters (q.v) as one of his expedition photographers and purchased a large collection of Fijian ethnological material for the Peabody Museum. Many of Agassiz' papers, manuscripts, correspondence, and photographs are in the archives of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard.

Ak Tam Ship builder, merchant, hotelier, and leading Chinese resident of German New Guinea. Ah Tam (his real name was Lee Tam Tuk) was one of

(18587-1932) the earliest Chinese to settle in New Guinea and almost certainly the

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 137); Biskup (1970); DKH (1904); Deutsche Kolonialzeitung (1901a); Hellwig (1927, 46, 57, 187, 248, 283, 298, 319, 351, 354) Jahresbericht DNG-Pfl

(1907-1908)

KHA ( 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 1 1 ) ; Lyng (1919, 69, 80) Rabaul Times (31 July 1931, 19 Aug 1932); Sack and Clark (1979, 260, 262) Salisbury (1970, 242, 2 8 5 - 2 8 6 ) ; Werner (1911, 286); W u (1982, 2 0 - 2 1 , 25, 52).

22

first in the Bismarck Archipelago. He arrived in the 1870s or early 1880s; one source places his arrival in 1873, about the time the Hernsheim (q.v.) brothers first began operating in the Bismarck Archipelago. According to a number of accounts he came to New Guinea with the Hernsheims as a cook and worked with them for several years before establishing himself as an independent trader on Matupi Island near Rabaul. By the turn of the century his trading operation was flourishing, and he had opened a shipyard at Matupi. He expanded his boat-building activities so swiftly that by 1904 there was a noticeable decrease in the number of boats imported into the rapidly developing colony. In 1904 he opened a hotel at Kurapan; the following year at Rabaul (then Simpsonhafen)

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

he opened another, together with a restaurant and store. By 1910 his business empire included two shipyards, a wholesale and retail store, several plantations on New Ireland, a hotel, a brothel, a gambling den, and an opium house. In 1907 he was granted a thirty-year lease (with nominal rent) on seventeen acres in Rabaul. This land soon developed into a Chinatown, inhabited by the dozens of Chinese laborers Ah Tam recruited from China. Many of these Chinese worked for a few years at Ah Tam's shipyards or other commercial enterprises in Rabaul and rented housing on Ah Tam's lease. After a time in Rabaul, many went on to work as traders for one of the larger companies in the colony, often establishing themselves as small independent traders. Generally these traders settled in coastal villages, married indigenous women, and became important middlemen between the villagers and the outside world. Such traders generally maintained ties with their patron Ah Tam, an. arrangement that was lucrative for both parties and that mimicked Ah Tam's own long-term relationship with his patrons, the Hernsheims. Ah Tam's economic empire survived the First World War almost intact and, unlike many of the prosperous German firms, was not subject to expropriation. He remained active in the Mandated Territory for another decade. In 1931 he retired and left Rabaul for Hong Kong, where he died the following year. His direct influence in the colony was limited to the Gazelle Peninsula and a few areas on New Ireland—places where he had active business ventures. But Ah Tam's indirect influence on the colony was far more extensive, touching nearly everyone in the more developed areas through his merchandising, through his shipyards, and through his ties to Chinese residents. Ill

111

Apparently a passenger on the steamer of the Royal Shipping Line (Koninklijke Paketvaart Maatschappij) that A. B. Lewis took along the north coast of Dutch New Guinea. Illllli

A l e x a n d e r , Mr.

IIIW

Employee of Burns Philp and Company in Port Moresby, Papua. Alom assisted A. B. Lewis by arranging to ship his crates of specimens back to Chicago.

A l o m , Mr.

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission; served for forty years in the New Hebrides. Annand worked on the islands of Efate (Iririki), Aneityum, and Espiritu Santo. Annand and his wife arrived in the New Hebrides from Canada in 1873, sent by the Presbyterian Church of Nova Scotia to take up a

A n n a n d , Rev. J o s e p h , M.A., D.D. ^ ]C)32)

23

Appendix

3

Sources: Alexander ( 1 8 9 5 , 5 1 1 ) ; Annand ( 1 8 9 1 , 1895); Campbell ( 1 8 7 3 , 34); Currie (1897); Falconer ( 1 9 1 5 , 15, 1 0 5 , 1 1 5 119); Free Church of Scotland (1900): Free Church

of Scotland

AR ( 1 8 7 3 , 1 9 0 0 )

Michelsen ( 1 8 9 3 ? , 1 7 4 , 1 8 3 ; 1 9 3 4 , 35) Miller ( 1 9 7 5 , 333); The Missionary 122); MR-UFC

Scotland

(1899

( 1 9 0 3 , 21):

Morrell ( I 9 6 0 , 196); O'Reilly ( 1 9 5 7 , 4, 2 6 0 , 265); Paton ( 1 8 9 7 , 3 0 2 ; 1 9 0 7 , 3 : 7 8 79); Patterson ( 1 8 8 2 , 5 1 1 ) ; Robertson ( 1 9 0 2 , 3 1 9 , 433); Thomas ( 1 8 8 6 , 2 1 9 , 321); W a w n ( 1 9 7 3 , 31).

Assmann, Max (d. 1916)

Sources:

Ainsworth ( 1 9 8 1 , 92); Hennelly

( 1 9 1 2 b , 80, 85); Monckton ( 1 9 2 2 , 246); PAR ( 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 32, 50; 1 9 1 1 1912,85).

Baker, Godfrey Hugh Massey

24

post on Efate. He established a station on the small offshore island of Iririki, where he remained for three years. In 1876 Annand replaced the Reverend J. D. Murray at Anelgahaut on Aneityum. The Annands worked for more than a decade at this bastion of Presbyterianism in the archipelago, whose entire population of about thirteen hundred was Christian by this time. In 1888, Annand was transferred from Aneityum to Tangoa, south Santo. Seven years later, he established the Teacher's Training Institution, the New Hebrides Mission's four-year training college. From 1895 until his retirement, he served as principal of the college, training native teachers who would be stationed in the mission's numerous schools throughout the archipelago. In June 1913, he retired to Hantsport, Nova Scotia; he died at Windsor, Ontario, in 1932. Annand was part of the second wave of pioneer missionaries to the New Hebrides; it included such men as Peter Milne (arrived 1869), H. A. Robertson (q.v.) (1872), Oscar Michelsen (q.v.) (1878), and William Gunn (q.v.) (1883). Of this group, Annand is one of the least well known as he wrote little about his work in the islands and has never been the subject of a full-length biography. His major accomplishment was establishing the training college for native teachers, which marked a new phase in the mission's involvement and expansion in the New Hebrides. Annand gave A. B. Lewis a collection of about forty-five ethnological specimens, principally from Tangoa, south Santo.

Planter and trader in Papua; operated primarily in the Papuan Gulf. Assmann owned the ketch Lahui, which he used in his trading activities along the coast. Together with a partner named MacGowan (q.v.) (another planter), Assmann obtained a large lease on the Tauri River (above Moveave) about 1905 and began developing a plantation for coconuts, murva hemp, and cotton. Assmann continued to trade along the coast and about 1910 purchased 325 acres at Iopoi. The Lahui together with other vessels regularly brought mail from Toaripi to a number of small settlements in the Gulf and Delta divisions during this period. When Assmann died in 1916, he was still a trader and planter of modest means; his estate when probated was valued at £55. At the time of his death he was based at Lese (Central Division).

See Massey Baker.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Bamler was the society's third missionary in the Huon Gulf. He came to the colony from Germany in 1887 and served for forty-one years in various stations on the coast and islands around the gulf until his death in 1928. When Bamler arrived in Kaiser Wilhelmsland the mission had only a single mission station in the colony. This was at Simbang, five miles south of Finschhafen, and it was barely a year old. Within two years (1889) Bamler and Karl Tremel opened the mission's second station, on the Tami Islands. Bamler spent the next ten years at Tami and then built a new station on the coast opposite the islands at Deinzerhohe—named for Johann Deinzer, director of the mission in Neuendettelsau, Germany. In 1906 Bamler left Deinzerhohe to open another station at Logaueng (just south of Finschhafen); here Heinrich Zahn built a school and Bamler later (1909) established a printery. In 1911 Bamler and lay missionary Hans Meier (q.v.) built a sawmill at Butaweng, a few miles to the south. The same year Bamler opened his fifth and last new station, at Iangla on the southeast coast of Ruk Island (in the Vitiaz Strait). Here at Ruk Island, the mission's most remote coastal station, Bamler and his family stayed for the next seventeen years. In 1928 Bamler was accidentally killed by a falling tree on Ruk Island.

1Q09-1Q13

Bamler, Georg («L1928)

Sources: Bamler (1890, 1891, 1894, 1895, 1900, 1911); Chinnery (1928); DKH (1896, 1901, 1904); Flierl (1927); Frerichs (1957, 27, 4 2 ^ 3 , 165, 219, 226, 246, 251); Gareis (1901, 563); Koloniales

Hand-

und Adressbuch ( 1 9 2 6 - 1 9 2 7 , 84); Lutherisches Jahrbuch

(1927, 108); Neuhauss

(1911a, 191 lb); Paul (1909, 4 2 5 ^ 2 6 ) ; Pilhofer ( 1 9 6 1 - 1 9 6 3 ) ; Sack (1976; 1980, 53-55); Sack and Clark (1980, 139); Schumann and Lauterbach (1901, xiii; 1905, 15); Steenis-Kruseman (1950, 33-34); Wichmann (1912, 558). FMNH Department of Anthropology: Accession files.

During his long tenure in New Guinea, Bamler was both a pioneer and one of the most important field missionaries, responsible for the mission's expansion along the northern coast. But beyond these concerns, he was also a competent linguist, an astute ethnographer, and a keen observer of native life who wrote extensively on all of these topics. Bamler assisted a number of scientists, made collections of ethnological material for museums, and helped visiting researchers make other collections. He also took photographs of village life and even collected herbarium specimens for botanical research. He saw all of these activities as promoting both the mission and the local communities he had known for so many years. Unlike his colleague Christian Keysser (q.v.), who was intensely concerned with the methods and theory of missionization, Bamler seems more interested in the practice of missionization. For him this required detailed knowledge of the people, their language, their culture, and their environment.

Colonial administrator in the Solomon Islands. Barnett, who was deputy to Resident Commissioner C. M. Woodford (q.v) and succeeded him as acting resident commissioner, came to the Solomons in the early 1900s as one of Woodford's assistants. In addition to general administration he ran the postal service and was at one time the protectorate's treasurer.

B a r n e t t , F. J.

Sources: Bennett (1987, 109, 158, 203, 207, 397); Keesing and Corris (1980, 29, 42, 58-59); Knibbs(1929, 21).

25

Appendix

3

He resided in Tulagi with his mentor and periodically assumed the role of acting resident commissioner in Woodford's absence. When Woodford retired from the service in 1915, Barnett assumed control of the protectorate for two years. During this time he had a dispute with one of his subordinates at Malaita, W. R. Bell. The high commissioner in Fiji was obliged to recognize Barnett's "obstructive ineptitude and downright dishonesty" and replaced him as resident commissioner with C. R. M. Workman. Barnett had little understanding of the realities of life in the Solomons. Rather than concern himself with pacification and administration in the many areas still uncontrolled and often little influenced by the government, Barnett was preoccupied with the "niceties of status and protocol, the proprieties of dispatches, and the rituals of Empire." He was an ineffective administrator who alienated Solomon Islanders, the trader-planter community, and his own staff.

B e a c h , H u g h i e P.

Sources: Archbold and Rand (1940, 14, 189); Clune (1942b, 67); PAR ( 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 49); Riley (1923); Robson (1954, 101).

B e a t t i e , J o k n Watt

(1859-1930)

Labor recruiter and trader in Papua. Beach came to British New Guinea about 1900 to recruit laborers from the Fly River estuary for the Thursday Island pearling fleet that operated throughout the Torres Straits. He established himself as one of the dozen or so Europeans in Daru (Western Division) and visited villages principally around the Fly and Bamu rivers. About 1908 he started recruiting villagers from the Western Division for plantations in the Northern Division. As a trader, Beach also had stores on Daru Island and elsewhere in the Western Division, but until the Second World War his major business was as a recruiting agent. He seems to have operated as far west as the Dutch border and well into the Papuan Gulf to the east. He is described as an amiable man and seems to have gotten on well with most expatriates in the community. Beach sold A. B. Lewis twenty-one drums, masks, carved and painted figures, and paddles that he had obtained primarily from the Bamu River and Gaima areas, with a few other pieces from Dembeli and Buji in the west. Baxter Riley published several of his photographs. Beach also assisted Archbold and Rand on their expeditions in the Western Division in the 1930s.

Photographer and antiquarian in Hobart, Tasmania. Beattie, the best known photographer in the state, used his photographs to popularize and promote Tasmania's natural beauty and its economic potential. He expanded his photographic interests in 1906 during a tour of the Pacific islands aboard the Southern Cross, bringing back hundreds of photographs on Melanesian and Polynesian topics. Beattie was born in Aberdeen, Scotland, and immigrated to Australia with his parents in 1878, first settling in the Derwent Valley, Tasmania. In 1879 Beattie began making photographic excursions into the Tasmanian bush. He became a full-time photographer

26

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

in 1882 as a partner of the Hobart firm Anson Brothers. In 1891 Beattie bought out his partners. His framed prints, post cards, lantern slides, and albums emphasized the wild and romantic natural beauties of the island and made him the most popular photographer in Tasmania. He had a deep interest in local and natural history as well as a strong entrepreneurial spirit. These were combined in the 1890s when Beattie opened a private museum of art and artifacts that became something of a Hobart tourist attraction. As a sideline to his photographic work, Beattie's museum displayed his interests in the convicts of Port Arthur, Aboriginal Tasmanians, and other details about the colony's history. Beattie was an active member of the Royal Society of Tasmania from 1890 until his death. He frequently gave illustrated lectures to the society and in other public fora, primarily on topics dealing with Tasmania's scenery and history. In 1896 he was appointed official photographer for the colony, and soon thereafter the Royal Society appointed him its honorary photographer. Beattie was chosen to give the keynote address at the Tasmanian centennial celebration in 1904. He became a strong promoter of tourism and used many of his photographs to this end. In 1906 Beattie made a tour of the Melanesian and Polynesian islands (including Norfolk Island). At the invitation of Bishop Cecil Wilson (q.v.), Anglican bishop of Melanesia, he visited various islands in the Solomons and the New Hebrides. During these travels he took hundreds of photographs of the Pacific and its diverse peoples. Beattie sold these images, too, as part of his studio business. He privately published a catalog of these images in 1909, and many have subsequently appeared in books and other publications.

Sources: Australian

1Ç0Ç-1913

Encyclopaedia

(1958,

7:104; 1977, 5:2); Beattie (1896, 1900, 1 9 0 2 , 1 9 0 6 , 1 9 0 9 , 1 9 1 4 ) ; Coombe (1911); Hilliard (1978, plates); Jahrbuch

Leipzig

(1915, 6:18); Montgomery (1896, ix); Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania

(1890, 5; 1 9 0 0 -

1901, xxxv; 1903-1905, xxxix; 1912, x i i xiv; 1930, 132); Rannie (1912, plates); Ritz (1914); Roe (1979); [Wilson] (1915).

In 1912 Roald Amundsen gave Beattie the honor of developing plates taken during his Antarctic expedition, which was the first to the South Pole. Afterward Beattie continued to sell his prints, but his business increasingly concentrated on more lucrative family portraits rather than exotic and scenic prints. In 1927 Beattie sold a large part of his collection to the Launceston Corporation; this material is still in the Queen Victoria Museum. After Beattie's death at Hobart in 1930, other material, photographs, and papers went to the Tasmanian Museum. His business, however, survived his death and was still selling his photographs in the 1980s. Another large collection of Beattie photographs, many of them associated with the Anglican Melanesian Mission, is at the Auckland Institute and Museum. The Museum für Völkerkunde in Leipzig purchased more than two hundred Beattie prints in 1914. Beattie's diary from his 1906 Melanesian tour is in the library of the Royal Society of Tasmania (MSS RS.29/3). Linda Redda and Lesley Elliot made a typewritten transcript of the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands parts of this trip for the society.

27

Appendix

3

Beaver, W i l f r e d N o r m a n

(1882-1917)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 93, 230); A N U (1:19); Beaver (1911, 1912a, 1912b, 1912c, 1912d, 1914a, 1914b, 1920); BNG-AR (1904-1905, 68; 1905-1906, 73,84); Chinnery and Beaver (1915,1916); Clune (1942b, 176); Crawford (1981); Haddon (1920); Herbert (1911); Joyce (1972a, 386); Monckton (1922); Nelson (1976, 145, 234); PAR (1906-1907, 37, 55; 1907-1908, 44, 57-61; 1908-1909, 12, 39, 4 4 - 4 5 , 73-76, 87-90, 131-133; 1909-1910, 46, 53, 59; 1910-1911, 38, 57, 65-68, 142, 1 7 1 , 1 7 8 - 1 8 7 ; 1 9 1 1 1912,11-12, 2 1 - 2 2 , 4 4 , 54; 1912-1913, 45; 1913-1914, 6 9 - 7 2 , 1 1 8 , 157; 19131914, 156; 1914-1915, 48-55, 1 4 2 , 1 5 8 170,190-197; 1917-1918, 5, 16, 78; 1918-1919, 96-99); Sinclair (1988, 110); Souter (1963, 105); West (1969).

28

Resident magistrate and career civil servant in Papua. Beaver was a tireless officer on patrol who played a leading role in opening up and establishing regular contact with villages in the Western Division. In 1911 he led one of three rescue parties sent to find the lost Kikori Expedition under the leadership of Staniforth Smith. Beaver also worked for a few years in the Northern Division and wrote a number of papers about his experiences in both parts of the colony as well as his important book, Unexplored New Guinea, which deals exclusively with the Western Division. Beaver was born in Melbourne and attended Scotch and Ormono colleges, passing the first law exam. After a two-year "grand tour" in England and Europe, he returned to Australia and in 1905 entered government service in British New Guinea. Beaver initially became a clerk in the government secretary's department. The following year he was appointed mining warden and was assigned to escort miners to and from the Gira goldfield in the Northern Division. After brief postings at Ioma and Rigo as assistant resident magistrate, Beaver was promoted to resident magistrate in Kumusi Division. He also served briefly as acting resident magistrate in the Gulf Division before arriving in Daru in September 1910. On arrival in Daru, Beaver began an ambitious program of patrols to the Fly, Aird, Omati, Turama, and Bamu rivers. Early in 1911 Beaver was dispatched to the Kikori, accompanied by A.R.M. Henry Ryan and Patrol Officer Cardew (q.v.), as one of three rescue parties sent to find Staniforth Smith's lost Kikori Expedition. Beaver's party followed Smith's track overland in the upper Kikori. Smith's party ultimately emerged from the rain forest on the Kikori near the point on the river where they had started. In January 1912 Beaver established Kikori station, which became the headquarters of the new Delta Division. Later that year, while the geologists were combing the Gulf Division looking for coal and oil, Beaver was busy exploring the Girara (Gogodala), the Bamu, the lower Fly, the Oriomo, and the Morehead districts in the Western Division. These patrols became the basis of his monograph and many of his published articles. On his return from leave in 1913, Beaver returned to the Kumusi and (later) Mambare divisions. During this period he wrote several essays about the Orokaiva and other peoples in the Northern Division, some co-authored with Pearson Chinnery, who later became government anthropologist of the Mandated Territory of New Guinea. After the declaration of war, Beaver enlisted in the Sixtieth Battalion, arriving in France in November 1916. He was wounded in 1917 and sent home to recuperate for three months. Beaver returned to the front and was killed in action at Polygon Wood in September 1917. Because of his relentless patrolling and numerous publications, Beaver was probably the most important resident magistrate in the

Who

Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

late prewar era. Although he had little formal training in anthropology, Beaver was deeply interested in ethnology and made a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the territory as it was in an early period. Haddon believed Beaver's posthumously published monograph so important that he wrote an introduction for it. Beaver assisted Gunnar Landtman during his research among the Kiwai (1910—1912), and in 1912 he sold A. B. Lewis a small collection of ethnological specimens he had collected on the Fly and Bamu rivers and in the Girara district.

Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Like most of the missionaries from Steyl, Pater Becker was German. He arrived in the Eitape area about 1908 (possibly a few years earlier) and was based at Walman (Pro). In 1909 he was in the process of opening Yakamul, even though some mission accounts place the formal opening of Yakamul station as 1910. Becker remained in the Eitape area at least until the Second World War, which he seems to have survived. At the outbreak of war he had been stationed at Malol.

Becker, Pater August

Sources:

F r e i t a g ( 1 9 4 8 >

3 0 5 j

3 0 7 ) ;

Ha

gspiel

( 1 9 2 6 , 73); Höltker ( 1 9 4 0 - 1 9 4 1 , 23); NGAR

( 1 9 2 2 - 1 9 2 3 , i l l ) ; Robson ( 1 9 4 2 ,

' Schmidlin (1913); but cf. Freitag (1912,107).

26)

hMiiiiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiil

Career civil servant in Papua. Bell came to the colony in 1906 as an assistant resident magistrate stationed first at Ioma and then at Buna. For most of his twenty years of service Bell was an inspector in the Department of Native Affairs. Although he was not really one of Sir Hubert Murray's (q.v.) "outside men," Bell is most often remembered for his exploration in the Gulf Division, first accompanying Donald Mackay and William Little (q.v.) in 1908 and two years later as a participant in Staniforth Smith's disastrous Kikori Expedition (1910— 1911). In 1908 Bell was promoted to resident magistrate and transferred to the Gulf Division. As senior government officer in the division he joined the prospector Mackay and his party up the Kikori. The following year Bell became chief inspector in the Department of Native Affairs, a post he held until 1920, when he was promoted to commissioner for native affairs. He retired from the Papuan civil service in 1926 and returned to Australia. Although Bell was principally stationed in Port Moresby, as an inspector he had ample opportunity to see most parts of the colony. Lieutenant Governor Murray seems to have been an important mentor for him, particularly in the early years, when he sent Bell out to inspect the Yodda or Gira goldfields or to Rossel Island to investigate a crime. When Murray took home leave in 1910, Acting Administrator Staniforth Smith mounted the Kikori Expedition, taking Bell and surveyor Pratt along with him. The expedition became lost in the rain forest and wandered around the Kikori hinterland for five months.

Bell, L e s iie L i v i n g s t o n (k 1883)

Sources: Beaver (1911); Bell (1908a, 1908b, 1911); BNG-AR

( 1 9 0 5 - 1 9 0 6 , 84); Clune

( 1 9 4 2 b , 1 7 0 - 1 7 3 ) ; Geographical

Journal

(1911); Griffin (1908b); Malinowski ( 1 9 6 7 , 9); Nelson ( 1 9 7 6 , 136); PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 15, 37, 55, 6 3 - 6 6 , 8 4 - 8 6 ; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 8, 4 4 ; 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 6, 17, 23, 39,44,46,103-109; 1909-1910,7,9-11, 4 6 ; 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 38, 103, 142, 1 4 5 - 1 4 9 ; 1911-1912,19,44,156-160; 1912-1913, 4 5 ; 1 9 1 3 - 1 9 1 4 , 118; 1 9 1 4 - 1 9 1 5 , 1 2 1 125; 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 1 8 , 16; 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 14, 110-112; 1923-1924, 10-11, 51-52; 1 9 2 4 - 1 9 2 5 , 2 0 - 2 1 ) ; Sinclair ( 1 9 8 8 , 1 0 9 110); Smith ( 1 9 1 1 , 1912b); Souter ( 1 9 6 3 , 1 0 4 - 1 0 5 ) ; West ( 1 9 6 9 , 89, 150, 183; 1970, 40).

29

Appendix

3

When they finally found their way out of the forest, they had lost onethird of their carriers and all of their photographs, notes, and supplies but had found the Kikori River—believing it, however, to be the Strickland. It was the most unfortunate and poorly planned expedition in Papua's history. Bell managed the arduous ordeal magnificently, though his published account misrepresents the party's utter geographical confusion.

B e l l a m y , Dr. R a y n o r Laming

(1874-1938)

Sources: Ainsworth ( 1 9 8 1 , 230); Bellamy ( 1 9 1 1 , 1912); Black (1957);

BNG-AR

( 1 9 0 4 - 1 9 0 5 , 34; 1 9 0 5 - 1 9 0 6 , 3 4 - 3 7 ) ; Denoon ( 1 9 8 9 , 2 7 - 3 0 ) ; Lambert ( 1 9 4 1 , 70); Malinowski ( 1 9 2 9 , 231); Monckton ( 1 9 2 1 , 1922); Murray (1912b); Nelson ( 1 9 7 6 , 132, 1 6 3 - 1 6 4 ) ; PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 14, 37, 1 0 8 - 1 1 0 ; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 9, 4 4 , 8 0 - 8 2 , 9 0 - 9 2 ; 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 24, 39; 1909-1910, 46, 8 4 - 8 7 , 1 5 0 - 1 5 1 ; 19101911, 38, 1 5 8 - 1 6 1 ; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 14, 20, 4 4 , 119, 1 6 8 - 1 7 0 ; 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 4 5 , 1 1 6 1 1 9 , 1 4 9 - 1 5 0 ; 1 9 1 3 - 1 9 1 4 , 4 4 - 5 4 , 118; 1914-1915, 37-39; 1917-1918,16; 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 14); Seligman (1910); West ( 1 9 6 9 ; 1970, 54).

Government medical officer and civil servant in Papua. Bellamy is best known for his medical work in the Trobriand Islands. He established his Special Hospital at Losuia, where for thirty years he attempted to control the spread of venereal disease and tropical infections. Bellamy was born in Staffordshire, England, and studied medicine at Cambridge, receiving the B.A. in 1893. In 1897 he continued his medical training at Edinburgh but did not sit for the final exams. Bellamy became something of a drifter, trying his hand as an actor before sailing for New Zealand to prospect for gold. He worked at the coal mine in Blackball (South Island), tried his hand as a newspaper correspondent, worked a small gold claim, and tutored mathematics. Bellamy also worked as a physician at the Blackball, although he made it clear he had never graduated. In New Zealand he met Dr. F. A. Monckton, whose son C. A. W. Monckton was a resident magistrate in British New Guinea. Through this association Bellamy decided to go to New Guinea, planning to enter government service. Bellamy arrived in the colony in 1903, knocking about the goldfields and stations in the eastern end of the island for some months. He supported himself as a freelance journalist for the Grey River Argus in New Zealand, for whom he wrote a series of articles. In September 1904 he joined the government service as an assistant resident magistrate in the Northern Division, planning after six months to return to England to complete his medical studies. Here he served alongside Capt. H. L. Griffin (q.v.), who was also new to government service. As planned, Bellamy resigned his commission in 1905, but Administrator Barton persuaded him to supervise construction of the Buna road for a few months. A few months later Bellamy accepted a position at the newly built Special Hospital in the Trobriands; he did not complete his medical training until 1917, while on leave from service with the Australian army in France. Aside from leaves and enlistment in armed forces during the First World War, Bellamy remained in government service in Papua until his retirement in 1933. He served as an assistant resident magistrate and medical officer in the Trobriands until the war. After his return to Papua in 1919, he became chief medical officer in the colony, stationed in Port Moresby but often on patrol elsewhere in the colony. Bellamy died in Sydney in 1938. Bellamy and his predecessor, Dr. W. M. Strong, were the pioneers

30

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Q0Q-1913

of a health service in Papua. During his years of service in the colony Bellamy modernized medical care and began a series of programs to study and improve public health. His work in public health, the control of venereal disease, and tropical medicine made Bellamy the most important medical figure in Papua before the Second World War. Bellamy wrote a number of popular articles and official reports about his early life and work in Papua. H e assisted Seligman with information about the Northern Massim for his book The Melanesians of British New Guinea and helped S. M. Lambert with his hookworm survey in 1920. Bellamy also met Malinowski in the Trobriands, although much of the latter's fieldwork occurred during the war when Bellamy was in the Australian Imperial Force. Ironically, but perhaps not surprisingly, Malinowski makes scant reference to Bellamy in his voluminous writings about the Trobriands, although both men were more closely associated with these islands than with any other part of Papua.

mu

mi ill

Trader in the Solomon Islands who worked with Norman Wheatley (q.v.). Bennett worked on Wheatley's schooner, the Roviana. H e may have later had a small plantation at Kia, Santa Isabel, and taken a local wife. His lease was canceled in 1926. lili

Bennett, Mr.

Sources:

Bennett ( 1 9 8 7 , 1 8 0 ) .

lililí

Career civil servant and government storekeeper in Papua. Bensted arrived in British New Guinea in 1899 and worked for a time on the government steam yacht Merrie England. In January 1900 he was appointed to the junior civil service post of clerk in the government storekeeper's office. H e was promoted in 1908 to government storekeeper, based in Port Moresby. Six years later Bensted became government agent in Sydney; his work largely consisted of procuring supplies needed by the Papuan government. Bensted remained in Sydney during the First World War, returning to Port Moresby as director of public works about 1922. In this role, Bensted was largely responsible for building most of the public buildings in Port Moresby that were built before the Second World War. These include the Library Institute Building, completed in 1926, the District Office and Court Building on Douglas Street, and the old hospital on the site of the old House of Assembly Building (Touaguba Hill). For a number of years Bensted lived at the end of Ela Beach Road in a house built in 1911.

Bensted, John Thomas

(k 1882)

Sources:

Ainsworth (1981, 220); Bensted

(1923, 1926, 1928, 1953, 1954, 1 9 5 4 1956); BNG-AR

( 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 0 0 , xxviii;

1 9 0 0 - 1 9 0 1 , xxviii, 132; 1 9 0 2 - 1 9 0 3 , 48; 1 9 0 3 - 1 9 0 4 , 57; 1 9 0 4 - 1 9 0 5 , 68; 1 9 0 5 1906, 84); PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 37; 1 9 0 7 1908,44; 1908-1909, 39,45; 1909-1910, 46; 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 38; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 23, 44; 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 4 5 ; 1 9 1 3 - 1 9 1 4 , 119; 1 9 2 1 1922, 14; 1 9 2 4 - 1 9 2 5 , 2 0 - 2 1 ) ; Stuart (1973, 205, 209, 217, 238, 252); West (1969, 52, 190, 205).

In 1912 Lieutenant Governor Hubert Murray (q.v.) took Bensted — t h e n government storekeeper—with him on a visit of inspection to Kairuku (Yule Island) and the Lakekamu goldfield. A. B. Lewis was invited to join them part of the way, which is how he met Bensted. Bensted was a loyal supporter of Sir Hubert Murray and his colo-

31

Appendix

3

niai policy. During his years in Sydney he often helped disseminate Murray's account of events in Papua. He also ran interference for his superior when Murray's enemies in the colony sent false or unfavorable reports to the Sydney press. That Bensted's high esteem for the lieutenant governor persisted after he left Papua is apparent in several short articles published in South Pacific after his retirement from the colonial service. Bensted married Miss Josephs in 1902, a year after she arrived in the colony. They had a daughter and two sons.

Berkeley, H u m p k r e y

Sources: Alexander (1927, 48, 52, 93, 96); Scarr (1967, 80; 1980, 189, 282, 313, 321; 1984, 109, 114); Trans. Fijian Society (1908-1910); Whitaker's Almanack (1900 etc.); Wood (1978, 256).

English barrister who resided for much of his life in Fiji. Berkeley was a Jamaica-born lawyer and a brother to Sir Henry Berkeley, chief justice of the Fijian court. He arrived in Fiji by at least the 1890s and had one of the leading law practices in the colony. Berkeley acted as attorney and legal adviser for a number of Fijian chiefs. About 1903 Berkeley was (perhaps inadvertently) involved in a celebrated religious controversy at Namosi. Berkeley was Roman Catholic and seems to have been held in some suspicion by Methodists in the colony. At the time he was promoting a scheme for federation of Fiji and New Zealand. His activities took him to the Methodist community of Namosi, where he encouraged villagers to contact the Catholic priests. This led to the community's conversion to Catholicism and the burning of some Methodist hymnals, prayer books, and bibles, all of which was followed by considerable Methodist protest. Berkeley was a founding member of the Fijian Society in 1908 and served as one of its vice-presidents. Scarr depicts him as sophisticated, cynical, and somewhat less than honorable. He seems to have been a flamboyant and self-interested figure in colonial Fiji. Hill

Bird, L., Esq.

Sources: Speiser (1913, vi, 189).

B l aeser, Herr Sources: Amtsblatt (1909, 126-127); Warnecke et al. (1910).

32

I I Ill I

Trader in the New Hebrides. Bird was agent and purchaser for Holcroft, an island trading firm. He had a station on southern Malekula at Loperu, opposite Hombi Island. Speiser (q.v.) said he was an acomplished sailor. Bird may have sold a few specimens to A. B. Lewis in 1911.

Probably an employee of the New Guinea Compagnie at Potsdamhafen or one of the other Kaiser Wilhelmsland stations about 1910. He appears to have resided in German New Guinea from at least 1900, but little is known of his life in the colony.

Who

Was Who in Melanesia,

Ordained Anglican missionary with the Melanesian Mission stationed in the Santa Cruz Islands. Blencowe was stationed for about three years in Santa Cruz (1909-1911) but spent some of this time at the mission's main Pacific station, St. Barnabas (Norfolk Island). Blencowe was born in England. After ordination he joined the Melanesian Mission in 1909 and was sent to Norfolk Island. After a brief posting at St. Barnabas, Blencowe was stationed in the Santa Cruz Islands, a group that had been consistently hostile to missionization. In 1910 Blencowe was one of three missionary priests in the Santa Cruz group (including H . N . Drummond and C. W. Turner), but both D r u m m o n d and Turner were soon after sent to the New Hebrides. Another priest, Guy F. Bury, joined Blencowe at Santa Cruz the next year but died from a severe illness a few months later (August 1911). Blencowe was confined to his house by hostile villagers for some months, much of his property was destroyed, and he left the islands for England late in 1911.

1Q09-1913

Blencowe, Rev. J o h n Walcott

Sources: Artless (1937, 24); Blencowe (1913?); Church Directory (1941); Clergy Directory (1917, 1 9 2 8 - 1 9 2 9 ) ; Clergy List (1917); Edridge (1985, 217); Hilliard (1978, 147, 163, 187, 205, 309); Melanesian Mission Report (1914, 23, 60); [Wilson] (1915,58).

Blencowe hoped to go back to Santa Cruz in 1913 or 1914, and his indigenous deacon, Ben Teiilo, was eagerly expecting his return in 1914, but it seems Blencowe never made it back to the islands. He remained affiliated with the Anglican Melanesian Mission for several years, but after his departure, there would be no resident European missionaries in Santa Cruz for another generation. A. B. Lewis met Blencowe aboard the Southern Cross in April 1911 and advanced the missionary some money for ethnological specimens from Santa Cruz. Blencowe's difficulties in the islands later that year and his precipitous departure prevented him from ever making the promised collection. It is possible that he sent Lewis a few pieces, but none are identified as such. W h e n a collection of Bury's letters was published by the mission about 1913, Blencowe contributed a short addendum. For a few years Blencowe was curate in Berkshire and later at Sidcup in the suburbs of London. In the early 1940s Blencowe was headmaster at a school in Sussex.

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Rheinish Mission in German N e w Guinea. Blum arrived in Kaiser Wilhelmsland from Barmen, Germany, in 1902 and served for more than twenty years, primarily at Ragetta near Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Madang). He was initially stationed at Bongu and then at Siar. Siar and Ragetta—neighboring islands in the harbor—were originally established as semiindependent stations, each with its own resident missionary. Blum lived at Siar until July 1910, when he and missionary Heinrich Helmich (q.v.) decided to consolidate the two stations, largely, it would seem, because of the limited cooperation from the Siar people. The two stations had functioned as a

Blum, Wilhel m

(k 1873)

33

Appendix

3

Sources: Bade (1977); DKH (1904); Frauenbund (1910); Frerichs (1957, 50, 229, 253); Hempenstall (1978, 180-190)',Jahresbericht RMG (1910-1912); Koloniales Hand- und Adressbuch (1926-1927, 85); Lutherisches Jahrbuch (1927, 108); NGAR (1922-1923, 111); Warnecke et al. (1910).

Böttger, H e r m a n n

Sources: Böttger (1908, 1909); Flierl (1927, 65); Frerichs (1957, 228, 238, 252); Lutherisches Jahrbuch (1927, 108); Pilhofer ( 1 9 6 1 1963); Sack (1976); Sack and Clark (1980, 139); Stürzenhofecker (1907, 1911).

Bourgade, Adolphe

(k 1879)

Sources: O'Reilly (1980, 4 5 - 4 6 , 120); Sarasin (1917, 1 6 , 2 1 - 2 2 ) .

34

single congregation for several years already; after the consolidation Blum and his wife moved to a newly built house at Ragetta, where the Helmichs and a lay missionary were already living. In 1910 Blum was the third most senior Rheinish missionary (of twelve) in the colony—after Helmich and Hanke. But after many years of pastoral work Blum and his fellow Rheinish missionaries remained remarkably unsuccessful in converting the village people. Their poor showing during German times at a well-established station like Ragetta at Friedrich Wilhelmshafen is generally attributed to the intense pressure on land after vast plantations were developed by the New Guinea Compagnie and other firms. It was not until after the war that Blum began to have some success, in 1919 baptizing 167 people at Ragetta. Blum was born at Riischeid (Neuwied) and married Maria Miiller (b. 1877 at Elberfeld). She joined him in New Guinea in 1904. They remained at Ragatta after the First World War until 1925, when they returned to Germany.

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Böttger arrived in the Huon Gulf in 1906. The following year he and Mailänder (q.v.) opened a new mission station at Malalo (Kela). Böttger and his wife remained at Kela until 1914, when he became manager of the mission printery at Logaueng (on the coast south of Finschhafen). The mission pioneer Georg Bamler (q.v.) had started the printery in 1909, and Heinrich Zahn managed it from 1911 to 1914. Böttger was manager from 1914 until the Second World War. During these years he trained a number of the mission's converts to operate the print shop. Böttger left the mission field in 1941 when he was sent to a detention camp in Australia during the Second World War. The printery was destroyed during the war and never rebuilt.

Planter and trader in New Caledonia. Bourgade was born in New Caledonia, the son of the early settler Victor-Leonard Bourgade, who arrived in the colony in 1872. His mother, Emma B. Engler, was also from an old settler family. His wife, Cecile Engler, was a cousin on his mother's side and a sister of his business partner, Numa Engler (q.v.). Although many of his relatives resided in Noumea, in the early twentieth century Bourgade had business ties to Oubatche, where he seems to have resided. Here he assisted the visiting researcher Fritz Sarasin early in 1911 as well as A. B. Lewis a few months later the same year.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Medical missionary with the Presbyterian New Hebrides Mission. Dr. Bowie was the second missionary sent to the New Hebrides by the John G. Paton Mission Fund. As a surgeon, he supervised the Presbyterian Mission hospital at Dip Point on the west end of Ambrym for nearly fifteen years until the volcanic eruption of 1913 utterly destroyed the station. Bowie was born in Scotland. His brother, Rev. Fred G. Bowie, had been sent by the Free Church of Scotland to Tangoa, south Santo, in 1896. The following year Dr. and Mrs. Bowie were appointed to the New Hebrides Mission by the Paton Fund. Initially Bowie established a mission station on the east coast of Santo, but on the retirement of missionary physician Dr. Robert Lamb in 1898, Bowie took over the mission hospital Lamb had established in 1893 at Dip Point, Ambrym. In 1903 Bowie suffered a nervous breakdown and was replaced briefly by Dr. McCausland. Bowie later returned to Ambrym and continued his work for another decade. The Ambrym mission and the hospital had unwittingly been built on top of dormant volcanoes. These volcanoes erupted at Dip Point in 1913, leaving a lava field and a lagoon caused by a volcanic trough in their wake. The station was destroyed and many villagers in the interior were killed, but the mission staff and hospital patients were successfully evacuated to Malekula. Unable to cope with the devastation, Bowie retired in 1914. Bowie had developed his hospital into one of the most successful medical facilities in the New Hebrides. Despite the destruction of his hospital, he helped to establish a tradition of medical care within the New Hebrides that has been a hallmark of the Presbyterian New Hebrides Mission for a century. Bowie assisted Felix Speiser (q.v.) and A. B. Lewis during their respective researches on Ambrym in 1911. Bowie also translated the Gospel of Mark and a hymnal into the language spoken in north Ambrym. His brother, F. G. Bowie, remained at Tangoa, south Santo, until 1933.

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission; served for nearly thirty-five years on Malekula. Boyd was sent to the New Hebrides by the Presbyterian Church of Victoria (Australia) in 1895. The same year he established the mission's first station at SouthWest Bay. There the Boyds remained until the late 1920s. The anthropologist Bernard Deacon met the Reverend and Mrs. Boyd in January 1926 when he arrived in South-West Bay. Although they were "hospitable and personally kind" to young Deacon, they had little appreciation of or sympathy for his research. In this respect they seem less enlightened than other missionaries, including several in the

1Q09-1913

Bowie, Dr. J o h n T., M . B .

(k 1871)

Sources: Alexander (1895, 511); Frater (1917; 1 9 2 2 , 1 0 - 1 2 , 3 0 - 3 1 , 1 6 3 ) ; Gregory (1917); Gunn (1914, 288); Harrisson (1937, 325); Hewat ( I 9 6 0 , 292); Jacomb (1919, 169); John G. Paton Mission Fund (1921, 10-11); Missionary Record of the United Free Church of Scotland (1903); MR-UFC Scotland (1901, 3 0 - 3 1 ) ; O'Reilly (1957, 26, 215, 264, 265; 1958, 247); Paton (1903, 89); Paton (1897, 3 0 2 - 3 0 3 ; 1907, 3:93); Robertson (1902, 433); Speiser (1913, 1 9 9 - 2 0 2 , 224; 1923, 34; 1991, 31, 288); United Free Church of Scotland AR (1920).

B o y d , Rev. R o b e r t

(J. 1940)

35

Appendix

3

Sources: Annand (1895); Deacon (1934, 8); Flower (1882); Gunn (1914, 288); Haddon (1934, xvii); O'Reilly (1957, 27, 264, 265; 1958, 247); Paton (1903, 21); Speiser (1991,331,349,407).

New Hebrides Mission. The Boyds ministered as best they could to the ailing Deacon during his fatal attack of blackwater fever in March 1927. Mrs. Boyd unfortunatedly died some four months later. The Reverend Boyd retired the following year; he died at the home of his daughter, Mrs. MacRoberts, in Gaton, Queensland, in 1940. The Boyds seem to have been quite successful in their evangelizing and proselytizing; virtually all of the people at South-West Bay were Christian by the First World War. The abandoning of many traditional cultural practices was noted by the anthropologist John Layard. These rapid cultural losses—largely the result of missionization—seem to have encouraged Bernard Deacon to concentrate on the area around SouthWest Bay, which was believed to have had an important aboriginal culture. Boyd was away from the station when A. B. Lewis visited SouthWest Bay in 1911, but Mrs. Boyd gave him several ethnological specimens. Speiser (q.v.) incorrectly identified Boyd as the donor of the Malekula skulls discussed by Flower in his 1882 paper. These skulls must have been collected by another man named Boyd; the Presbyterian missionary did not arrive in Malekula until 1895. iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii

Bröker, C a p t . H e r m a n n

(1877-1910)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981); Amtsblatt ( 1 9 1 0 , 9 4 , 102); Clune (1951, 113-118); Hellwig (1927, 109, 130, 176-177); Neuhauss (1911a, 4 4 2 - 4 4 4 , 474); Souter (1963, 111); Vogel (1911, 297); Werner (1911, 2 8 5 - 2 8 6 ) .

B r o w n , Rev. W i l l i a m

36

Independent labor recruiter, planter, and sometime prospector in German New Guinea. Bröker (also Broeker) was skipper of the sailing schooner Lettie, which he used for several years in his business recruiting plantation labor along the coasts of Kaiser Wilhelmsland and the Bismarck Archipelago. About 1905-1906 he entered a joint venture with planter Wilhelm Gramms (q.v.), establishing a plantation at Awar (Hansa Bay). Gramms managed the plantation; Bröker was responsible for obtaining the necessary laborers from other parts of the colony. In the spring of 1910 Bröker set off with Rudolf Oldörp (q.v.) to prospect for gold on the Markham River. In September 1909 Oldörp had accompanied Wilhelm Dammköhler on a prospecting trip up the Markham, where they discovered a rich gold deposit. Before they could return they were attacked by villagers; Dammköhler was killed and Oldörp seriously wounded. After recovering from his wounds, Oldörp teamed up with Bröker to return to his claim. Eleven days after A. B. Lewis met Bröker and Oldörp in Finschhafen, the Lettie sank in a sudden gale shortly after entering the Huon Gulf. Bröker, Oldörp, and four of their crew drowned, but eleven of their indigenous crew survived.

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia; worked in German New Guinea (1891-1896) and Fiji (19001919). Brown was born in Belfast, Northern Ireland, and after ordina-

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

tion came to the Methodist mission's New Britain district in 1891. He worked in the Duke of York Islands for five years before sickness sent him to Australia. In 1900 Brown (together with his wife Lydia) resumed him mission work, this time in Fiji, where he served twenty years stationed variously at Levuka, Bau, Lakeba, Lower Rewa, and Lau. (Lewis met him at Bau in 1909.) Brown was a loyal support of Arthur J. Small (q.v.), who was chairman and head of the Fiji mission during most of Brown's service in Fiji.

Member of Robert F. Scott's last Antarctic expedition (1910-1913). Bruce was a brother-in-law of Captain Scott—Lady Scott was Bruces sister. In mid-1910 Bruce was sent to Vladivostok to meet Cecil Meares (q.v.) and assist in bringing ponies and dogs from Siberia to New Zealand by steamer. Their course took them through German New Guinea (from Friedrich Wilhelmshafen to Rabaul) on their way to Sydney. A. B. Lewis met them in the German colony on board the Nord-Deutscher Lloyd steamer Prinz Waiden in August 1910 on his way to Rabaul. From Rabaul Bruce and Meares took the animals to Sydney and then on to New Zealand, where they met the rest of the expedition party. The expedition left New Zealand for the Antarctic in November 1910 aboard the steamer Terra Nova. Bruce was a lieutenant in the Royal Navy and served as part of the Terra Nova crew. Nearly all of his work during this expedition was aboard the ship. After the expedition he received a medal and was promoted to commander. Later, for his naval service during the First World War, he was promoted to captain.

Marist missionary in the New Hebrides and New Caledonia. Pater Busson was born in France on the lower Loire. He was a curate at Aigrefeuille for six years before taking his Marist vows in 1893. He was sent to New Caledonia the same year. In 1896 he was stationed at Port Sandwich in the New Hebrides and later at Ouala. Because of his poor health, he returned to New Caledonia in 1898. In 1899 Busson became chaplain at Nemeara and in 1904 was sent to Houa'ilou (north coast of New Caledonia), where he remained for more than thirty years. In 1937 he left Houa'ilou to become chaplain of the Little Sisters of the Poor. Busson died at St. Louis near Noumea in 1945. During his years at Houa'ilou, Busson wrote many hymns and a catechism in the Houa'ilou language. Some of these were published in 1911.

1Q09-1913

Sources: Brown (1900); Knapman (1986:66); Missionary Rev. (1898, 8(7):3; 1900, 10(2):5; 1901, 1 0 ( l l ) : 6 - 7 , 10, 11(5):5; 1902, 11(9):1; MMSA-AR

(1908-

1914); Trans. Fijian Society ( 1 9 1 9 - 1 9 2 5 ) ; Wichmann (1912, 596); Wood (1978, 2 8 3 , 3 6 5 , 389).

Bruce, Lt. W i l f r e d Montague

(1874-1953)

Sources: Evans (1913, 11, 28); Geographical Journal (1913c, 1913e); Hattersley-Smith ( 1 9 8 4 , 4 3 , 2 3 6 , 246); Scott ( 1 9 1 3 , xx, 2 5 2 , 2 5 6 , 419); Stewart ( 1 9 9 0 , 139); Who Was Who, 1951-1960,

5:150.

B u s s o n , Pater T k é o p k i l e

(1861-1945)

Sources: Busson (1911); O'Reilly (1980, 57).

37

Appendix

3

Cappers, Pater E d u a r d

Sources: Baal (1966, 7, 9 6 2 - 9 6 3 ) ; Cappers (1915, 1933); Drabbe (1924); Encyc. NedIndie (6:544; 8:1538); Galis (1962, 1 0 7 108); Gooszen ( 1 9 1 9 - 1 9 2 0 , 369); Polman (1983); Snelleman (1909, 2); Vertenten (1935, 1 0 0 - 1 0 2 ) .

C a r dew, H e n r y Clare (d. 1935)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 234); Beaver (1911); Cardew (1914, 1916); Clune (1942b, 176); Massey Baker (1912); Oelrichs (1911, 1912); PAR ( 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 39, 45, 56, 1 4 2 , 1 7 8 - 1 8 7 ; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 43, 45, 51, 53; 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 46, 123; 1 9 1 3 1 9 1 4 , 1 1 9 ; 1 9 1 4 - 1 9 1 5 , 105; 1 9 1 6 - 1 9 1 7 , 6, 68; 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 1 8 , 13, 16; 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 1 9 , 9; 1 9 1 9 - 1 9 2 0 , 1 1 ) ; West ( 1 9 6 9 , 1 7 1 ) .

Catholic missionary with the Sacred Heart Mission (MSC); worked in Dutch New Guinea and the Moluccas (Dutch East Indies). Cappers came to the mission's headquarters at Langgoer in the Kei Islands in 1904 or 1905. In 1906 he was transferred to Merauke, where he remained until early 1909, when poor health forced him to leave New Guinea. About 1910 Cappers was one of the first three missionaries in the Tanimbar Islands. He worked at Lakateroe (Tenimber) for more than a decade. Cappers made an ethnological collection from Tenimber for A. B. Lewis in 1912. The numerous short articles and letters that he wrote about his experiences and observations in New Guinea and Tenimber appeared in De Java Post, De Katholiek Missien, Annalen von Onze Lieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart, and the Almmanak van Onze Lieve Vrouw (the last three of these being mission publications). Photos of Father Cappers at Merauke appeared in articles by Snelleman (identified) and by Gooszen (unidentified).

Member of the colonial civil service in Papua. Cardew arrived in the territory in 1910, joining the service as second engineer of the Merrie England. Early in 1911, as part of the crew on this government steamer, Cardew became a member of the effort to rescue the Kikori Expedition party, which included Staniforth Smith, Bell (q.v.), and Pratt. He assisted Wilfred Beaver's (q.v) search party, which was sent to the Kikori River. In June 1911 Cardew was promoted to patrol officer and stationed at Buna (Kumusi Division) under Resident Magistrate A. E. Oelrichs (q.v.). In 1913 he was transferred to Kikori in the Delta Division as assistant resident magistrate. Aside from part of 1915, when Cardew went to Daru as acting resident magistrate, he remained at Kikori until 1917, when he enlisted for military service and was sent to the front. Cardew survived the war but never returned to the Papuan public service. Instead he took up a post in the newly organized public service in the Mandated Territory of New Guinea, where he remained until his death at Rabaul in 1935. At the time of his death Cardew was assistant director of district services in the Mandated Territory. II

Carlson, Captain

Sources: Biskup ( 1 9 7 4 , 1 3 9 - 1 4 2 ) .

38

Illlllllllll

illlllll

Part owner and captain of the motor schooner Harriet and Alice and sometime partner of J. M. Rondahl (q.v.) in German New Guinea. Carlson was probably Scandinavian, but little is known of him or his background. The German curio collector Schoede (q.v.) leased this schooner from Carlson for about a year in 1909-1910, and A. B. Lewis chartered it briefly in 1911. By 1913 the Harriet and Alice had been

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç09-1Q13

sold to Octave Mouton (q.v.), but it is likely that Carlson continued to captain the vessel. Mouton thought him an unsatisfactory captain and a drunkard. In 1915 Iskokichi Komine (q.v.), Japanese consul and first Japanese resident of German New Guinea, bought back the schooner, which he had originally built.

Assistant government geologist for New South Wales; conducted a geological survey of coal and oil deposits in the Gulf, Delta, and Western divisions of Papua in 1912. Carne's expeditions around the Papuan Gulf established the presence of petroleum in the colony, and his findings inspired a steady program of drilling that has continued up to the present time. Carne was born in New South Wales and as a young man worked as a station hand in the N S W and Queensland outback. He was nearly blinded by a sandy blight and during his convalescence decided to study geology at Sydney Technical College. In 1879 Carne joined the Geological Survey of New South Wales. In 1882 Carne assisted salvage efforts when the building housing the Mining and Geological Museum was largely destroyed by fire; he became curator the following year. This museum was reopened with new collections in new premises in 1886, primarily as a result of his efforts. Carne assisted in organizing an exhibit for the Colonial and Indian Exhibition (London, 1886) and for exhibits in Adelaide (18871888), Melbourne (1888-1889), and Dunedin, New Zealand (1889). In 1890 he accompanied C. S. Wilkinson to London to arrange Australia's exhibit for the International Exhibition of Mining and Metallurgy at the Crystal Palace. Carne also did some preparatory work for the World's Columbian Exposition in Chicago, before he was transferred to the field staff as a geological surveyor in 1892.

Carne, Joseph E d m u n d

(1855-1922)

Sources: Beaver (1912a); Came (1912a, 1912b, 1913); Clune (1942b, 170); Hennelly (1911, 1912b); Herbert (1911); Johns (1976, 3 4 - 4 3 ) ; J . & Proc. Royal Soc. NSW(1923,

57:6-7); Little (1911);

Massey Baker (1912); McDonald and Lumley (1912); Mingaye (1912); PAR ( 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 6, 2 1 - 2 2 , 43; 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 33; 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 1 8 , 79; 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 9 1 ) ; Ryan (1912); Smith (1912a); Souter (1963, 103ff.); Stanley (1912a, 1912b); Vallance (1979); West (1970, 63, 69, 77).

From then on, Carne's work was primarily concerned with field geology. He conducted several important surveys òn coal, limestone, kerosene-shale, copper, mercury, tin, tungsten, and antimony deposits and on mining in New South Wales. In 1902 he was promoted assistant government geologist. In 1911—1912 Carne was seconded to the Commonwealth government to assess the coal deposits that had been reported on the Purari River in Papua. These deposits were first discovered in 1908 by Donald Mackay and William J . Little (q.v) on an expedition between the Vailala and the Kikori rivers. In 1911 Little returned to the Purari coal fields accompanied by geologist Evans from New South Wales. Staniforth Smith during his disastrous Kikori Expedition had also noticed coal deposits, but his samples were lost along with most of the party's gear and notes. Carne's Coal Expedition went to the Papuan Gulf accompanied by assistant resident magistrate Massey Baker (q.v.) (Western Division) and William J . Little (member of the Papua Legislative Council). Carne

39

Appendix

3

surveyed extensive areas on the Purari, Vailala, and Kikori river systems in the Papuan Gulf. Although the coal deposits were disappointing, Carne found promising signs of petroleum and made a special survey of oil deposits on the Vailala. Evan R. Stanley (q.v.) (government geologist of Papua) made a follow-up study of the geology of the Vailala area, but drilling was delayed by the outbreak of war. Petroleum and gas deposits are widespread throughout this region, but until the opening of the Lake Kutubu development in the 1990s these petroleum deposits had not been considered commercially viable. Carne visited Papua only once for his coal survey. He was promoted to government geologist for New South Wales in 1916 and retired three years later primarily because of ill health resulting from malaria contracted in Papua. He died in 1922 at Strathfield, New South Wales.

Carter, Mr.

Planter in German New Guinea who established a plantation on the east coast of Bougainville between Timputs and Kieta. Carter may have been an agent for New Britain Corporation Ltd. of Sydney, a firm that had been establishing plantations on Bougainville since 1907 or 1908.

C h a l m e r s , Rev. J a m e s

Pioneer ordained missionary with the London Missionary Society in the Cook Islands and British New Guinea. Chalmers came to New Guinea seven years before British annexation in 1877. For many years he explored and evangelized in southeast Papua, helping to establish the first LMS stations in that part of the colony. Toward the end of the century he turned his attention to the Papuan Gulf and the Fly River districts, establishing stations at Iokea and Daru as well as many smaller stations staffed by Polynesian teachers. In 1901 Chalmers and his young missionary companion, Oliver Tomkins, were attacked and murdered at Dopima village on Goaribari Island. Their bodies were cooked and eaten with sago.

("Tamate") (1841-1901)

Sources: A N U (1, 46); BNG-AR

(1899-

1900, xxxix; 1 9 0 0 - 1 9 0 1 , xv-xix, xliv-xlv, xxxv, 2 5 - 3 5 ) ; Chalmers (1887, 1895, 1903a, 1903b); Chalmers and Gill (1885); Chronicle of the London Missionary Society (1901); Chronicle LMS (1900, 272; 1901, 10, 92, 1 2 9 - 1 3 0 , 172, 2 9 9 - 3 0 0 ; 1902, 1 2 - 1 4 , 181; 1903, 171-172); Dutton (1985, 156); Goodall (1954, 4 1 2 - 4 2 7 , 599); Gordon (1951, 6 6 - 7 1 ) ; Hayes (1932); Holmes (1924, 18); Hunt (1901); James (1923, 1 4 3 - 1 4 4 , 155); Lacey (1972b); Langmore (1974, 1978, 1989); Lawes (1901); Lennox (1902); LMS Report ( 1 8 8 0 - 1 9 0 1 ; 1901, 3 1 1 - 3 1 3 ) ; Lovett (1902); Missionary Review (1901); Nairne (1913); Robson (1911?); Serle (1949, 1:155); Thompson (1900, 1901); Wichmann (1912).

40

The deaths of Chalmers and Tomkins prompted government intervention in the form of punitive attacks on the Goaribari and arrest of those involved in the attack. The incident became a cause célèbre among missionaries. Chalmers' fate seemed to demonstrate all too graphically the need for further mission work in the region and became a topic often used by several missions in Melanesia to attract interest in and support for their work. Chalmers was born in Argyllshire, Scotland, and ordained in 1865. The following year he was sent to Rarotonga, where he established a training center for Cook Island teachers. At Rarotonga he received the name Tamate, by which he was known the rest of his life. Wanting to work among "real heathen" he came to Port Moresby in 1877. For the

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

next decade he traveled extensively along the coast evangelizing. Later he established stations at Suau and Motu-Motu (Iokea). He then turned his attention to the Papuan Gulf and Fly River, establishing stations at Dauan Island (northern Torres Straits), Saguane (Fly estuary), and finally Daru. Chalmers married Jane Hercus in 1865 before leaving for the Cook Islands. She died at Sydney in 1879. He was remarried in 1888, to Lizzie Harrison, nee Large, but in 1900 she too predeceased her husband at Daru following a long illness. Some years later a memorial to Tamate Chalmers and his wives was erected at Daru. Tamate's attitudes, methods, and personality made him one of the most appealing and best known of the the early missionaries in British New Guinea. He wrote prolifically about his experiences, publishing four books and numerous articles. These latter appeared in mission publications (such as the Chronicles of the London Missionary Society) and in anthropological journals. His death brought the publication of a posthumous autobiography and letters as well as a string of biographies and other accounts of his life. His many accounts of the villagers in various parts of the territory are some of the most detailed ethnographic descriptions from this very early period in Papua. Langmore's biographical study is the most important recent account of his life.

Ill

««Mil«

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia; worked in Fiji during the 1920s and 1930s. Harold Chambers, the oldest son of Methodist missionary William J . Chambers (q.v.), was born at Kabakada on the Gazelle Peninsula in German New Guinea in the 1890s. Tolai was one of his first languages. While he

C h a m b e r s , Rev. H a r o l d

was still a young boy his parents left the colony for Australia in 1901, moving in 1908 to Fiji where the family was stationed at Rewa. (Lewis met him when Chambers was a child in Rewa.)

Sources. MMSA-AR

191j

2

24-225,239;

1923,34; 1991,31).

Decker, J o h a n n

Sources: Decker (1900); Decker and Raum (1910); DKH (1896, 1901, 1904); Flierl (1927); Frerichs (1957, 40, 55, 69, 181, 226, 251, 253); Koloniales

Hand-

Adressbuch (1926-1927, 84); Jahrbuch

und

Lutherisches

(1927, 108); Pilhofer (1961-

1963); Robson (1942, 31); Sack (1980, 77); Sack and Clark (1980, 122, 139).

Decker remained at Deinzerhohe through the First World War and interwar years. After the outbreak of the Second World War, he was one of only three German missionaries from Neuendettelsau allowed to stay in the territory. Late in 1943, Decker and fellow missionary Stefan Lehner (q.v.) were evacuated to Australia by Australian soldiers once Allied forces regained control of the Huon Gulf. Deinzerhohe was destroyed during the war and never rebuilt.

Lutheran nurse and lay missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Miss Schlenk arrived in the Huon Gulf from Germany in 1903. Shortly after her arrival she met missionary Johann Decker (q.v.), whom she later married. The Deckers lived at Deinzerhohe (Cape Gerhards) and had two sons.

Decker, F r a u Emilie

(Mrs. Joliann Decker, nee Schlenk; J . August 1913)

49

Appendix

3

Sources: Deutsches Kolonialblatt (1903); Flierl (1927); Frerichs (1957, 181, 253); Pilhofer (1961-1963); Sack and Clark (1980, 122, 139).

Diercke, C a r l (d. 1915)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 115); Amtsblatt (1909, 126-127; 1910, 28, 63; 1911, 43, 136); Burger (1923, 176-177); DKB (1920, 30-31); DKH (1904); Frauenbund (1910); KHA (1913); Mead (1964); Robson (1973, 32, 93, 96f.).

Diercke, Nellie (Helene) (nee Parkinson)

Sources: Burger (1923, 176-177); DKB (1920, 30-31); DKH (1904); Frauenbund (1910); KHA (1913); Mead (1964); Robson (1973, 32, 93, 128ff., 192ff.); Robson (1954, 227).

50

The family returned to Germany for home leave in 1912 and came back to German New Guinea in August 1913. While making their way from Finschhafen to Deinzerhohe their canoe capsized near Gingala Island. Frau Decker, the couple's two sons, and three native crew members were drowned; Herr Decker and nine of the crew reached shore safely. Decker withstood this personal tragedy and continued service at his station for another thirty years.

Planter and trader in German New Guinea who married Nellie (Helene) Parkinson (q.v.), daughter of Richard (q.v.) and Phebe Coe Parkinson (q.v.). Diercke, the son of a German atlas publisher, arrived in the colony in the 1890s. For several years he worked for the New Guinea Compagnie and in 1904 was head of the company's station at Towakundum (Kabakada district) on the north coast of the Gazelle Peninsula. He was active in the social life of the expatriate community around Rabaul and Herbertshöhe. After his marriage to Nellie Parkinson, Diercke left the New Guinea Compagnie and established himself as an independent planter and trader. The family moved to Bougainville, where they lived for a time at Kieta. About 1910 they established a plantation at Tinputz (Moskowitz). Diercke died a few years later during the Australian occupation in the First World War. The couple's one son, Rudolf Carl Diercke, managed the plantation until the Japanese occupation early in the Second World War.

Planter in German New Guinea and wife of Carl Diercke (q.v.). Frau Diercke was the second child of Richard (q.v.) and Phebe Coe Parkinson (q.v.) and seems to have been a spirited woman with a fiery temper. She was born in the Bismarck Archipelago not long after the Parkinsons moved from Samoa in 1882. Like the other Parkinson children she grew up around the Forsayth and Parkinson plantation-business empire at Ralum on the Gazelle Peninsula. She married Diercke about 1905, and for many years she and her husband were active in the social life of the colony. Diercke had worked for the New Guinea Compagnie but about the time of his marriage established himself as an independent planter and trader. Soon they moved to Bougainville, living first at Kieta and then at Tinputz (Moskowitz), where they established a plantation about 1910. Diercke died a few years later during the Australian occupation in the First World War. During the interwar years, Nellie married twice, a Mr. Haddon and a Mr. Bertig, respectively. Her son Rudolf Carl Diercke—whose godfather was Rudolf Wahlen (q.v.)—managed their plantation until the Japanese occupation at the start of the Second World War. In 1943 the younger Diercke was taken to a prison

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

190Q-1Q13

camp on New Ireland where his grandmother Phebe Parkinson was also a prisoner. He and his wife were managing Induna plantation (Kokopo) in 1954.

See D. van Roessel.

Brother Dominic

Anthropologist and professor at Harvard University; conducted field Dixon, Rolan J Burraie research on the Northwest Coast of North America and in South (1875-1934) America, Asia, and Oceania. In 1909 Dixon made a field trip to the Southwest Pacific, visiting Fiji, New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania. Dixon is best known for his broad culture history studies, such as Oceanic Mythology, The Building of Cultures, and The Racial History of Mankind. Dixon was born in Worcester, Massachusetts, and studied at Har- Sources: Boston Transcript (20 Dec. 1934); vard University: A.B. (1897), M.A. (1898), Ph.D. (1900). As an under- Dixon (1916, 1 9 2 3 , 1 9 2 8 , 1 9 3 2 , 1934); Hooton (1936); Kroeber (1944); Murray graduate at Harvard he developed an interest in anthropology and in (1991); NCAB ( 1 9 5 4 , 3 9 : 2 3 7 - 2 3 8 ) ; Tozzer 1898 was appointed assistant in anthropology at the Peabody Museum. and Kroeber (1936); Walcott (1912); Who's During the summer of 1898 Dixon went to British Columbia and Who in America ( 1 9 3 4 - 1 9 3 5 , 726). Alaska with the Jesup North Pacific Expedition organized by Franz Boas at the American Museum of Natural History. In 1901 Dixon joined Harvard's department of anthropology as an instructor; he became assistant professor in 1906, professor in 1915; he held the latter position until his death in 1934. Dixon was also appointed librarian of the Peabody Museum in 1904, becoming secretary in 1909 and curator of ethnology in 1912. Through his influence the anthropology staff was enlarged and the curriculum systematized and augmented. Despite his extensive travels, Dixon was not primarily a field researcher or an ethnographer. He was interested in questions of diffusion, migration, and culture history, which he explored by examining diverse kinds of data for similarities among widely separated communities. In part, his brief 1909 sojourn in Fiji, New Zealand, and Australia stimulated his comparative study of Oceanic myths, but most of the myths and other details he discussed were obtained from published sources rather than from his own fieldwork. Kroeber described Dixon's work as occupying a unique place in American anthropology. He was a keen observer and prolific writer who published in the fields of descriptive ethnography, historical ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, folklore, and physical anthropology. His general approach was geographic-historical. Dixon was intensely interested in the significance of complex distributions of traits, which he studied in terms of a region's history and culture history.

51

Appendix

3

Dorsey, Dr. G e o r g e A m o s

(1868-1931)

Sources: American Anthropologist (1908, 10:504); Book ofChicagoans (1917, 194); Calhoun (1991); Cole (1931, 1952); Dorsey (1900, 1909a, 1909b); Dotsey and Holmes (1897); Full (1909a, 741); Hahl (1980, 123-124); Hellwig (1911; 1927, 162, 164); Hinsley (1985, 72); Kroeber (1956, 156); O f f . Handbook NG (1937, 53); PullenBurry (1909, 104); Schlaginhaufen (1910a, 7); Schnee (1920, 2:144); Warnecke et al. (1910); Who's Who in America (1916-1917, 685). F M N H archives: Accession files, director's files; F M N H Department of Anthropology: Accession files, correspondence files.

Anthropologist and curator at Field Museum of Natural History (18981915); visited German New Guinea in July and August 1908. Dorsey was principally an archaeologist and physical anthropologist, specializing in Peru and North American Indians. He received the first American Ph.D. in archaeology, completing his studies at Harvard in 1894 under Frederic Ward Putnam. As the second chief curator of anthropology at the newly founded Field Museum in Chicago, he was determined to expand the museum's collections from many regions, including the Pacific and insular Southeast Asia. He had a profound impact on the museum's Pacific collections: his fund-raising was responsible for roughly 80 percent of the museum's current holdings from Melanesia. Dorsey's efforts to build and expand these collections included a series of purchases from resident collectors (e.g., Richard Parkinson [q.v.] and Captain Voogdt [q.v.}) and from reputable dealers (e.g., Umlauff and Webster). But his most important fund-raising efforts were aimed at sending his assistant curators on expeditions to the Pacific and Southeast Asia—William Jones to the Philippines, Albert B. Lewis to Melanesia, Fay-Cooper Cole to the Philippines and later the Dutch East Indies—not to mention his own round-the-world trip in 1908, when he visited German New Guinea, Australia, the Dutch East Indies, and the Philippines. During this round-the-world trip Dorsey spent two months in German New Guinea. Together with Governor Hahl (q.v.), he visited Bougainville, making one of the first crossings of the island. Later, with New Guinea Compagnie administrator Georg Heine (q.v.) and Captain Voogdt, he visited the western coast of Kaiser Wilhelmsland and sailed up the Sepik as far as Magem village (also called Pagem), some 100—120 kilometers from the mouth. This ascent of the river has been reported as one of the earliest in a motor-equipped vessel. During this two-month sojourn he collected nearly three thousand ethnological and osteological specimens, unfortunately most with minimal documentation. A direct result of this visit to New Guinea was that Dorsey decided to send A. B. Lewis to Melanesia on an expedition lasting three years. With backing from the Field family (Joseph N. Field, brother of museum founder Marshall), Lewis departed for Melanesia in 1909. Dorsey simultaneously used the Joseph N. Field South Pacific fund to purchase substantial collections from Parkinson and Voogdt. Before Lewis returned four years later, Dorsey had arranged for another purchase from Umlauff in Hamburg. Together with the Lewis Collection, these Melanesian accessions total more than twenty-five thousand specimens. Dorsey was a prolific author, publishing more than seventy papers and books in his lifetime, but he wrote very little about his trip to New Guinea, and no original field diaries have survived. In 1909, however, he published a diary-like account of his round-the-world trip in a

52

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç09-1Q13

series of a hundred installments in the Chicago Daily Tribune; about twenty-two columns concern his visit to the German colony. These columns are often sarcastic, self-serving, and bluntly critical of both German residents and villagers. W h e n the columns were seen by some colonists, many in the colony became so incensed that they wrote a letter to the Deutsche Kolonialzeitung protesting Dorsey's newspaper articles. They also refused to help Dorsey's assistant curator in any way, a refusal that caused Lewis much unnecessary inconvenience.

Photographer who lived for some years in Nukalota, Tonga. A. B. Lewis bought some of his photographs in 1911.

D u f t y , W . F.

Planter and trader in the northern Moluccas (Dutch East Indies). Duivenbode had a plantation at Ake Selaka (inside Kaoe Bay) on the eastern side of Halmahera. In 1907 Duivenbode assisted the American naturalist Thomas Barbour during his travels in the Moluccas and the northern part of Dutch New Guinea. Duivenbode was a descendant of the prominent Dutch family that owned the important Ternate trading house D. M. Duivenbode throughout most of the nineteenth century. His father and grandfather had assisted Alfred Russel Wallace during his famous travels in the same region. The grandfather was a well-educated and extremely wealthy businessman who—according to Wallace—had many ships and owned more than a hundred slaves.

Duivenbode, Herr (or Duivenboden)

Sources: Barbour (1912, 10; 1943, 4 3 - 4 4 ; 1946, 1 4 3 - 1 4 6 ) ; Wallace (1869, 234, 264, 376); Wichmann (1917, 44, 333, 383-389).

Trader and employee of Norman Wheatley (q.v.) in the Solomon Islands. Ellis primarily worked on Wheatley's schooner Roviana.

Ellis, J a c k

District magistrate and colonial administrator in the Solomon Islands. Edge-Partington came to the Solomons about 1904 and became magistrate at Gizo (near New Georgia). He remained at Gizo until 1909, when Resident Commissioner Woodford (q.v.) sent him to open a station at Malaita, which he established at Auki on the west coast of the island. Edge-Partington lived there with his wife until January 1915, when he resigned from the colonial administration.

E d ge - P a r t i n ¿ t o n , T. W .

H e was the son of James Edge-Partington (1854-1930), a noted writer on South Seas material culture. Before coming to the Solomon Islands the younger Edge-Partington had been a lieutenant in the Royal Navy. Edge-Partington shared his father's interests in ethnology and was enthusiastic in pacifying the various hostile communities on Malaita. H e was understaffed on Malaita and has been depicted as insensitive to

Sources: Bennett (1987, 108, 111, 145, 398, 401); Dalton (1931); Edge-Partington ( 1 8 9 0 - 1 9 9 8 ) ; Edge-Partington (1906, 1907); Journal of the Polynesian Society (1931); Keesing and Corris (1980, 4 1 44); Knibbs (1929, 1 8 7 - 1 8 8 ) ; Young (1925,194,217).

53

the needs of dealing with unpacified groups on the island. In 1915 he resigned in frustration after trying unsuccessfully to disarm Malaitans of their guns. Despite his interest in ethnology, he wrote only a handful of papers. He made some collections of Solomon Islands material culture, but these are clearly insignificant in comparison with those studied by his well-respected father.

E n g l er, Jean-Gustave

(1845-1931)

Sources: O ' R e i l l y ( 1 9 8 0 , 4 5 - 4 6 , 120); Sarasin ( 1 9 1 7 , 6).

Mathematician with the Colonial Topographic Service in New Caledonia. Engler was born in Boudry, Switzerland. He came to New Caledonia in the early 1870s and obtained naturalized French citizenship in 1871. The same year he received surveying credentials and soon afterward joined the Colonial Topographic Service. He was made head of the topographic service and served in that position until his retirement in 1909. Engler was a member of the mining advisory committee (Comité consultatif des Mines), a knight in the Legion of Honor, and a Protestant. On his retirement he settled at Oubatche, where his son N u m a Engler (q.v.) had a trading station. The father died at Noumea in 1931. In 1880 Engler married Elizabeth Ann Henry (1860-1930), an English woman. They had two sons and four daughters. Numa Engler lived for several years at Oubatche, and his business partner Adolphe Bourgade (q.v.) later married his sister Cecile Engler. The senior Engler played a key role in mapping and road building in New Caledonia. Most of the roads and many settlements in the interior of the island were the result of his work at the topographic service.

Engfler, N u m a Gustave

(1883-1946)

Source: O ' R e i l l y ( 1 9 8 0 , 4 5 - 4 6 , 120).

54

Trader and businessman in New Caledonia. Engler was born in 'New Caledonia. His father, Jean-Gustave (q.v.), had arrived in the colony early in the 1870s and spent his career in the Colonial Topographic Service. His mother, Elizabeth Ann Henry, was English, probably related to the prominent early settler Andrew Henry. N u m a Engler lived for several years at Oubatche on the north coast. His business partner Adolphe Bourgade (q.v.) later married his sister Cecile Engler. During the First World War, Engler enlisted as a volunteer; he remained in the military for thirty-two years. He left New Caledonia in 1915 and was wounded at the Somme. On his return to New Caledonia he became president of the Friends of the Veterans of the Great War for four years (1920-1924). He was also technical adviser on the agriculture council (Chambre d'Agriculture). Engler married Matilda Page in 1918. He died in Sydney in 1945.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Planter, pioneer settler, and former resident magistrate in the administration of British New Guinea. English came to New Guinea as a naturalist in April 1883 and was the last surviving witness of government agent Henry M. Chester's attempt at annexation in Port Moresby. He also joined Otto Finsch (q.v.) for part of his famous voyage in the Samoa. English was born in England and migrated to Sydney in 1881. He arrived in New Guinea as a naturalist in 1883, having been sent by the Rothschild family to collect birds of paradise. For a time he established himself at Kerepunu, where he started plantings. In 1885 English went into partnership with his brother E. Arthur English and J . F. C. Philips to fish for beche-de-mer along the southeast coast with a station at Forest Point. Later he set up plantations at Rigo, which became his headquarters for many years. He was one of the first planters in the colony. William MacGregor (q.v.) appointed him government agent at Rigo in 1890 and he accompanied MacGregor on a number of MacGregor's exploratory patrols. English was energetic and capable as a planter, and his was considered a model station for many years. Ruthven Le Hunte promoted him to assistant resident magistrate, in 1899 sending him to the Western Division as a temporary replacement, after which he returned to Rigo. He resigned from government service in 1906 to concentrate on his plantations and trading interests. (The Royal Commission of 1906 found it inappropriate that English had continued to manage his own private plantations while managing the government's plantation and nurseries.) English built roads throughout the Rigo district. He was among the first to plant rubber, sisal, and various other crops in the colony. He also tried tapping indigenous rubber trees for their latex. Despite these efforts, coconuts continued to be the mainstay of his plantations. His sisal nursery at Rigo became the basis of a successful hemp industry in Papua. Later he had a house and plantations at Kapa-Kapa in addition to those at Rigo, as well as a town house on Douglas Street in Port Moresby. English was a colorful character, irascible and energetic. He bullied and cajoled the people around Rigo to plant their own coconuts and to assist with his road-building projects. He married Daisy Evelyn Skelly of Samarai and after her death married the widow of B. W. Bramell, former commissioner for native affairs in Papua. English became the progenitor of a large family now in Papua New Guinea and Australia. He died at Sydney in 1945. At Kapa-Kapa English had assembled a large collection of stone clubs and other weapons. He showed these to A. B. Lewis in 1912, and Malinowski saw them a few years later, but it is unclear what happened to this collection. In 1943 the Anthropological Society of New South Wales viewed a series of lantern slides made from photographs English had taken in eastern and central Papua during the period 1883-1903.

190Q-1Q13

English, Albert Charles

(1863-1945)

Sources:

Ainsworth (1981, 240);

BNG-AR

( 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 0 0 , xxix, 4, 21ff., 31, 6 9 - 7 1 , 1 2 9 - 1 3 2 ; 1 9 0 0 - 1 9 0 1 , 3 9 - 4 1 , 132; 1 9 0 1 1902, 1 4 - 1 5 ; 1 9 0 2 - 1 9 0 3 , 2 0 - 2 3 , 48; 1 9 0 3 - 1 9 0 4 , 57; 1 9 0 4 - 1 9 0 5 , 69; 1 9 0 5 1906, 72, 84); Dutton (1985, 1 6 1 - 1 6 2 ) ; English (1892, 1902, 1905a, 1905b, 1907); Joyce (1971, 157, 1 6 3 , 4 1 2 ) ; Malinowski (1967, 78ff.);

Mankind(1943,

159); Murray (1912b); PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 38; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 1 0 , 1 3 , 6 1 ; 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 8 , 65; 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 101; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 1 6 ; 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 1 9 , 76; 1 9 1 9 - 1 9 2 0 , 96); Pixley (1961, 593); Seligman (1910); Stuart (1973, 25, 60, 202, 3 2 6 - 3 2 7 ) ; Wichmann ( 1 9 1 2 , 4 4 9 , 506, 610, 613, 634, 666, 715, 718-719, 749-751,798).

Appendix

3

Erdweg, Pater M a t h i a s Josef

(1870-1925)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 36); DKH (1901, 1904); Erdweg (1897, 1899, 1901a, 1901b, 1902, 1903); Freitag (1912, 8 8 107); Hagspiel (1926, 94, 223); Hahl (1980, 100); Heide (1900, 4 6 5 ^ 9 5 ) ; Höltker ( 1 9 4 0 - 1 9 4 1 ) ; NKWL (1896, 68); Sack (1980, 9 6 - 9 7 ) ; Schwab (1942); Sterr (1950); Wichmann (1912, 651, 737, 783).

Esser, Pater Josef

Sources: Amtsblatt

( 1909, 163, 182; 1911,

2); Bley (1903); DKH (1904).

Pioneer Roman Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Pater Erdweg was part of the first group of SVD missionaries to arrive in Kaiser Wilhelmsland in 1896. Together with two other German priests (Apostolic Prefect Eberhard Limbrock and Pater Franz Vormann) and three Catholic brothers, Erdweg helped found the mission's first station at Tumleo. Here he assisted with the first mission school and made many patrols around the islands and nearby mainland. Of these three pioneer priests, Erdweg was most interested in the ethnology of the region and wrote a number of short articles about local communities and his experiences. His long description of Tumleo culture, published in 1902, remains the most comprehensive ethnographic account yet written about any coastal community in the district. Erdweg was stationed at Yuo Island for many years (probably from about 1908). He died in 1925 at Vunapope (Gazelle Peninsula), where he was buried.

Catholic missionary from the Missionaries of the Sacred Heart (MSC) stationed on the Gazelle Peninsula (New Britain) in German New Guinea. Pater Esser was German and appears to have arrived in the colony soon after 1900. For a number of years he lived at Ratongor. Later he established a station at Vlavolo, on the north coast of the Gazelle Peninsula. Beginning in 1911 he was an auxiliary member of the Imperial Court in the colony.

Ill Fahricius, A r n o l d

Sources: Amtsblatt

(WW,

126-127);

Hellwig (1927, 160, 176); Verb. Kol. Kongress

(1910, liii); Vogel (1911, 269);

Werner (1911, 233). F M N H Department of Anthropology: Correspondence files.

F e l l m a n n , Rev. H e i n r i c h

56

New Guinea Compagnie station leader at Potsdamhafen in Kaiser Wilhelmsland prior to 1910. He resided in the colony at least during the period 1906-1910, but precise dates are unknown. He is known to have assisted the Hamburg (Peiho) Expedition and other travelers. Late in 1914 when based in Surabaya, Java, he offered Field Museum a collection of ethnological specimens from German New Guinea, but A. B. Lewis judged the collection too expensive for material that largely duplicated specimens in his own collection and had the material returned to Fabricins; its current whereabouts is unknown.

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia; served twenty-three years at Raluana in German New Guinea. Unlike most of the Methodist missionaries in the colony, who were either Australian or British, Fellmann was from Stuttgart. His German background offered advantages in dealing with the colonial

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

administration, making him a natural choice as mission chairman, a post he held for more than a decade. Fellmann arrived in New Britain in February 1897 and was posted to Raluana. Aside from short leaves, he remained there with his wife until about 1912. When he took home leave in 1907, William Cox (q.v.) replaced him as chairman. Fellmann worked for the mission in New South Wales for part of 1913. In 1914 he and his family returned to New Britain, where they remained during the war. Pressure from the Australian administration forced him to leave the territory in 1920. He moved his family to Victoria, where he had received permission to stay for another year. But after the German Methodist Church asked him to return home, the Fellmanns and their five children left for Germany in August 1920.

190Q-1Q13

Sources: Amtsblatt

(. 1909, 1 2 6 - 1 2 7 ; 1910,

28, 100; 1911, 28, 97, 261); Brown (1898); Chambers (1900b); Cox (1901b); DKH(l901,

1904); DKB

(1906,124-125;

1907, 793; 1908, 210); Fellmann (1898, 1 8 9 9 , 1 9 0 0 a , 1900b, 1900c, 1902, 1905, 1906); Firth (1982, 124); Frauenbund (1910); Hahl (1980); Hellwig (1927, 46); Jahresbericht

DNG-MB

(1907-1908);

MMSA-Ai? ( 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 1 4 ) ; Missionary

Rev.

(1900, 8:1, 9 : 2 - 3 ; 1901, 5:5; 1902, 10:2; 1920, 4:11, 5:8, 6:11); NGAR

(1922-

1923, 8); NKWL (1897, 6 6 - 6 7 ) ; Sack and Clark (1980, 117); Salisbury (1970, 29);

Fellmann was extremely active within the Raluana circuit and also seems to have participated in the social life of the expatriate community on the Gazelle Peninsula. With William Chambers (q.v.) and John Crump he completed a translation of the New Testament in 1900. The same year he successfully defended his mission in a lawsuit brought by the Catholic (Sacred Heart) mission regarding land claims on Watom Island. For a number of years Fellmann was a member of the advisory council and often assisted in other community activities. For example, he was a member of the Bismarck Memorial Committee in 1909 and spearheaded formation of a German Evangelical congregation in Rabaul in 1910. Fellmann supported the planters in attempts to block reform in native labor regulations, perhaps because he identified with the planters or possibly in an effort to protect the viability of the mission's fifteen hundred hectares of plantations. He regularly wrote letters and articles on a variety of topics for The Missionary Review, the mission's newsletter published in Australia.

Wichmann (1912, 674, 8 0 1 - 8 0 2 ) .

Roman Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Brother Ferdinand was one of the pioneer Catholic missionaries in Kaiser Wilhelmsland, arriving at Berlinhafen in March 1899 (along with P. Johann Klaffl, P. Jakob Fey, and two other brothers). Later in the year this group of missionaries set off for Potsdamhafen, where they established mission stations at Monumbo (1899) and Bogia (1901). (Later mission accounts place his arrival in 1898, but an early SVD source from 1900 includes letters describing their arrival and the opening of Monumbo station in 1899 ) Brother Ferdinand started the plantation at Bogia, managing it until 1905, when he returned to Berlinhafen, replacing Brother Irlenbush (d. 1905), who had begun the plantation at St. Anna (Eitape) in 1903.

Ferdinand, Brotker

(Alois Nienkaus, 1868-1927)

Sources:

Freitag (1912, 1 0 1 - 1 0 3 ) ; Hagspiel

(1926, 94); Heide (1900, 4 9 3 - 4 9 4 ) ; Höltker ( 1 9 4 0 - 1 9 4 1 , 43); Kleiner Herz-Jesu Bote ( 1 9 0 1 - 1 9 0 2 ; 29:177); Schwab (1942); Sterr (1950); Wiltgen (1969, 350).

From 1905 to 1921 Brother Ferdinand managed the St. Anna plantation, expanding its plantings to forty-six hectares in coconuts

57

Appendix

3

and nearly five thousand rubber trees. In 1909 while based at St. Anna he also helped Pater Franz Kirschbaum (q.v.) open the mission station at Malol. In 1921 Brother Ferdinand was transferred to the mission's plantation at Boikin. H e died at Alexishafen in 1927, having spent nearly thirty years in N e w Guinea.

Il l Finsch, Friedrick Hermann Otto

(1839-1917)

Sources: Abel (I960); A N U (1, 8 1 - 8 3 ) ; Calaby (1972); DBJ (2, 653); Dorsey (1900, 258); Finsch (1865, 1884, 1885, 1888a, 1888b, 1909, 1914); Full (1909a); Hellwig (1911); Ibis (1918); Jacobs (1951); Krämer (1917); NKWL (1885, 1:4-9; 3 : 4 - 7 , 7 - 1 0 ; 4 : 4 - 1 9 ) ; Off. Handbook NG (1937, 52); Roskoschny (1885, 4lff.); Sack (1980, 1 0 0 - 1 0 2 ) ; Sack and Clark (1979, 4, 7 - 8 , 14); Schnee (1920, 1:625-626); Singelmann (1909); Souter (1963, 7 1 - 7 3 ) ; Wichmann (1910, 2 8 6 - 2 8 7 , 3 5 2 - 3 5 9 ) . F M N H Department of Anthropology: Accession files.

,

, JIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIII

Ornithologist, ethnologist, and explorer for the N e w Guinea Compagnie. Otto Finsch was one of the leading systematic ornithologists of his time, but he is famous for conducting two expeditions to New Guinea, in 1 8 7 9 - 1 8 8 2 and 1 8 8 4 - 1 8 8 5 . During both voyages he made extensive ornithological, ethnological, and natural history collections; he was a prolific scientific writer throughout his life. In addition to his scientific work aboard the steamer Samoa (second voyage), Finsch was secretly commissioned by the newly formed N e w Guinea Compagnie to assess the potential of the island for colonization and commercial exploitation. During his trip aboard the Samoa (with Captain Dallmann) he visited Mioko (Duke of York Islands), the Gazelle Peninsula, and virtually the entire coast of Kaiser Wilhelmsland; he seems to have named the myriad rivers and harbors that they discovered, including the Kaiserin Augusta (Sepik) River. H e was also present for the official flag raising at Matupi that proclaimed formal annexation in November 1884. Finsch's interest in N e w Guinea long preceded this voyage; he had published one of the earliest monographs about the island in 1865, shortly after his appointment as keeper of collections at the museum in Bremen. H e continued to write about New Guinea the rest of his life. In 1898 he was appointed curator of ornithology at the Rijks-Museum in Leiden. H e returned to Germany in 1904 to become curator of ethnology at the Städtischen Museum in Brunswick, a post he held until his death in 1917. The majority of Finsch's N e w Guinea collections were sent back to Germany, much of the material finding its way to Berlin. B u t an important collection of his N e w Guinea ethnological material (five hundred objects) was purchased for the World's Columbian Exposition in 1893 and later became part of Field Museum's collections. This collection was assembled and organized as a type collection from many identified locations in the colony. One interesting feature of his collection is that in addition to weapons, clothing, ornaments, and the like, Finsch included examples of trade goods sought by European traders—such as pearl shell—as well as indigenous "money" and European trade goods—such as tobacco—sought by villagers. In his collections Finsch wanted to document what he saw as the source of ongoing change in these communities: trade with foreigners.

58

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

Planter and trader in the New Hebrides. Originally from Cheshire, Fish, James Elk 111 England, Fish came to the antipodes, married an Australian woman, and settled on Epi Island in the New Hebrides. Later he established a station in Big Bay, Espiritu Santo, at Talamacco. He had a series of conflicts with the Reverend MacKay at Big Bay over the construction of a church; these conflicts were alluded to in Isles of Illusion by Aster- Sources: Asterisk (1923); Etheridge (1916isk (the pseudonym of R. J. Fletcher). Fish died at about the age of 1917,189-203); O'Reilly (1957, 72, 215); sixty-five. Speiser (1913, vi, 121,138; 1923, 33; Fish met Felix Speiser (q.v.) in 1910 and A. B. Lewis in 1911 1991,31). during their respective travels and assisted both in small ways. About 1917, Fish gave the Australian Museum a collection of stone dishes from Santo.

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Aus- Fison, Lorimer tralasia; worked in Fiji (1863-1883) and Australia. Fison was a pio(1832-1907) neer missionary in the Fijian mission field. He was influenced by the work of Lewis Henry Morgan and became deeply interested in anthropology. Together with A. W. Howitt, he became one of the earliest ethnographers of Australian social organization. Fison was born in Suffolk, England, and attended Caius College, Cambridge, but was suspended after a juvenile escapade before com- Sources: American Anthropologist (1908); pleting his degree. He left England for the goldfields of Victoria, Australian Encyclopaedia (1958, 4:89; 1977, 3:42); Chapman (1964, 209); Fison where he worked for several years. In 1861, when he had a profound (1881, 1904); Fison and Howitt (1880); religious conversion at an open-air evangelical meeting, Fison left the France (1969,117-124); Francillon (1991); goldfields intending to complete his degree at the University of Mel- Frazer (1909); Howitt and Fison (1885); bourne but became a Wesleyan missionary instead. Knapman (1986); Kuper (1988, 92-100); Legge (1958, 191-197); Missionary Rev. In 1863 he was ordained, married Jane Thomas, and set sail for (1898, 8:3); Morgan (1871, 1877); Scarr Fiji with his bride. Here the Fisons served the mission for most of the (1980,49-50; 1984, 83,110); Serle (1949, next twenty years, stationed variously at Viwa, Lakemba, Rewa, and 296-297); Stanner (1972); Stern (1930); Navuloa. The Reverend George Brown regarded Fison as the most out- Sukuna (1983, 117-118); Wood (1978, standing missionary of the period, and he was easily the most influen- 211-214 and passim). tial in Fiji. His knowledge of Fijian and his interest in local customs brought him respect from Fijians and settlers alike. In 1869 Fison received a questionnaire of kin terms from Lewis Henry Morgan, and Fison's account of Fijian and Tongan kinship was incorporated into a supplement to Morgan's Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family in 1871. When Fison returned to Australia in 1871 to work with Aborigines in New South Wales and Victoria, he applied his new scientific interest in primitive peoples to Australian Aboriginals. Through the newspapers he sought a collaborator for his new study and found A. W. Howitt, beginning a friendship and collaboration that would last for some thirty years. In 1880 they published Kamilaroi and Kurnai, the first account of an Australian section system drawn from field studies. Though strongly influenced

59

Appendix

3

by Morgan's theories, this volume nevertheless identified the segmentary character of Aboriginal society, showing how territorial groups articulated with social categories. In 1875 Fison returned to Fiji, where he became recognized as an authority on Fijian customs, especially land tenure, and was influential in establishing land policy in the new colony. Drawing as much on Morgan's evolutionary scheme as on local ethnographic knowledge, Fison believed strongly in the communal nature of land ownership, rather than ownership by individuals or chiefs. He also promoted a view of Fijian customs as driven by customary laws, rigidly adhered to; these laws—he believed—included such principles as the inalienability of land. Fison's views became accepted by the colonial government, although they bore little resemblance to the actual land tenure practices of Fijians of the latter nineteenth century, who for several decades had routinely alienated land. Fison's views brought confusion to Fijian land law until about 1920, when attempts to register "customary land ownership" by successive land commissions were abandoned. Fison left Fiji in 1883, returning to Australia. In 1888, after four years of pastoral work, Fison retired, with failing health and little money. Settling in Melbourne, he earned a livelihood as a journalist until 1905, when he received a government pension. He died at Melbourne in 1907, leaving a widow, two sons, and four daughters.

nnniiiniiniiiniiwiiiiiuiiwiwiiwiiniw F l e m i n g , Mr. F. J.

Sources: Lambert (1941, 246); Luke (1945, 7 6 - 7 7 ) ; Robson (1942, 146); Speiser (1923,33; 1991,31).

Planter in the New Hebrides who owned Matevan Plantation at Bushman's Bay on the east coast of Malekula. Fleming was a Scottish-born New Zealander who came to Bushman's Bay early in the century and stayed for more than thirty years. His plantation was easily the most successful in Malekula. In addition to plantings of coconuts, Fleming had a large herd of Herefords, as well as ducks, turkeys, chickens, and guineas. For a time he seems to have been in partnership with the trader Henam (q.v.) (Hennan). Fleming seems to have died before the Second World War, but his daughter was looking after his business interests. Felix Speiser (q.v.) and A. B. Lewis met him on their respective visits to Bushman's Bay in 1911. Fleming entertained S. M. Lambert in 1926, during Lambert's medical survey of the New Hebrides, and Sir Harry Luke, high commissioner for the Western Pacific, in 1939 during Luke's tour of inspection.

iiiuiiniiuiiiiniiiffluiuiiiiiwiiiinuniii F o r t e s , Mr.

60

Fruit inspector on Viti Levu, Fiji. Forbes, a civil servant based in Suva, was responsible for inspecting shipments of bananas exported to Australia and other countries.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1Q13

See Emma Eliza Kolbe.

Forsayth, E. E.

Trader and planter in the New Hebrides. Before the First World War Fraser was in partnership with N. Hagen (q.v.) (of New Caledonia and the New Hebrides) and had one of the oldest stations in the central New Hebrides at Kingdove Bay on Epi Island. Here Fraser had a plantation and traded for copra with nearby villagers. During this period Fraser also owned several cutters that went to surrounding islands buying copra and other products. Fraser was born in Middlesex, England, and studied at London City College and at Cambridge. He arrived in the New Hebrides in 1907 and married the widow of Maurice Blanc soon after. On his marriage he came into possession of a plantation on Epi Island; he ran the plantation with some difficulty on his own before going into business with Hagen. By 1925 he had established a cotton mill at Kingdove Bay, but a few years later serious financial difficulty sent him to Fiji. In 1930 he turned his attention to prospecting throughout the archipelago, an activity that occupied him for two years. He tried unsuccessfully to win some gold at two sites and also (also unsuccessfully) tried for deposits of nickel, lithium-bearing compounds, copper, and molybdenum. He died at the hospital in Port Vila in 1945.

Fraser, A l e x a n d e r Donald

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission. Frater was responsible for misson work on Paama Island (where he was stationed for forty years) but he also evangelized on Lopevi, Ambrym, and Epi. Frater was born in Scotland and became a member of the Free Church of Scotland. After a university education and ordination as a missionary, he was sent to the New Hebrides by the John G. Paton Mission Fund, a mission society that assisted the New Hebrides Mission but was not affiliated with any particular congregation. Pioneer missionary John G. Paton himself is said to have chosen tiny Paama Island as the site of Frater's station. Rev. and Mrs. Frater arrived on Paama in 1900. Within a decade or so he had converted virtually all of the people of Paama and Lopevi (about eighteen hundred people in 1910). In later years Frater spoke out strongly against alcohol, which was a growing problem for villagers in the islands. Frater was one of the eyewitnesses to the eruption of Ambrym's volcano in 1913-1914 and led rescue efforts to evacuate villagers from the island. He watched on helplessly from the sea as the Presbyterian mission and hospital on the west end of Ambrym were destroyed by

(1884-1945)

Sources: O'Reilly (1957, 70); Speiser (1913, 194).

Frater, Rev. Maurice

(1873-1941)

Sources: Frater (1917, 1922); Gregory (1917); Gunn (1914, 288); John G. Paton Mission Fund (1921); Luke (1945, 71); Mander (1954, 477); Missionary Record of the United Free Church of Scotland (1903); Missionary Research Library (1968, 6:423); Morrell (I960, 350); O'Reilly (1957, 71, 265; 1958, 247); Paton (1945, 28).

61

Appendix

3

lava flows. H e took photographs, made a geological collection of lavas, and wrote an article for the Geological Magazine describing the eruptions. His memoirs, written after twenty years in Paama, describe his experiences evangelizing in Ambrym, Paama, and Epi and include a chapter about the eruptions of 1913. Frater also gave considerable attention to translating the gospels. Frater appears to have been harsh toward traditional customs, although in his memoirs Sir Harry Luke published two Paama myths told by Frater in 1939, suggesting some appreciation of traditional culture. Frater died in 1941, probably in the N e w Hebrides. His son —born in the N e w Hebrides about 1910—became a physician at Paton Memorial Hospital on Iririki at Port Vila in the 1930s.

F r e i m a n , Mr.

Royal Packet Company (Koninklijke Paketvaart Maatschappij) agent at the port town of Pasuruan, East Java, Dutch East Indies. II

Friederici, Carl G e o r g Eduard

(1866-1947)

Sources:

Doering (1949); Dorsey (1909a, 26 Sept.); Friederici ( 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 1909,

1910a, 1910b, 1 9 1 2 , 1 9 1 3 ) ; Full (1909a); Hahl (1980, 123); Hellwig (1911; 1927, 87, 2 2 6 ) ; J a h r b u c h Leipzig Kürschners

(1910, xii);

DGK (1931, 4:747); Meuslahn

(1936); O f f . Handbook

NG (1937, 53);

Sapper (1910a, 1910b); Schlaginhaufen (1910a, 7); Schnee (1920, 1:666); Termer (1947); Trimbora (I960).

62

Ethnologist and comparative linguist noted for his numerous publications about Oceania, the Americas, and the history of exploration. Georg Friederici had a keen interest in cultural and linguistic diffusion, particularly the so-called Malayo-Polynesian migrations and preColumbian contacts between the N e w World and Polynesia. Friederici was born in Stettin (southern Germany). H e entered the Prussian army, attaining the rank of Hauptmann (captain). In 1 8 9 4 1895 he was military attaché with the German legation to Washington. During this tour he visited parts of the United States, Canada, and Cuba and developed a lifelong interest in ethnology. After serving in China ( 1 9 0 0 - 1 9 0 1 ) , he left the army to study ethnology, history, and geography at Tübingen, Göttingen, and finally Leipzig, receiving the Dr.phil. in 1906. Two years later Friederici joined an expedition to the Bismarck Archipelago led by the geographer Karl Sapper and sponsored by the Colonial Service; it came to be known as the Sapper-Friederici expedition. From April to September 1908 Sapper and Friederici conducted their investigations collaboratively in N e w Ireland, N e w Hanover, Bougainville, and Buka. For four months after Sapper's return to Germany, Friederici visited N e w Britain and the New Guinea mainland, including an ascent of the Sepik some 335 kilometers in the Langeoog. In April 1909 he returned to the colony aboard the steamer Natuna as leader of the Hanseatischen Südsee-Expedition. H e spent the next seven months on the Natuna visiting the Hibernian Islands (off the east coast of N e w Ireland) and many other islands in the British and French colonies as far away as the Tuamotus. During this expedition he collected word lists and comparative details about such topics as house and canoe construction. In November 1909 he returned to German N e w Guinea,

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

making a trip into the Torricelli Mountains and walking from Eitape to the newly established station of Hollandia in Dutch New Guinea before leaving for Europe. On his return to Germany he settled in Alsace until the outbreak of war, when he reentered military service. In 1921 he married Ilse Lobbocke and settled in Ahrensburg (Holstein) near Hamburg, where he enjoyed an active scholarly life until his death in 1947. Friederici's analyses were drawn from detailed comparisons of cultural and linguistic traits. Even essays ostensibly about a single locale are wide-ranging in their use of comparative material, often invoking comparisons with dozens of other communities on every point discussed. His research was survey ethnology, with little to say about social life in any particular community. His conclusions are now generally dismissed as irrelevant, largely because of his preoccupation with tracing the Malayo-Polynesian migration into the Pacific using questionable evidence. Nevertheless, Friederici's field reports and longer studies contain a wealth of ethnographic, linguistic, and historical detail about the many peoples he visited on his expeditions.

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission stationed at Uripiv, northeast coast of Malekula. Gillan arrived in the New Hebrides in 1889, apparently from Australia, and immediately established a station at Uripiv, one of the mission's earliest stations on the east coast of Malekula. About 1896 he married a daughter of pioneer missionary John G. Paton, who was thus a sister of New Hebrides missionaries Fred Paton (q.v.) of Malekula and Frank Paton of Tanna. According to one anecdote, Gillan and his wife are said to have purchased a native from a French trader to save the poor fellow from mistreatment and torture. The story is generally used to illustrate the harsh treatment villagers received from the French. Whether true or not it illustrates the pro-British and anti-French attitudes espoused by Gillan and other Presbyterian missionaries.

G i l l a n , Rev. J o s e p h ( J o h n )

Sources: Alexander (1895, 511); Beaune (1894, 299); Gillan (1903); Gunn (1914, 288, 296); Gunson (1988); Michelsen (1893?, 182-183)\ Missionary Record of the United Free Church of Scotland (1903); O'Reilly (1957, 264, 274; 1958, 248); Paton (1903, 258); Paton (1945, 2 8 - 2 9 ) ; Robson (1942, 146); Speiser (1913, 189; 1923,33; 1991,31).

The Gillans had at least two children Nellie (b. ca. 1896) and Whitecross (b. ca. 1903). The son was probably John Whitecross Gillan—Whitecross being Mrs. John G. Paton's maiden name—who also became a missionary in the 1930s and 1940s. In 1911 A. B. Lewis spent about two weeks with Gillan, traveling among the stations on both the east and northwest coasts of Malekula. Felix Speiser (q.v.) also met Gillan the same year during a brief visit to Uripiv.

Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Like most of the missionaries from Steyl, Pater Girards was German. He arrived in the

Girards, Pater Friedrich /-107c i q q o

63

Appendix

3

Sources: Freitag (1912, 106); Girards (1903); Höltker ( 1 9 4 0 - 1 9 4 1 , 51, 53); Kleiner Herz-Jesu Böte ( 1 9 0 1 - 1 9 0 2 , 137); Schwab (1942); Scholz (1910); Sterr (1950); Wichmann (1912, 788); Wiltgen (1969, 352).

Goethem, Father Edward van (18 3 1949)

Sources: Goethem (1912); Langmore (1989, 254, 308); PAR (1910-1911:33).

Goldie, Helena

(Mrs. John F. Goldie, nee Teague; d. 1948)

Sources: Carter (1973, 260); Edridge (1985, 238); Luxton (1955, 145, 206); MMSA-AR (1908-1921); Scrivin (1974a); Tippett (1967, 287-288, 359).

64

colony early in 1902 and was first based at Tumleo at Berlinhafen. In 1902 he accompanied Richard Schlechter (q.v.) during part of his gutta-percha expedition on the Walman coast around Vrinagol. After the death of Pater Franz Padberg at Bogia in 1903, Father Girards was transferred to Bogia, where he worked until at least 1911. At Bogia, Girards managed (and enlarged) the coconut plantation that had recently been established by Brother Ferdinand (Alois Nienhaus) (q.v.). In addition to his pastoral and agricultural work at Bogia, Girards also made a number of patrols into the hinterland, particularly in the Ariaw area. He died at Bogia in 1935 at the age of sixty.

Ordained missionary with the Sacred Heart Mission (MSC) in Papua. Father van Goethem was born in Beveren Wass, Belgium. He entered the MSC in 1894 and was ordained as a priest in 1899. In 1903 van Goethem arrived in British New Guinea, where he was stationed first at Rarai in the Mekeo district. Later he moved to Veifa'a in the Mekeo district above Inawai. In 1912 he assisted government geologist Evan R. Stanley (q.v.) in his survey of the Vailala oil field. About the same period he published a short article on Mekeo string bags in Antbropos. Van Goethem was promoted to superior in the Papuan field in 1919Father van Goethem left Papua in 1924 when he was transferred to the Belgian Congo and raised to the episcopacy as apostolic prefect. In 1932 he became apostolic vicar of Coquilhatville (Belgian Congo). He retired from the mission field in 1946 and returned to Belgium, where he died in Borgerhout in 1949-

Wife of ordained missionary and head of the Methodist mission in the Solomon Islands. Mrs. Goldie served with her husband in Roviana (eastern New Georgia islands) for twenty-six years, when ill health prevented her from remaining in the protectorate. Helena Goldie was born in Queensland and married John F. Goldie (q.v.) about the turn of the century when he was Methodist minister in that colony. She joined her husband in the Solomon Islands in 1902, soon after the mission's first station was built. For many years she worked with girls and young women at Roviana, where she founded a home for orphans and neglected children. She also trained the women in child welfare and hygiene. While living in the Solomons, Mrs. Goldie learned the Roviana language and translated many hymns (in 1912; revised and enlarged in 1918 and 1920). She also translated some Shakespeare stories and part of Pilgrim's Progress into the vernacular. Although she would not attempt the scriptures, Mrs. Goldie prepared a simple Life of Christ and an Old Testament history (in 1918) in Roviana. The Helena Goldie hospital was named for her in 1927.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Q0Q-1Q13

After 1928 Mrs. Goldie lived most of the time in Australia. Though she spent less time in the Solomon Islands, she continued to take an active interest in the mission's work. She was a gifted speaker and spent much of her time giving lectures and fund-raising for the mission in Australia. She died at her home in Melbourne in 1948.

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia, stationed in the Solomon Islands. Goldie was the first Wesleyan missionary in the Solomons and was chairman of the district for fortynine years. He was the dominant figure in the western Solomons for a half-century and clearly the most important missionary throughout the protectorate during this period. Goldie was born in Hobart, Tasmania, and early on served as a lay missionary. In 1897 he entered the Methodist ministry in Queensland, where he served as pastor for five years. Rev. George Brown (head of the overseas mission) had arranged to establish a Methodist mission in the Solomon Islands following negotiations with Resident Commissioner C. M. Woodford (q.v.). Goldie was chosen as the mission's leader in 1902. Together with S. R. Rooney (q.v.) and a lay missionary named J . R. Martin (a carpenter by trade), Goldie founded the mission at Roviana (a lagoon in the eastern New Georgia group).

Goldie, J o h n F r a n c i s

(1870-1954)

Sources: Bennett (1987, 63); Carter (1973, 8 9 - 9 1 ) ; Edridge (1985, 238); Forman (1982, 50); Garrett (1982, 3 0 0 - 3 0 1 ) ; Goldie ( 1 9 0 4 , 1 9 0 9 , 1 9 1 4 , 1932, 1942); Hilliard (1978, 194, 2 3 8 - 2 3 9 ) ; Knibbs (1929, 187-188); Luxton (1955); MMSA-AK ( 1 9 0 2 - 1 9 5 1 ) ; Missionary Rev. (1902, 12:1); Robson (1942, 30); Scrivin (1974b); Tippett (1967, 5 4 - 5 5 , 226).

According to some nonmission sources, Goldie established himself almost as a local potentate in the New Georgias, and his personal authority steadily grew in the western Solomons. To many villagers his influence exceeded that of the government. Clearly, Goldie was vigorous in asserting the mission's authority in the Solomons and was outspoken against what he perceived as infringements of native rights by planters, traders, and government. Goldie's vociferous style and charismatic leadership in the villages frequently brought him into conflict with important traders such as Norman Wheatley (q.v.) and various resident commissioners. Wheatley, who had originally invited the Methodists to establish a mission in New Georgia, was threatened by Goldie's influence and invited (unsuccessfully) the Salvation Army and the Roman Catholics into the group. But by 1914, Wheatley had managed to bring the Seventh Day Adventists to Viru, where they remained a constant annoyance to Goldie for the rest of his life. Despite what critics have seen as flaws in Goldie's manner and personality, Goldie continually strived toward Western-style material progress for the villagers in his congregation. He learned several of the local languages and throughout his career encouraged religious publication in native languages. Assisted by his wife, Helena Goldie (q.v.), he published a Roviana dictionary, along with Roviana translations of hymns and the New Testament. He retired in 1951 and died at Melbourne in 1954.

65

Appendix

3

Gramms, Wilhelm (à: 1918)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 116); DKB (1920, 30); Hellwig (1927, 176-177); Jahresbericht

DNG-Pfl

(1907-1908);

KHA (1909-1913); Meyer (1910, 2:319, 496f.); Vogel (1911, 297); Werner (1911, 285-286).

Independent planter and trader who was proprietor of the Awar plantation at Hansa Bay in German New Guinea. Gramms established Awar plantation about 1905—1906 assisted by the independent labor recruiter Hermann Broker (q.v.): Gramms managed the plantation while Broker recruited laborers as needed—until Broker's death in April 1910. Before the outbreak of war, Awar plantation was the most important plantation on the coast of Kaiser Wilhelmsland, operating independently of the New Guinea Compagnie. Gramms spoke the AwarNubia language and maintained positive relations with villagers. He died during the First World War, and his plantation and trading company (by this time called "Bruno Gramms and Wilhelm Gramms") was expropriated in 1920 by the postwar expropriation board headed by Walter Lucas (q.v.). Gramms frequently assisted scientists and collectors who visited Hansa Bay and, like many other planters and traders, often obtained curios and ethnological specimens on his trips along the coast buying coconuts. Several times he sold ethnological material to Capt. H. Voogdt (q.v.), some of which was sold to Field Museum and some to German collectors and museums. Gramms and his partner (Broker) assisted the Hamburg (Peiho) Expedition in obtaining slit gongs, canoes, and other large objects. He assisted A. B. Lewis with lodging and provided a cutter for a trip along the coast; Gramms also collected a number of specimens for Lewis including two magnificent feather masks that stand more than twenty feet high. Lewis was impressed by Gramms' integrity and abilities.

G r e e n l a n d , Mr. a n d M r s .

Apparently residents of Suva, Fiji, although they may have been travelers A. B. Lewis met in Suva. Previously the Greenlands had spent eighteen months at Herbertshohe, New Britain. It is possible they were Methodist lay missionaries, but their names do not seem to appear on the personnel lists in the annual mission reports.

Griffin, Capt. Henry Lysaght

Proprietor of Sogeri Rubber Plantation in the Central Division of Papua and former resident magistrate in the colonial service. Captain Griffin was typical of those British career civil servants in the colonies ^ j j a t t e m p t e c j t o recreate an English lifestyle in the tropics. Griffin was born in Dublin and educated at Harrow and the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. He was posted briefly in Hong Kong, Cape Town, and Sierra Leone before serving in the Boer War. He then went to Australia and was sent to British New Guinea. Griffin joined the Papuan civil service as an assistant resident magistrate posted (together with Raynor Bellamy [q.v.]) to Kokoda in

(1866-1930)

66

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

the Northern Division for a few months. Here he helped Resident Magistrate C. A. W. Monckton administer one of the busiest and most troublesome goldfields. Griffin started a small experimental garden at Kokoda in 1906. After serving three months at Tamata (later called Ioma), Griffin was promoted and transferred to Kerema, becoming the first resident magistrate in the Gulf Division. After a brief posting to Port Moresby, Griffin was transferred back to the Northern Division. Here he was resident magistrate and mining warden at Buna Bay. A. E. Oelrichs (q.v.) was his assistant resident magistrate at Buna, and Leslie L. Bell (q.v.) for a time worked under him at Ioma. He was allowed to resign from the colonial service in April 1909, after it was learned that he had been illegally selling birds of paradise, a practice forbidden to government employees. Staying on in Papua as a private citizen, Griffin tried his hand at growing sisal hemp near Tavai creek, using planting material obtained from A. C. English (q.v.), another former civil servant. He briefly worked as a labor recruiter in the Gulf Division and cut sandalwood near Port Moresby. About 1911 he bought Sogeri Rubber Plantation (behind Moresby) from David Ballantine, former treasurer of the colony. But both his Tavai and his Sogeri plantations proved unsuccessful and were eventually sold. For five months he worked as an assistant at the Veimauri Rubber and Coconut Estates and for two years became manager of Galley Reach Rubber Estates. After the outbreak of war, Griffin left Papua in 1915 and served in India for four years. When demobilized in 1919 he went to Malaya to work on rubber estates in Negri Sembilan and Johore before entering government service in Johore. Griffin appears to have gotten on well with villagers in Papua and worked patiently to improve relations between the people and the government, but he was less energetic and vigorous under bush conditions than most of his colleagues in the civil service. His memoirs present him as an old boy of the Harrow school, as a member of the best clubs and circles, and as an effete Englishman; they do not mention the several children of native mothers he fathered in Papua. In 1912 A. B. Lewis purchased a series of stone clubs from Captain Griffin (1925, 131). Many of these Griffin had collected during his five years in public service.

Trader and planter in the New Hebrides. Originally from Holstein, Germany, Grube migrated to New Zealand about 1894, where he became a naturalized British subject. He came to the New Hebrides in 1910 or 1911 and established trading stations at Paama, Epi, and Ambrym. About 1912 he sent for his brother Henry Grube (d. 1939) and young nephew W. H. Grube (d. 1938). Grube was a colorful figure in the colonial New Hebrides, with his bare feet, beard, and hairy chest only partly covered by his open

Sources: BNG-AR

1909-1913

(1904-1905, 34, 69;

1905-1906, 37, 84); Griffin (1907, 1908a, 1908b, 1925); Monckton (1921, 301; 1922); Nelson (1976, 131, 144, 148, 1 6 2 169, 239); PAR (1906-1907, 9 - 1 0 , 1 8 19, 38, 100-101; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 4 4 ; 1 9 0 8 1909, 2 0 - 2 3 , 40); Souter (1963, 98, 101); West (1969, 73, 81, 86, 89, 131); Who Was Who, 1929-1940,

3:558.

GruLe, William (or spelled Grubbe; ci 1914)

Sources: Frater (1922, 21); O'Reilly (1957, 84-85); Robson (1942, 146); Speiser (1913, 224).

67

Appendix

3

shirt. He is said to have surrounded himself with indigenous women in his tropical cottage on Paama. In 1913 he helped with the rescue of villagers from Ambrym during the volcanic eruptions on the island that destroyed the Presbyterian mission and hospital and killed many people in the inland villages. Grube died of tuberculosis in 1914; his brother took over his business affairs. Grube seems to have assisted Felix Speiser (q.v.) briefly in 1911.

G u n n , Rev. Dr. W i l l i a m

(1853-1935)

Sources: Alexander (1895, 511); Beaune (1894, 299); Dennis (1902, 156); Elkin (1953, 115); Free Church of Scotland (1900); Free Church of Scotland AR ( 1 8 8 4 1900); Garrett ( 1 9 8 2 , 2 9 1 - 2 9 3 ) ; Gunn ( 1 8 9 1 , 1914); Gunn and Gunn (1924); Hewat ( I 9 6 0 , 292); Michelsen (1893?, 1 7 4 - 1 7 5 ) ; The Missionary (1899, 122, 4 2 1 , 518-519);

Missionary Record of the United

Free Church of Scotland (1903); Scotland(1903,

MR-UFC

546; 1904, 71, 3 6 3 , 558

1907, 25, 544); Morrell ( I 9 6 0 , 196) O'Reilly (1957, 89, 265; 1958, 248): Rannie (1912); Robertson (1902); Robson (1932, 190); Scarr ( 1 9 6 7 , 245); Speiser ( 1 9 2 3 , 1991); United Free Church of Scotland (1914).

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission. Dr. Gunn was also a medical missionary sent by the Free Church of Scotland to the New Hebrides, where he was stationed for thirty-four years on Futuna. Gunn was born in Scotland. After medical training and ordination as a Presbyterian minister he came to the New Hebrides with his family in 1883. He was stationed on Futuna throughout his years in the southern New Hebrides. After his countryman Rev. J. H. Lawrie retired from Aneityum in the 1890s, Gunn served both Futuna and Aneityum. He trained teachers and established a series of schools on both islands. In 1900 Gunn helped found the mission's publication, The New Hebrides Magazine, which was published in the islands for three years before it was decided to publish the magazine in Sydney. Two of Gunn's four children died of dysentery and another drowned while the family lived in the New Hebrides. In 1917 Gunn retired to Sydney, where he died in 1935 at the age of eighty-two. Gunn was part of the second wave of pioneer missionaries to the New Hebrides; it included such men as Peter Milne (arrived 1869), H. A. Robertson (q.v.) (1872), Joseph Annand (q.v.) (1873), and Oscar Michelsen (q.v.) (1878). Although much of his work in the archipelago was either medical or pastoral, Gunn wrote a grammar of the Futuna language and translated the Acts and Genesis into Futunese. He also wrote two popular books describing his experiences in the New Hebrides, the second coauthored by Mrs. Gunn. These books along with numerous letters and reports to his home church body in Scotland were principally intended to promote the New Hebrides Mission at home. His writings reflect the Presbyterian mission's opposition to the condominium government. Gunn, along with many other Presbyterians, strongly advocated British annexation of the New Hebrides.

Ill H a a c k , Mr. ~

Source: Official Tourist Bureau, Weltvreden ( 1 9 2 2 , 4 9 , i63f.).

68

I I

I

Proprietor of the Hotel Papandajan in Garoet, West Java. The Hotel Papandajan was the best of three small hotels in this small mountain resort

community near the Garoet volcanic crater.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç09-1Q13

Prominent trader and businessman in New Caledonia, tne New Hebrides, and the Solomon Islands. Hagen was the eldest son of Nicolas-Frédéric Hagen (1855-1898), the Australian-born trader of German descent who established the South Seas trading firm of N . Hagen. The younger Hagen made a success of the firm, which he managed for half a century. He worked closely with the missions and government and provided shipping services for both.

Hagen, Nicolas ("Tiby")

Hagen was born in Noumea and studied in Noumea, New South Wales, and France. In his youth he went into business with M. Paul of the Sydney firm Paul and Gray, but he abandoned this venture and returned to Noumea when his father died. About 1900 he began establishing plantations, trading stations, mills, and shipping routes in the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands, especially at Epi, Ambrym, the Banks and Santa Cruz groups, the central Solomons, and the Loyalty Islands. In the following years he set up plantations and mills with varying success in the Wallis Islands, Fiji, and even Samoa. He had extensive interests in New Caledonia as well. His business interests were always as diversified as they were geographically dispersed.

Sources: Bourge (1906, 275); Bulletin du

(1880-1947)

Commerce (5 and 8 Nov. 1947); La France Australe (5 Nov. 1947); Marchés Coloniaux (22 Nov. 1947); O'Reilly (1980, 1 6 9 170); Robson (1932, 188).

Hagen's South Seas commercial enterprises were severely affected by depression in the 1930s, but he recovered from this setback, establishing a string of new ventures in addition to his earlier businesses. These new efforts included the Nouvelle Compagnie Forestièr Calédonienne (a forestry venture), the Aneityum Logging Company, Pacific Islands Investments, the Société des îles Banks, the Société des îles Loyalty, and the Société Maritime et Minière Hagen. His commercial empire persisted long after his death in 1947. Nicolas Hagen is said to have been generous and well liked throughout the colonies in which he operated. His reputation extended far beyond his home island of New Caledonia; he was so well known that it is said he once received a cable from Paris addressed simply to "Tiby, South Seas." He had a keen interest in the folklore of New Caledonia and neighboring archipelagoes, such that he was even named president of the Société dés Études Mélanésiennes. He had an extensive Pacific library and collected many ethnological specimens during his travels. Despite these interests he seems not to have written down many of his observations and experiences. He married Marthe Guiraud of Noumea and had five children. After his death in Noumea in 1947, one of his sons, Jean, took over his father's diverse business interests. Hagen shipped a number of A. B. Lewis' specimens back to Chicago in 1911 and agreed to obtain a small additional collection with some money Lewis had left with him. He sent a somewhat larger than expected collection from the Santa Cruz group in 1913 asking an additional sum that Field Museum thought was too high. This collection was sent to Hagen's agent in New York and probably found its way into a European museum.

69

Appendix

3

Hahl, Dr. A l t e r t

(1868-1945)

Sources: Amtsblatt (1909, 1 2 6 - 1 2 7 ; 1910, 28, 76; 1911, 44, 67); Biskup (1968, 1969); Deutsche Kolonialzeitung (1906); DKB (1910, 416; 1911, 80; 1914, 491); DKH (1901, 1904); Dorsey (1909a, 19 Sept.-27 Sept.; 1909b); Firth (1978a, 1982); Fischer (1965); Frauenbund (1910); Hahl (1907, 1912, 1920, 1936, 1937, 1980); Hempenstall (1977, 1978, 1987); Jacobs (1972a, 1972b)-, Jahrbuch Leipzig (1909, xxix); KHA (1898-1913); Lyng (1919); Reed (1943, 138-152); Rowley (1958); Sack (1977; 1980, 126-128; 1990); Sack and Clark (1979); Schnee (1920, 2:10); Wichmann (1912, 646-652, 674-675, 694, 700, 8 0 2 803); Winkler (1913).

70

Colonial governor of German New Guinea from 1902 to 1914. For more than a decade, Hahl was the dominant figure in the administration, exploration, and development of the colony. He encouraged the growth of a plantation economy through fairly liberal policies toward labor recruiting and by introducing a system of local administration in the protectorate (the luluai system) that persisted well beyond the German period and had a profound effect on the course of Papua New Guinea's history and development. Hahl was born in Gern (lower Bavaria) and educated at Wiirtzburg, where he studied law and economics. He entered colonial service in Berlin in 1895. Within six months he was sent to German New Guinea as imperial judge for the Bismarck Archipelago. Here he made his first contacts with the Tolai and other peoples on the Gazelle Peninsula and instituted a system of local administration that drew upon what he saw as indigenous patterns of leadership: village headmen known as luluai (kukurai in some areas) and their subordinates, the tultul. When Germany purchased the Micronesian islands from Spain in 1899 at the end of the Spanish-American War, Hahl was appointed vice-governor of the East Carolines. He returned to Herbertshöhe in May 1901 as acting governor. Following a severe illness and home leave, Hahl returned once more to German New Guinea in November 1902 as imperial governor, a post he held until the war. In 1903 he married Louise Freiin von Seckendorff-Aberdar, who, together with her husband, was at the center of social life on the Gazelle Peninsula. As was customary, an acting governor was appointed whenever Hahl went on home leave. His most important leaves were in 1910— 1911, when the Sokeh rebellion broke out on Ponape with Arthur Osswald (q.v.) in charge, and in May 1914 before the outbreak of war, when Haber was sent to replace him. It is unclear whether in 1914 the Colonial Office was permanently replacing him or whether he had independently chosen to resign. Hahl never returned to New Guinea, but he retained an active interest in the colony, writing several books and many essays during the interwar years, always with careful attention to the details of the colonial economy both during and after his administration. At one point, he was even made a director of the New Guinea Compagnie, which after losing its lands in New Guinea was then investing in Venezuela and the Cameroons. Recognizing Hahl's obvious importance as chief administrator and policy maker, historians have tended to emphasize his role in German New Guinea to the exclusion of the roles of many other influential individuals. Like both Murray (q.v.) and MacGregor (q.v.), his counterparts in Papua, Hahl took a direct interest in exploring, administering, and developing his colony, and he too had an almost proprietary view of his part of New Guinea. But Hahl seems to have been

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Q0Q-1Q13

more forceful than the others in promoting scientific research and exploration in the protectorate. It would also seem that Hahl faced stronger opposition than the governors of Papua from the diverse planter community in the Bismarcks, from the New Guinea Compagnie in Kaiser Wilhelmsland, and from constituencies at home. Hahl left an important legacy in the colony in 1914. He had established governmental authority around six new district offices (Eitape, Kaewieng, Kieta, Manus, Morobe, Namatanai) and had overseen the intensive exploration of virtually the entire colony except for the central highlands. He is one of the few German administrators to have published memoirs about his New Guinea years.

English lady traveler; the first woman to cross Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Cairo (ca. 1906). Miss Hall made a second trip to Australia and the Far East in 1912. During this second, considerably less adventurous, journey she took the Burns Philp steamer Matunga on a brief visit to Papua. This happened to be the steamer A. B. Lewis took from Brisbane to Port Moresby. Hall published an account of the trip in her book A Woman in the Antipodes, describing their visit to Cairns, the famous Barron Falls, and Port Moresby. At Port Moresby, Chief Inspector Leslie L. Bell (q.v.) escorted her, together with Lewis and a Dr. Hamilton, on a visit to Hanuabada and Elevala, the important Motu pile villages on the shore northwest of Port Moresby. Together with Lewis she also met William N. Lawrence (q.v.), head of the London Missionary Society in Papua, at his home not far from Hanuabada. Hall died not long after her return to England in 1912; her second book was published posthumously.

Hall, M a r y nQ c»7 i m o \ * '

Roman Catholic missionary with the Sacred Heart Mission (MSC); worked in German New Guinea, Dutch New Guinea, and the Moluccas (Dutch East Indies). Hamers was a Dutchman; he first came from Holland to Melanesia in the 1890s. He was assigned as a mission brother to the Sacred Heart Mission in New Britain, where he remained until about 1904. When his order opened a mission field in Dutch territory in the Moluccas and southern New Guinea, Brother Hamers was transferred to this mission field. In the Dutch East Indies he was posted briefly at the mission's headquarters in the Kei Islands before arriving at the recently opened Merauke station in December 1905.

Hamers, B r o t h e r N o r b

Sources: Birkert (1989); Hall ( 1 9 0 7 , 1 9 1 4 ) ; R

° b i n s ° n d990,15-16).

Sources: Hamers (1911, 1912); Verteilten (1935, 1 0 0 - 1 0 2 , 136); Vlamynck (1949,31).

Hamers was a carpenter, and he built things tirelessly. It is said that he built virtually all of the buildings at Merauke. In August 1910 he went to Okaba to erect some buildings for a new station Pater van de Kolk was establishing. He returned to Merauke in February 1911, remaining in southern New Guinea until the First World War. During

71

Appendix

3

the war, while on a leave of absence in the Netherlands, he died in his sleep at the mission house at Arnhem. It was Brother Hamers who in 1912 nursed A. B. Lewis back to health when Lewis was afflicted with blackwater fever during his stay in Merauke. I Hamilton, Augustus

(1853-1913)

Sources: Dominion Museum Bull. (1906, 1:15; 1911, 3:21); Dominion Museum AR (1915, 3); Hamilton ( 1 8 9 6 - 1 9 0 0 , 1898, 1908, 1911a, 1911b, 1911c, 191 Id); McLintock (1966, 9 0 3 - 9 0 4 ) ; Scholefield (1940, 1:348-349).

Illllllll

Director of the Dominion Museum in Wellington, New Zealand. Hamilton was naturalist in the broadest sense; he wrote extensively about ethnology, material culture, botany, and zoology. He had a strong hand in developing and shaping the Dominion Museum during the decade he was director, transforming it from a small provincial museum to an important national institution. Hamilton was born near Dorset, England, and studied at Epsom Medical College but did not complete his degree. He came to New Zealand in 1876 and became a primary-school teacher. While teaching at Petane he joined the Hawke's Bay Philosophical Society and became the society's secretary. In this capacity, he founded the Napier Museum with collections of Maori material culture. The museum was destroyed by an earthquake in 1931 and many specimens were lost, but those that survived formed the core of the museum's present collections. In 1890 Hamilton was appointed registrar of the University of Otago, a post he held until 1903. During this period he published prolifically about the botany, zoology, and ethnology of New Zealand, including his best-known work, The Art Workmanship of the Maori. He left Otago to assume the directorship of the Colonial Museum, later renamed the Dominion Museum. Hamilton's appointment coincided with new legislation to preserve and protect Maori history and material culture: the New Zealand Institute Act of 1903 and the amended Maori Antiquities Act (1904). These laws led to formation of the National Maori Museum as the primary ethnological component within the Dominion Museum and provided funds for the museum to make new collections representative of Maori ethnology and of important antiquities. The museum's collections expanded significantly with public moneys, although Hamilton encouraged private donations as well, including his own private collection from Hawke's Bay. Hamilton's work was primarily that of a collector. Most of his publications describe individual specimens or are descriptive, systematic accounts of sets of specimens. Nevertheless, he had a deep knowledge and love of Maori art, which he demonstrated in supervising the Maori Pa for the New Zealand Exhibition in 1906-1907. He strongly encouraged analytic studies and larger collections in all the museum's disciplines and set a tone for the museum that persisted for many years. His appointments to the staff, most notably that of Elsdon Best, also insured the museum's continued growth. He also supported the work of several younger scholars, including that of Te Rangi Hiroa (later Sir Peter Buck), who published many early papers in the museum's Bulletin.

72

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

Hamilton died suddenly in 1913 during a visit to the Bay of Islands. His son, Harold Hamilton, who worked for several years at the Dominion Museum, later became director of arts and crafts at Roturua, specializing in Maori meeting houses.

Danish trader and planter in German New Guinea as well as selfstyled "King Peter" of the French Islands. Hansen was one of the most flamboyant of the early settlers in the Bismarck Archipelago. He was associated with some of the largest and most important firms in the colony, and his extravagant lifestyle and lucrative business ventures were legendary throughout the South Pacific. Several times during his long career in German New Guinea he is reputed to have made (and lost) vast fortunes as a trader and businessman. Hansen came to the Pacific as a sailor, jumping ship at Sydney in 1881. There he signed on for a time as a copra trader with the largest trading house in Melanesia—the Deutschen Handels- und PlantagenGesellschaft der Siidsee (DHPG)—basing himself at Mioko (Duke of York Islands). In 1884 he accompanied Otto Finsch (q.v.) on his famous exploring expedition along the New Guinea coasts in the Samoa. By 1885 he was working for E. E. Forsayth & Co., for many years the largest privately held firm in the colony, owned by the part Samoan, part American, "Queen Emma" Forsayth (later Frau Emma Kolbe) (q.v.).

Hansen, Peter

Sources: Amtsblatt (1909, 126-127; 1911, 116); Biskup (1970, 95; 1974, 122); DKH (1904); Firth (1982, 81-82); Frauenbund (1910); Hagspiel (1926, 48); Hahl (1980, 102); KHA (1903-1904); Lyng (1919, 4 6 47); MacKellar (1912); Off. Handbook NG (1937, 24); Robson (1973, 112f., 143, 201-203); Sack and Clark (1979, 165, 189); Wichmann (1912, 676, 701, 752, 762).

As one of Forsayth's traders Hansen worked for some time on Ontong Java, then on Nukumanu, and finally Vitu (the French Islands). He claimed to have bought the entire Vitu group for a pittance and subsequently called himself king of these islands. He may have benefited from depopulation following the 1894 smallpox epidemic on Vitu that allowed him to acquire land easily. But whether he was a local monarch or not, legal title to the islands stayed with the New Guinea Compagnie, for whom he was working as an agent by 1898. Here at Peterhafen on the French Islands he established the lavish lifestyle that made his reputation across the Pacific. Exaggerated rumors circulated that he had thirty native wives, but stories of his wealth and extravagant living seem generally accurate. King Peter lost everything in 1903 when the New Guinea Compagnie decided to extend its plantings on Vitu. The villagers, angry at having their gardens and houses cleared for coconuts, reacted by burning his house and seizing his stores and ship, in the process killing a storekeeper, an engineer, five Chinese, and eighteen indigenous laborers. King Peter happened to be away at the time and was thus saved, but the company would not allow him to return to Vitu. He worked for the next five years managing plantations on the Gazelle Peninsula. About 1909 or 1910 he left New Britain, moving to Bougainville as plantation manager for a newly formed Australian firm, the New Britain Corporation. He established Toiemonapu plantation and

73

Appendix

3

for several years looked after the company's interests in southern Bougainville. But his enthusiasm followed his wealth, and he finally left Bougainville, returning to Rabaul, where he died virtually a pauper. Throughout Melanesia few could rival his eccentricity or turbulent life.

mli Harrowell, Capt. Edwin

Sources: O'Reilly (1957, 96); Scarr (1967, 241, 331); Speiser (1913, vi).

iiiiiii

Head of the British contingent in the New Hebrides Constabulatory. Harrowell was born in New Zealand and fought in the Boer War in South Africa. About 1908 he was appointed to head the condominium police force based in Port Vila. At the time the British contingent consisted of some twenty-five men. The joint police force had little authority outside of Vila, though it was charged with controlling sales of alcohol and guns to villagers throughout the islands. Harrowell met and assisted both A. B. Lewis and Felix Speiser (q.v.) in 1911 and gave Lewis a shell adze.

11 1 Hasselt, F r a n s Jokannes Frederik van

(1870-1939)

Sources: Encyc. Ned-Indie (1:60; 2:87; 5:150; 7:1221); Feuilletau de Bruyn ( 1 9 3 9 - 1 9 4 0 ) ; Galis (1962, 1 4 4 - 1 4 6 ) ; Hasselt (1902, 1909,1910,1914,1921,1926,1933, 1935); Held (1957); Polman (1983, 222); Snelleman (1910, 42); Uldriks (1910); Wichmann (1912, 1917).

nil 111»

Protestant missionary with the Utrechtsche Zendings-vereeniging in Dutch New Guinea. Van Hasselt served for many years along the north coast of Dutch New Guinea. Van Hasselt was the son of pioneer U Z V missionary Johannes Lodewijk van Hasselt (1839—1930), who was one of the first three missionaries from the society in the residency. The senior van Hasselt served in the region from 1862 to 1908 and the son was himself born in Dutch New Guinea; see Uldriks (1910) for a discussion of the senior van Hasselt and the mission's early history. The younger van Hasselt followed in his father's footsteps, joining the mission in 1894 and serving until 1930. He appears to have been stationed primarily at Numfor and Manokwari (variously called Dore Bay and Masinam). He made many visits to other stations along the coast, including Biak, Humboldt Bay, the Arfak Mountains, Arwa, and the Radja Ampat group. He was a prolific writer about the peoples of northern New Guinea from Humboldt Bay to the Bird's Head. He seems to have left the mission field in 1930 and returned to Holland. Snelleman published a photograph of van Hasselt together with his wife and daughter in 1910. Van Hasselt made an ethnological collection of about 2 5 0 specimens for A. B. Lewis in 1 9 1 3 - 1 9 1 4 , which he shipped just before the outbreak of the First World War. International hostilities prevented the shipment from reaching Chicago as intended, but it finally arrived in 1919. Remarkably, the material suffered little damage during more than five years in transit. The collection contains objects from many of the places van Hasselt visited along the coast from Humboldt Bay to Manokwari.

74

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

• Trader in the Gulf Division of Papua. Hay may have been working independently, but he was probably associated with the British New Guinea Development Company. In 1912 he lived in Orokolo.

Hay, Mr.

See entry for Wm. O. North.

Heard, Mr.

Naturalist and assistant curator at the Australian Museum in Sydney. Hedley was typical of self-taught naturalists in the nineteenth century, with broad and general scientific interests. Although he is often considered principally a conchologist, his writings deal with many other zoological topics as well as ethnology. Similarly, although the Great Barrier Reef held his enduring interest, Hedley made collections in many other areas: Papua, the Gulf of Carpentaria, New Caledonia, the Ellice Islands (now Tuvalu), Canada, Alaska, and Africa. Hedley was born in Yorkshire and left England for New Zealand in 1881. His stay was short: he went to Sydney in 1882 and spent some years on an oyster lease at Moreton Bay and later as a fruit grower at Boyne Island and Port Curtis in Queensland. In 1888 after an injury to his elbow, he went to Brisbane, where he was appointed to the staff of the Queensland Museum in 1889 and elected to the Linnean Society of London the same year. Early in 1890 Sir William MacGregor (q.v.), lieutenant governor of British New Guinea, invited Hedley to make collections in the colony. Hedley accompanied the governor to the St. Joseph River, Milne Bay, and many of the islands in the Massim. For the most part Hedley made collections of mollusks, which became his primary specialization, although he also wrote on ethnology and other topics from this fieldwork. He also described zoological collections made by others, such as MacGregor (Fly River) and Rev. H. P. Schlencker (Fife Bay).

Hedley, Charles

(1862-1926)

Sources: Australian

Encyclopaedia ( 1 9 5 8 ,

4 : 4 6 9 - 4 7 0 ; 1977, 3:278); Dorsey (1909a, 18 Sept.); Fairfax (1983); Ferguson (1927); Hedley (1890, 1891, 1 8 9 5 - 1 8 9 7 , 1896, 1897, 1917); Linnean Society of N e w South Wales (1936); PAR ( 1 8 9 0 - 1 8 9 1 , xxxv—xxxvi); Serle (1949, 1 : 4 2 0 - 4 2 1 ) ; Wichmann ( 1 9 1 2 , 509, 670); Woolnough (1927).

Soon after his return from British New Guinea, Hedley joined the staff of the Australian Museum (Sydney) in 1891 as a scientific assistant. He was promoted to the post of conchologist in 1896 and the same year accompanied an expedition led by the Royal Society of London to Funafuti in the Ellice Islands. His large invertebrate and ethnological collections were described in a series of papers in the Memoirs of the Australian Museum by Hedley and others. In 1908 Hedley was promoted to assistant curator, a post he held at the Australian Museum until 1920. Early in 1919 disagreements over a superannuation scheme divided museum staff, bringing Hedley in direct and open conflict with Director Robert Etheridge, Jr., and Trustee F. A. Coghlan. He was denied further promotions, even after

75

Appendix

3

Etheridge's death in 1920. Hedley was acting director for a few weeks in 1920, but Coghlan insured he was bypassed and given the nominal but unimportant appointment of principal keeper of collections. He retired from the museum in 1924 to become scientific director of the Great Barrier Reef Committee, a position he held until his sudden death from a heart attack in 1926. Hedley was an intrepid traveler and an indefatigable fieldworker. His numerous publications added considerably to scientific descriptions of invertebrates in many parts of Australasia, but he is perhaps best remembered for expanding and building the Australian Museum's collections from Australia, Papua, Funafuti, and other areas.

Heine, Georg

Sources: Amtsblatt (1910, 79; 1911, 156); DKH (1904); Dorsey (1909a, 28 Sept., 29 Sept.); Hahl (1980, 100, 113, 126); Hellwig (1927, 159); KHA (1903-1913); Neuhauss (1911a, 329); Sack and Clark (1979, 151, 160); Schlaginhaufen (1910a); Verh. Kol. Kongress (1910, lviii); Warnecke et al. (1910); Wichmann (1912, 787). F M N H archives: Accession files, director's files; F M N H Department of Anthropology: Accession files, correspondence files.

Helmich, Heinrick

(k 1865)

76

Career employee and administrator of the New Guinea Compagnie from 1898 until the outbreak of war in 1914. Heine served as a plantation assistant at Stephansort (Astrolabe Bay) when he first joined the company and by 1903 was head of the station at Konstantinhafen (then a substation under Stephansort). In 1904 he was promoted to the post of administrator at Herbertshohe (1904—1905); he was later transferred to Stephansort (1906-1907), the French Islands (1907-1908), and Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (from 1908). From Friedrich Wilhelmshafen he supervised all of the company's plantation and trading operations in Kaiser Wilhelmsland and in this capacity was one of the most influential individuals on the New Guinea mainland. He controlled labor relations on at least a dozen company plantations and thereby influenced the daily lives of hundreds of recruited laborers. Although Heine resided in the colony for many years, he seems to have maintained a home in Berlin from at least 1910. He married Margarete Lange at Friedrich Wilhelmshafen in July 1911. Heine assisted many researchers and scientists in New Guinea. In 1902 he accompanied Schlechter (q.v.) on a patrol to the Finisterre Mountains during the first gutta-percha expedition. Directly or indirectly he assisted Schlaginhaufen (q.v.), Neuhauss (q.v.), the Hamburg Expedition, and many government expeditions. He was quite helpful to George Dorsey (q.v.) in 1908 and, according to Capt. H. Voogdt (q.v.) —with whom Heine had worked for many years—Heine was among those most angry over Dorsey's Chicago Tribune columns critical of colonists in German New Guinea. For this reason, Heine had little to do with A. B. Lewis in 1910 and in various ways tried to disrupt Lewis' research.

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Rheinish Mission in German New Guinea. Helmich was one of the pioneer missionaries sent from Barmen, Germany, to Kaiser Wilhelmsland in 1894; he worked around Friedrich Wilhelmsland for almost twenty years. From 1904 on, Hel-

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

mich was the most senior Rheinish missionary in the colony and was head of the mission in Kaiser Wilhelmsland until his return to Germany in 1913. He played a key role in setting mission policy, a policy that won few converts, contributed to local unrest around Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, and paved the way for a long history of cargo cults in the area. Soon after his arrival Helmich opened a station on Karkar (Dampier Island), but this station was abandoned the following year after the island's volcano erupted. Helmich then settled at Siar in the harbor at Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, opening a school about 1900. After fellow missionary Wilhelm Blum (q.v.) arrived at Siar, to join Ernest Weber who was already there, Helmich decided to expand the mission's activities in the harbor by moving over to Ragetta Island. In 1894 Helmich had begun mission work on Ragetta, then a substation of Siar; by 1904 each island had its own resident missionary, but they remained closely linked as parts of the same congregation. Helmich was at Ragetta when the Friedrich Wilhelmshafen revolt of 1904 occurred; widespread bloodshed was only narrowly averted. In the subsequent government investigation, Helmich—along with several other Rheinish missionaries—was specifically mentioned as an intended victim of the uprising. The incident had a profound effect on Helmich; up to then he had made few converts, and now he felt his life was in jeopardy. Helmich took an active interest in the investigation and trials. Six men were executed and a number of restrictions placed on villagers in the area. There are some reports that he subsequently treated villagers harshly—although he seems relatively mild compared with many other Europeans around Friedrich Wilhelmshafen at the time. In 1910 the missionary residence at Siar was closed because the people were so uncooperative; Blum, the resident missionary, moved to Ragetta and visited Siar as part of his circuit. In 1912 Europeans around Friedrich Wilhelmshafen got wind of a second attempted revolt against Europeans in the area. Following this planned—but never executed— uprising, sixteen leaders were transported to Herbertshohe, and many from Siar, Ragetta, Bilia, and other villages were exiled to the Rai coast or Megiar. For Helmich and his wife, who had served the community together for nearly twenty years, this second rebellion was the last straw. They requested permission from Barmen to return to Germany and left the colony in 1913.

1909-1Q13

Sources: Bade (1977); DKH (1896, 1901, 1904); Firth (1982, 82-85); Frauenbund (1910); Frerichs (1957, 32, 229, 253); Helmich (1900, 1905); Hempenstall (1978, 180-190); Jahresbericht DNG-MB (1901-1908);

Jahresbericht RMG ( 1 9 1 0 -

1912); Ködding (1910, 59-67); Kriele (1908); Lawrence (1964); Sack (1977, 2 8 3 284; 1980, 135); Warnecke et al. (1910); Wichmann (1912, 701).

Siar and Ragetta were centers of antipathy toward the European presence in their area. Both islands were in close proximity to the vigorous commerce of Friedrich Wilhelmshafen and both islands had had a resident missionary intent on disrupting traditional customs, rituals, and social organization. Helmich's methods also disrupted village life in more subtle ways by alienating individual converts (in some cases schoolchildren) from their communities. But shortages of land in the villages and constant encroachments by the New Guinea Compagnie onto village land "purchased" many years before are generally seen as

77

Appendix

3

central causes of the uprisings. Ironically, Helmich and other Rheinish missionaries had been the only ones to object to the wholesale alienation of land around Friedrich Wilhelmshafen. Helmich was born at Blasheim bei W. and married Ida Winkelstater (b. 1873 at Langerfeld bei Schwelm). In 1897 Frau Helmich joined her husband in New Guinea. • H e n a m , Capt. Carl

Sources: O'Reilly (1957, 215,216); Speiser

(1913,189; 1923, 33; 1991, 31).

Henderson, Laurence

Sources: Henderson (1911); Hennelly (1912b); Massey Baker (1912); Nelson (1976, 133); Oelrichs (1911); PAR ( 1 9 0 7 1908, 44; 1908-1909, 40; 1909-1910, 9, 48; 1910-1911, 40; 1911-1912, 12, 2 1 22, 46, 5 1 - 5 3 ; 1912-1913, 47; 1 9 1 3 1914, 121); West (1970, 79).

78

Illllll

Scandinavian trader and planter in the New Hebrides. Henam owned a launch, which he used to buy copra and yams. From his home at Bushman's Bay (east coast of Malekula) he visited villages on both the east and west coasts of Malekula and used his launch to transport people and goods throughout the archipelago. About

1

9 0 3 Henam was a partner of Thomas C. Stephens (q.v.) for a year or two in a whaling venture in and around Fiji before a narrowly averted shipwreck brought them to abandon whaling for the New Hebrides. By 1911 Henam had become a partner of F. J. Fleming (q.v.). Henam worked primarily as a trader while Fleming managed the successful Matevan plantation at Bushman's Bay, Malekula. Felix Speiser (q.v.), who met him in January 1911, gives his name as Hennan.

Resident magistrate in the Papuan colonial service. Henderson came to Papua in 1908 and was first appointed second clerk in the government secretary's department. A year later he was promoted to the position of assistant resident magistrate (A.R.M.) and stationed in Kumusi Division. In 1909 and 1910 he served as acting resident magistrate in place of Wilfred N . Beaver (q.v.), who went on a seven-month leave and was then posted to Daru. Henderson was promoted in July 1910 to relieving resident magistrate and was soon sent to Kerema (Gulf Division) to relieve Resident Magistrate John Hennelly (q.v.), who went south on leave until April 1912. During this period Henderson assisted A.R.M. Massey Baker with carriers and transportation for the Coal Expedition led by geologist J. E. Carne (q.v.) and businessman William Little (q.v.). Henderson was relieved of duty in Kerema and sent to Cape Nelson (NorthEastern Division) as resident magistrate. He served for more than a year at Cape Nelson, but appears to have had some problem—apparently with villagers—that Lieutenant-Governor Murray (q.v.) alluded to in one of his (now published) letters but about which the Annual Reports are mysteriously silent. In February 1914, Henderson resigned from the service and seems to have returned to Australia after a fiveand-a-half-year tour of duty in the colony.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Resident magistrate in the colonial service of Papua. Hennelly served for about four years (including leaves) at Kerema in the Gulf Division. During this time he participated in some important early exploration in the Papuan Gulf, including one of the teams sent to rescue the fateful Kikori Expedition led by Staniforth Smith, 1910-1911. Hennelly came to Papua at the end of 1906 and was first appointed surveyor's assistant based in Samarai (Eastern Division). The following year he acted temporarily as chief clerk in the government secretary's department. He was promoted to the position of assistant resident magistrate (A.R.M.) and stationed at Cape Nelson in the North-Eastern Division, reporting to Henry Griffin (q.v.) (resident magistrate of the Northern Division) because no replacement had been found for his division's retired resident magistrate. In 1909 Hennelly was transferred to Mambare Division, and in 1910 he was promoted to resident magistrate and sent to Kerema in the Papuan Gulf. During Hennelly's posting at Kerema, Governor Murray (q.v.) went on home leave, appointing Miles Staniforth Smith as acting administrator in his absence. Smith decided to mount an expedition to explore the Kikori-Strickland hinterland. He took along with him Chief Inspector Leslie L. Bell (q.v.) and surveyor A. E. Pratt. Hennelly (as R.M. for the division) and H. L. Murray accompanied this poorly prepared and inadequately outfitted party for the first part of this disastrous expedition but returned to the coast after a few weeks. Five months later, three rescue teams had been sent to find the lost expedition, which returned down the Kikori thinking it the Strickland. After losing half their carriers, expedition members had become completely disoriented and had gone in a circle.

1Q0Q-1Q13

Hennelly, Jolin Patrick

Sources: Clune (1942b, 173ff.); Hennelly (1908, 1912a, 1912b); Murray (1912b);

PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 38; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 44, 66; 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 40, 67; 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 0 , 48; 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 27, 40, 56, 60, 165; 1 9 1 1 1912,46; 1912-1913,47,81; 1913-1914, 121); Smith (1912a, 1912b); Souter (1963, 104ff.); Stanley (1912a); West (1969, 1 7 1 - 1 7 3 ) .

Hennelly went on leave and convalescence from a protracted bout of blackwater fever in 1911 and was temporarily replaced by Laurence Henderson (q.v.). When he returned the following year, the Papuan Gulf was alive with geological exploration: Joseph Carne (q.v.) from New South Wales was up the Kikori on the Coal Expedition, and Evan Stanley [q.v.}, the young government geologist, had arrived in Kerema to investigate oil deposits seen up the Vailala. Hennelly helped Stanley's party, accompanying them with a police escort and providing transportation. After seven years in Papua, Hennelly resigned from government service toward the end of 1913 and seems to have returned to Australia. IllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllffllllllllllllllllU

Planter and trader in New Caledonia. Mrs. Henry was born in New Caledonia, apparently a daughter of the early settler VictorLeonard Bourgade, who arrived in the colony in 1872. Her mother, Emma B. Engler, was also from an old settler family. Her hus-

H e n r y , M r s . (nee B o u r g a d e )

79

Appendix

3

Sources: Carter (1946, 6 3 - 6 4 ) ; Les Guides Bleus lllustres ( 1 9 6 4 , 1 3 1 ) ; Lemire (1884, 162); O'Reilly ( 1 9 8 0 , 4 5 - 4 6 , 1 2 0 , 1 7 5 ) .

band seems to have been Andrew O'Lanket Henry, son of Andrew Henry, former sandalwood trader and one of the earliest settlers j n New Caledonia. The younger Henry (Mrs. Henry's husband) w a s c a l l e d T a H k i b y v i i l a g e r s . H e died in Noumea, probably before 1910. The senior Henry is thought to have been English, although one account identifies him as an American. The trading station he established at Oubatche in the 1860s was attacked by villagers in 1867 and 1868. His son Andrew O'Lanket was seriously wounded during one of these attacks. These incidents occurred some years before the latter's marriage to Mrs. Henry. The Henry, Bourgade (q.v.), and Engler (q.v.) families were closely related through intermarriage and business arrangements. All three families had ties to Oubatche.

Hernskeim, Eduard

(1847-1917)

Sources: Beck (1903, 5 1 3 - 5 1 4 ) ; BJDN (9:(TL 1909):36); Biskup (1974, 2 1 - 2 2 ) ; Brown (1977, 138); DBJ (2:658); DKB (1920, 3 0 - 3 1 ) ; DKH (1896, 1901, 1904); Deutsche Kolonialzeitung (1901a); Firth (1977; 1982, 1 0 - 1 1 , 17, 5 0 - 5 1 , 102); Globus (1909, 95:98); Hahl (1980) Hempenstall (1978, 19, 119-125); Hernsheim (1888a, 1888b, 1901, 1904, 1983); Hernsheim (1880, 1883); Jacobs (1972b, 497); Jahresbericht DNG-Pfl

( 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 ) ; KHA

( 1 8 9 8 - 1 9 1 3 ) ; Lyng (1919, 5 4 - 5 5 ) ; Marchtaler (1968); Salisbury (1970, 2 3 29); Schmidt (1895, 388, 391, 412); Schnee (1920, 3:294-295); Sack and Clark (1979; 1980, 33, 64); Washausen (1968, 5 4 - 5 7 , 6 2 - 6 7 ) ; Wichmann (1910, 2 4 9 250, 258, 2 8 2 - 2 8 3 , 286).

Earliest resident European trader in the Bismarck Archipelago and proprietor of the important South Seas trading firm Hernsheim & Co. Originally a sailor from Hamburg, Hernsheim began trading in the Bismarcks possibly as early as 1870. He seems to have established his first trading station in the Duke of York Islands in 1875. By 1878 he had moved his headquarters to Matupi (Gazelle Peninsula), which was rapidly becoming the center of commercial activity in the archipelago. About the same period, his older brother Franz (1845-1909) settled as a trader in Jaluit (Marshall Islands), where he also served as German consul in the Spanish colony. Eduard Hernsheim rapidly expanded the number of trading stations in the Bismarcks; by some accounts he had forty-two stations in the archipelago in the 1880s. Unlike its major competitors—particularly the New Guinea Compagnie and E. E. Forsayth & Co.—Hernsheim & Co. concentrated its activities on trading for pearl shell and copra rather than developing plantations. Throughout the German period Hernsheim's traders could be found on most island groups in German New Guinea. Some of the most important individuals in the colony, including Rudolf Wahlen (q.v.), Ah Tam (q.v.), and Iskokichi Komine (q.v.), got their start with Hernsheim. Although Hernsheim's importance in the Old Protectorate was in decline after about 1910, the company still controlled substantial assets in the colony at the outbreak of the First World War. These assets were expropriated in 1920. Hernsheim interests in the Marshall Islands were merged with those of Robertson and Godeffroy (Deutschen Handels- und Plantagen-Gesellschaft der Südsee) in 1887 to form the Jaluit-Gesellschaft. Both brothers wrote about their early experiences in the Pacific; Eduard's memoirs have been translated by Peter Sack. Franz died in 1909 at Heidelberg and Eduard at Hamburg in 1917.

80

Who Was Who m Melanesia,

1909-1913

Lutheran lay missionary and carpenter with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Hertle arrived in the Huon Gulf from Germany in 1907 and worked in the practical arts for the next thirtyone years. Before the First World War he was based around Finschhafen, where he was posted at Logaueng (site of the mission printery), at Butaweng sawmill (south of Finschhafen), and at the Finschhafen plantation. During this period he began training native carpenters and craftsmen, an effort he would continue until he left New Guinea. Hertle left the mission field in 1940 when he was sent to a detention camp in Australia during the Second World War.

Hertle, J o h a n n

Nursing sister and later small-scale planter in German New Guinea. Born in Germany, Sister Auguste took up nursing and served in German East Africa for a number of years in the 1880s. She came to Friedrich Wilhelmshafen aboard the Isabel in June 1891 as one of three or four nurses sent to Kaiser Wilhelmsland by a German woman's organization (the Deutscher Frauenverein fur Krankenpflege in den Kolonien) at the request of the directors of the New Guinea Compagnie.

Hertzer, Sister A u g u s t e

She was posted to hospitals variously at Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Stephansort, and Bogadjim for about a decade. During this time she provided health care for indigenous, Javanese, and Chinese plantation laborers working for the New Guinea Compagnie. She was especially involved in studying the problem of malaria in New Guinea. She retired from nursing in 1899 and returned to Germany but found the climate too cold and went to Singapore. By 1903 she had returned to German New Guinea, where she bought a small parcel of land and made a plantation at Palaupai (Raluana district) on the Gazelle Peninsula. Here on the tablelands behind Kuradui she lived in a small house on a hill sloping down toward the sea. She acquired several other small tracts in the following years (at Tatawana and Bitamanda). It appears that her plantation was not expropriated in 1920 as were the properties of most other German settlers. She helped out at Namanula hospital about 1920 and later worked at Rabaul General Hospital. She died on the Gazelle Peninsula in 1934 and was buried in the Rabaul Cemetery.

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 29, 247);

Sources: Frerichs (1957, 200, 226, 252); Koloniales

Hand- und Adressbuch

1927, 84); Lutherisches Jahrbuch

108); Pilhofer (1961-1963); Sack and Clark (1980, 139).

(1856-1934)

Amtsblatt

(1911, 54); DKH (1896; 1904);

Frauenbund (1910); Hagen (1899, 8); Hahl (1980, 3, 50, 80, 93-94); Hertzer (1894,

Jahresbericht

DNG-Pfi

(1907-1908); Kettle (1979, 6-8, 23-24, 336); KHA (1907-1913); Meyer (1910, 2:425); Overell (1923, 14-15).

Sister Auguste had been a close friend of Governor Hahl (q.v.). and was well liked and respected by most people in the colony. She sold A. B. Lewis a few ornate Sulka pieces during his visit to Raluana in 1910.

Prospector in Papua. In February 1912, Hill accompanied geologist Joseph E. Carne (q.v.) up the Vailala River around Akauda to investi-

(1926(1927,

Hill, Mr. R. 81

S o u m : Stanley ( 1 9 1 2 a ) .

Hocart, Arthur Maurice

(1883-1939)

Sources: E l k i n ( 1 9 3 9 ) ; Evans-Pritchard (1939); Hocart (1914, 1915, 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 1 8 , 1922, 1929, 1952); Needham (1970, 1 9 7 9 ) ; Rivers ( 1 9 1 4 ) ; Scarr ( 1 9 8 0 , 2 2 24); S l o b o d i n ( 1 9 7 8 , 4 0 - 4 2 ) ; Winters (1991,293).

gate some oil vents discovered by Lewis Lett (q.v.) and G. H. Thomas in August 1911. Other local residents and prospectors also went along as guides and field assistants, including MacDonell (q.v.), Talbot (q.v.), Cowley (q.v.), and MacGowan (q.v.). In May 1912—two months after Came had left the Vailala—Hill discovered another petroleum deposit on a tributary of the Vailala River southwest of Carne's investigations. This deposit prompted government geologist Evan R. Stanley (q.v.) to ascend the Vailala to investigate these various deposits. Hill accompanied Stanley and Talbot on this trip.

British anthropologist of French descent; he first came to Melanesia in 1907 as a student and protégé of W. H. R. Rivers during the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition. Hocart was a consummate field researcher, who conducted various kinds of anthropological and archaeological research throughout his career. He is best known for his studies of social hierarchy and the foundations of "kingship" as a principle of social organization, particularly in Fiji and central Polynesia. Hocart was born in Belgium and attended Exeter College, Oxford, beginning in 1902. While still a graduate student, he accompanied Rivers and Gerald C. Wheeler on the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to Melanesia. Hocart worked with Rivers in the New Georgia group, concentrating particularly on Eddystone Island, while Wheeler conducted his own more or less intensive research on Mono-Alu. Rivers and Hocart traveled together in the Melanesian islands during much of 1908 and collaborated in making a collection of Fijian artifacts. When Rivers returned to England, Hocart stayed on in Fiji, accepting a position as headmaster of the newly opened Lau Provincial School at Lakeba. A. C. Haddon had recommended Hocart for this position as the headmaster of the first school established by Fijians. The Lau school was founded by Ratu Alifereti Finau, maternal uncle of prominent Fijian statesman Ratu Sukuna (1888—1958); half of the school's funding was paid for by the Lau people themselves, the rest by the government. From time to time in 1910 and 1911, Ratu Sukuna filled in for Hocart at the school. In 1912 Hocart received a graduate research scholarship from Oxford and conducted research on Rotuma, Wallis, Samoa, and Tonga before returning to England in 1914. He served in the light infantry in France during the war (1915-1919). Afterward he went to Ceylon as director of archaeology and carried out a number of excavations and ethnological studies. In 1929 he retired from this position because of ill health. He married Elizabeth Graham Hearn in 1930 and for a few years lectured at University College, London. After applying unsuccessfully for the chair of social anthropology at Cambridge, Hocart succeeded Evans-Pritchard in the chair of sociology at Fuad I University, Cairo, in 1934. He died in Egypt in 1939.

82

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

Although for most of his career Hocart held no permanent academic appointment, he was well respected by many prominent anthropologists. In many respects he was an unorthodox and maverick thinker, whom Needham described as "disciplined but unpredictable (like a fencer in attack)." Rivers saw in him a disciple, but Hocart's thinking diverged significantly from his mentor's in his more important later writings. Hocart maintained an interest in evolutionary questions, such as the history of culture and the development of such institutions as kingship. Perhaps for this reason, his work had relatively little impact on British social anthropology, which was then dominated by the theories of Malinowski and Radcliffe-Brown. His research was largely overshadowed by functionalist studies; consequently, he gained little recognition in the subsequent development of the discipline. His publications often allude, somewhat bitterly, to his peripheral position in the discipline. Most of Hocart's writing was published in the later years of his life. He published six monographs after 1927 and left several other manuscripts that were posthumously published under the editorship of Lord Raglan. His work in Fiji on the Lau Islands and the Northern States represents some of the earliest local field studies by a trained anthropologist. His knowledge of the Fijian language and local customs was said to be extraordinary.

Ordained missionary with the London Missionary Society in Papua. Holmes worked for a quarter-century in the Papuan Gulf, where he established stations at Iokea (Moru), Orokolo, and Urika. He was a competent amateur anthropologist and field linguist who published two books and several articles in anthropological journals, earning him the respect of professional anthropologists. Holmes was born in Devon, England, and with no education beyond age eleven became a decorative painter. From childhood he wanted to be a missionary, and by the 1890s decided to make it his career. Trained at Western College, he was ordained in 1893 and sent to British New Guinea the same year. Holmes initially planned to assist James Chalmers (q.v.) on the Fly River. He joined Chalmers at Thursday Island (Torres Straits) in August 1893, and they immediately set sail for Chalmers' headquarters on Dauan Island before leaving for the Fly. But before departing for the Fly, Holmes fell very ill and was sent to Port Moresby to convalesce with Rev. and Mrs. W. G. Lawes. From Port Moresby Holmes drifted west early in 1894 into the Papuan Gulf, were he served for the next twenty-five years. On his arrival in the gulf, Holmes established an LMS station at Iokea, where he lived 1894—1897. He opened a new station farther west along the coast among the Orokolo in 1897. Holmes remained at

Holmes, John Henry

(1861-1934)

Sources: ANU (1:119); BNG-AR

(1898-

1899, 98); Chronicle LMS (1902, 151-152); Goodall (1954, 419, 4 2 7 - 4 2 9 , 606); Holmes (1924, 1926); Langmore (1974, 84, 97; 1989); LMS Report (1910, 348; 1893-1919); PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 1 1 8 ; 1907-1908, 3 0 - 3 1 ; 1910-1911, 73; 1911-1912, 80; 1912-1913:77); Reid (1978); Seligman (1910, 119, 334); Thompson (1900); Viner, Williams, and Lenwood (1916, 169, 185-186); Wichmann (1912, 593, 833); Williams (1940, 430-431).

83

Appendix

3

Orokolo for a decade before establishing a station on Urika Island in the Purari Delta in 1907. Chalmers had done some evangelizing in many of these villages, but Holmes was the first resident missionary in all three areas. Holmes found the people in Orokolo fairly receptive to his preaching; the Namau people of the Purari Delta, however, bluntly told him they were interested in his gospel message only if he paid them tobacco to listen. Despite such setbacks Holmes was an example of the humanitarian type of missionary, deeply concerned with the villagers in his pastoral charge. He patrolled extensively—as late as 1916 traveling more than eight hundred miles in six months—to visit the villages in his district. After a visit by the anthropologist C. G. Seligman in 1898, Holmes began reading the work of Tylor and Frazer and took a scientific interest in the culture of the people with whom he worked. In the following years he began to see local customs as forming a coherent logical system of their own. While he continued to find practices such as cannibalism horrifying, he grew to appreciate many local beliefs and practices. Ironically, although Holmes (and his successor at Orokolo, Reginald Bartlett) did not attempt to abolish traditional Orokolo ceremonies, it was in this area on the Vailala River that the "Vailala madness," the best known of all cargo cults, occurred. It was probably the harsh words of South Seas mission teachers rather than Holmes' attitudes that inspired the Vailala reaction. Holmes published a number of essays describing aspects of culture and language in the gulf while working in Papua. After his retirement in 1919 he published two books about his experiences. Haddon respected his ethnographic work a great deal and contributed an introduction to In Primitive New Guinea. Government anthropologist F. E. Williams also expressed his positive view of both Holmes' mission work and ethnography in his masterpiece, The Drama of Orokolo. Holmes was a bachelor when he came to the colony, but when he returned to Devon on leave in 1901 he married Alice Middleton and brought her back to Papua. They retired from missionary work in 1919 because of her poor health. He died in England in 1934. I I H o r g r e n , Mary A n n (Mrs. August Horgren, nee Coe;

1863-1915)

84

Ill

I Ill

Planter in German New Guinea. Frau Horgren was the part-Samoan, part-American daughter of Jonas M. Coe (former American consul in Samoa) and his second wife, Sa (Elizabeth). She was half-sister to "Queen Emma" (Forsayth, later Kolbe) (q.v.) and Phebe Parkinson (q.v.). Mary Ann Coe was born in Samoa and joined Emma Forsayth at Ralum about 1888. Her first husband was named Miller; they had one son. She later married August Horgren, a Swede working for E. E. Forsayth & Co. Horgren established a plantation at Davaun (Gazelle Peninsula) about 1912. They had two or three sons and three daughters (Mrs. Alice

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Dollinger, Mrs. Marie Macco, and one who died quite young in 1914). Mary Ann Horgren died late in 1915 of heart failure; her husband died nine months later.

Protestant missionary with the Utrechtsche Zendings-vereeniging in the Moluccas in the Dutch East Indies. Hueting established the mission's station on Halmahera at Tobelo about 1897. He worked among the Tobelo until 1915, when he was transferred to the station at Masarete, Boeroe (Buru) Island. Hueting served on Boeroe from 1915 to 1919 and returned for another period, 1923-1930, after which he returned to Utrecht. Missionary Hueting was a prolific writer about both Halmahera and Boeroe. His publications included histories of the mission in both fields, popular articles about the mission's work, and several linguistic studies of the Tobelo language, including the first Tobelo dictionary. He remains one of the most important writers about both Halmahera and Boeroe.

1Q09-1913

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 116); Amtsblatt (1910, 28; 1 9 1 1 , 176); Dorsey (1909a, 23 Sept.; 1909b); Frauenbund (1910); KHA (1913); Lyng (1919,45); Meyer (1910, 2:424); Robson (1973, 33, 125).

Hueting, A .

Sources: Aarde en Haar Wölken (1908); Encyc. Ned-Indie (4:848; 5:150; 7:1220); Encyclopaedist Bureau (1917, 60-67); Hueting (1905, 1908a, 1908b, 1910a, 1910b, 1918, 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 1 9 2 8 - 1 9 3 0 , 1936, 1 9 3 7 - 1 9 4 1 , 1938); Kilgour (1935, 175); Polman (1983, 43, 35, 145, 202, 2 0 6 - 2 1 0 , 222, 293).

Former captain of the Southern Cross, the steamship of the Melanesian Mission (Anglican). Huggett appears to have been captain of the ship early in the century. On his retirement he returned to Auckland. He sold A. B. Lewis an ethnological collection of about twentyfive pieces from the Solomon Islands, with a few pieces from Santa Cruz, the Banks group, and the New Hebrides. All were objects he had collected during his travels in the Southern Cross.

Huggfett, Capt. M.

Settler in Fiji who lived near Sigatoka. Hughs was born in Fiji of an English father and a Samoan mother. His sister, Mrs. Wright, was the wife of the commissioner at Sigatoka.

Hughs, A l f r e d

Captain of the Royal Packet Company (Koninklijke Paketvaart Maatschappij) steamer Duymaer van Twist in the Dutch East Indies.

Huijkman, Capt. H.

Australian lawyer and public servant who, as secretary of the Department of External Affairs, had considerable influence on policy in Papua. Hunt played a key role in the 1906 transfer of Papua from British to Australian control and in setting the course of colonial policy in the Mandated Territory in 1919-

Hunt, Atlee A r t k u r , * '

85

Appendix

3

Sources: Davies (1983); DKB (1915:37) Grattan (1963, 422-423); Hunt (1905) Legge (1956); MacKenzie (1940:356) Rowley (1958); Souter (1963:125-126) West (1969, 1972b).

Hunt was born on the Fitzroy River in Queensland and studied at Balmain Public School and Sydney Grammar School. He entered the New South Wales Lands Department in 1879 as a junior-level clerk, but resigned in 1887 to study law. He was admitted to the bar in New South Wales in 1892 and was in private practice for several years. Beginning in 1898, Hunt held a series of posts in the New South Wales Federal Association and the Federal League. After formation of the Commonwealth, he was private secretary to Prime Minister Sir Edmund Barton. In 1901 he became secretary and permanent head of the Department of External Affairs, the body responsible for administering Papua. In 1905, when it was decided that Australia would assume direct control over British New Guinea, Hunt made an official visit to the colony and submitted a report on colonial policy, published in the Parliamentary Papers. He advocated development of European enterprises, compulsory acquisition of native land when necessary to promote white settlement, and establishment of a career public service. His recommendations also led to a Royal Commission of Inquiry in 1906, which ultimately brought the dismissal of F. R. Barton as administrator and Hubert Murray's (q.v.) appointment as lieutenantgovernor. Hunt played a major role in Australia's expanding influence in Melanesia. He was responsible for awarding Burns Philp the mail services contract, an award that fostered the firm's subsequent growth in the region. It appears that he helped shape Colonial Office views toward the New Hebrides through his informal correspondence, leading to the proclamation ol the condominium in 1907. Hunt also played a major role in the final form of the Immigration Restriction Act and the Pacific Islands Labourers' Act of 1902, which led to the repatriation of islanders after 1906. Hunt had an abrasive style and continually disagreed with Murray on the details of colonial policy. The two men never liked one another. Although he did not visit the colony, Hunt kept informed of conditions in Papua through an active semiofficial correspondence with individuals in the territory, including many of Murray's rivals and enemies. In 1916 responsibility for Papuan affairs was transferred to the Department of Home and Territories, and Hunt became secretary and permanent head of the department. Hunt, Murray, and Walter Lucas (q.v.) were appointed commissioners on the Royal Commission on the Late German New Guinea. Hunt sided with Lucas against amalgamation of Papua and the Mandated Territory, to the strong dissent of Murray. In 1921 Hunt's connection with Papua ended when he became an arbitrator on the Public Service Commission. After several years of controversy, he retired from this post in 1930. He died at Perth in 1935.

86

Who

Was Who in Melanesia,

Member of the Dutch Military Exploration Expedition to North New Guinea. This expedition was part of the Dutch-German boundary commission but exclusively explored areas on the Dutch side of the border. Lieutenant Ilgen joined the expedition about 1912 and participated in exploration of northern, western, and southern New Guinea until the end of 1914. In 1912 Ilgen was on patrol to the Rouffaer River. In 1913 he participated in explorations of western New Guinea from Asbakin to Kelagoe and Seremoek. Later the same year he was on the south coast from the Otakwa to the Kamoera rivers. In 1914 he accompanied Lieutenant ter Zee Stroeve on patrols to Geelvink Bay, the Meervlakte plain, and beyond the Idenburg River. Stroeve died during during one of these patrols. Later in 1914 Ilgen joined de Wal's expedition to the Idenburg River. Ilgens detachment in the military expedition was one of the last to leave New Guinea at the end of December 1914.

1909-1913

Ilgen, Lt. G. A .

Sounes . Encyclopaedic Bureau ( 1 9 1 6 , 11);

Klein ( 1 9 3 5 - 1 9 3 8 , 54, 7 1 - 7 4 , 1 0 7 2 , 1078-1080).

Ordained Presbyterian missionary with the New Hebrides Mission. Jaffray and his wife were stationed for more than twenty years at Aulua, ten miles south of Onua on the east coast of Malekula. The Jaffrays arrived some time after 1903, replacing Rev. Watt Leggatt at Aulua. In 1931 they took missionary Fred Paton (q.v.) to one of the hospitals when a coral cut in his leg became septic. In 1911 A. B. Lewis met Jaffray on more than one occasion and spent a week visiting stations and villages on the south coast of Malekula with him in Jaffray's launch. Jaffray also met Felix Speiser (q.v.) the same, year.

Jaffray, Rev. James S

Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Pater Jäschke was a German priest who arrived in the colony about 1907 and was based at Tumleo. He died there four years later (in October 1911) and was buried in the mission cemetery on the island.

Jäschbe, Pater P h i l i p

Trader in the Mekeo district in the Central Division of Papua. Johnston was working for the Angabunga Company and residing at Inawai in the Mekeo district from 1910 until at least 1912. He joined the Papuan civil service in 1918 and as a patrol officer was posted to Kikori in the Delta Division. From Kikori, Patrol Officer Johnston visited the country between the Turama and Omati rivers in 1921.

Sources: G u n n ( 1 9 1 4 , 288); O ' R e i l l y ( 1 9 5 8 , 248); Paton ( 1 9 4 5 , 18); Speiser ( 1 9 1 3 , vi; 1923,34; 1991,31).

'

'

S e m u : H a g s p i e l (1926> 74 8 0 f ); Schwab

(1942); Sterr (1950).

'

Johnston, H a r o l d Leslie Camphell (1887-1924)

87

Appendix

3

Sources: Johnston (1921, 1923); PAR ( 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 97; 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 1 9 , 16; 1 9 2 0 1921, 16; 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 1 5 , 4 9 , 51; 1 9 2 3 1924, 7 - 8 , 12).

Johnston, T h o m a s (1860-1933)

Sources: La France Australe (1 Feb. 1933); O'Reilly (1980, 175).

When villagers on the Turama River went on a headhunting raid in 1923, A. C. Rentoul, assistant resident magistrate of the Western Division, was sent to arrest those responsible; Johnston was sent from the Delta Division to join him. After five months they returned to Kikori with the culprits, but Johnston was suffering from fatigue, exposure, and fever from which he never recovered; he died about four months later.

Ship owner and businessman in Noumea, New Caledonia. Johnston was born in Campbelltown, Australia. He came to New Caledonia in 1883 and remained in the French colony for the rest of his life. Principally a ship owner, he was also Lloyd's steamship agent in New Caledonia and Shell Oil representative in the colony. Much esteemed in Noumea, Johnston promoted tourism, particularly cruises to and around New Caledonia. In 1922 Johnston was appointed British consul at Noumea. He died at Noumea in 1933 and was buried in the city cemetery. In 1884 he married Ida A. Jobson in Australia and had four sons and one daughter. His youngest son William (b. 1898) succeeded him as British consul in 1934. Another son (Lee, b. 1889) was a trader and Lloyd's agent. His daughter Dorothy (b. 1890) married Albert Hagen of the prominent New Caledonia trading family.

K a u m a n n , E d i t h (Ettie) (Mrs. G. P. Kaumann, nee Coe; b. 1875)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 130, 135); Amtsblatt (1909, 35; 1910, 108; 1911, 2, 97); DKB (1906, 1 2 4 - 1 2 5 ; 1908, 210; 1920, 3 0 - 3 1 ) ; DKH (1904);,Jahresbericht DNG-Pfl

( 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 ) ; KHA ( 1 9 0 3 -

1913); MacKellar (1912, 128); Meyer (1910, 2:424); Overeil (1923, 79, 8 0 - 8 1 ) ; Robson (1973, 33, 112f., i 2 5 , 2 0 7 - 2 1 0 ) ; Sack and Clark (1979, 226).

88

Planter in German New Guinea. Frau Kaumann was the eldest daughter of William P. Coe (former trader in the Bismarcks and in 1899 acting governor of Guam). She was also a favorite niece of "Queen Emma" (Forsayth, later Kolbe [q.v.]) and Phebe Pafkinson (q.v.). Ettie Coe was born in Samoa and joined the Forsayths and Parkinsons in German New Guinea in 1890 when her father brought the family to the colony. About 1900 she married Georg Paul Kaumann, a prominent German planter and trader based for many years at Kuragakaul (northern Gazelle Peninsula). Kaumann had been in the colony since the late 1890s, when he was a partner of Robert von Blumenthal. This firm dissolved in 1906, but Kaumann remained in business for himself until the end of the First World War. From about 1906 Kaumann was a private member of the German New Guinea Advisory Council, representing (along with Richard Parkinson) the interests of planters and traders. Ettie Kaumann traveled extensively in Europe and Australia with her aunt Emma in 1907-1911- She divorced her husband during the Australian occupation (about 1918), claiming half of Kaumann's plantations as her own. Ettie did keep some of the plantations; Kaumann was deported and returned to Germany. She later married Dr. Alfred Adolf Juker.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1Q13

Australian traveler whom A. B. Lewis met at Buin. He was traveling with Mr. North from the British Solomon Islands into German New Guinea. They caught the Sumatra from Buin, presumably for Rabaul.

Kelley, Mr.

Photographer in Sydney, renowned for his photos of the New South Wales countryside. Kerry was born at Bombala, New South Wales. At seventeen he worked at Alexander Henry Lamartiniere's photography studio in Sydney, becoming a partner about 1883. Soon after, he went into partnership with C. D. Jones—after Lamartiniere absconded with Kerry's capital. Together Kerry and Jones turned a small portrait studio into the largest photographic business in New South Wales. Kerry & Co. sold albums of pictures of the countryside, prints of the latest events in Sydney, and prints of pastoral stations.

Kerry, Charles Henry

In 1885 Kerry was invited to. prepare an exhibit of Aboriginal photographs for the 1886 Colonial and Indian Exhibition in London. In the following years, he was often commissioned by the government. Kerry opened a three-story studio in 1897, and by 1900 he handled the major illustrations for the Sydney press.

(1857-1928)

Sources: Australian Encyclopaedia (1958, 7:104; 1977, 5:2); Blanton (1995, 7 8 - 7 9 , 9 8 - 9 9 , 120, 122, 127-128); Burke (1983); Millar (1981); Nordstrom (1990; 1995, 2 4 - 2 5 ) ; Robertson (1902, xviii, 164); Stephen (1993); Sydney Morning Herald (19 Dec. 1924; 24 and 29 Oct. 1927; 28 May 1928).

Kerry & Co. controlled a large number of photographs of Aborigines and also obtained photographs made in Samoa by George Bell (some of which A. B. Lewis purchased in 1911). Another series of Samoan and South Seas photos was made about 1905. In 1913 Kerry handed over his studio to a relative so that he could concentrate on his mining investments in Malaya and Siam. Kerry died in 1928 at his home in Neutral Bay, New South Wales. His wife and son inherited his estate; they later sold Kerry's negatives to a Sydney bookseller who continued to publish them until 1980, when they were purchased for the Powerhouse Museum.

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Christian Keysser arrived in the Huon Gulf from Germany in 1899 and served for twenty-one years at Sattelberg. H e is often considered the most important Neuendettelsau missionary of his generation, primarily because he developed what has come to be known as the "Keysser method" or "total method" (Ganzbeitsmethod) of missionization. His method emphasized working with entire villages rather than individuals and integrating the church into the social life of the community. The Keysser method was widely used throughout the Neuendettelsau field after the First World War. Christian Keysser was born in Geroldgriin (Frankenwald); after studying chemistry and architecture for some time in Wunsiedel and Niirnburg, he decided to become a missionary. H e studied at the Neu-

Keysser, J o h a n n E r h a r d Christian

(1877—1961)

89

Appendix

3

Sources: Ahrens (1988); Detzner (1921, 311); Deutsches Kolonialblatt (1903); DKH (1901, 1904); Flierl (1927); Frerichs (1957, 1 4 2 - 1 4 3 , 245, 251, 253); Fugmann (1985); Fugmann and Wagner (1978): Gareis (1901, 5 6 0 - 5 6 1 ) ; Hahl (1980, 105) Hempenstall (1975, 57; 1978, 190): Kantzenbach (1977); Keysser (1911, 1912, 1913, 1924, 1925, 1966, 1980); Koehne (1983); Lutherisches Jahrbuch (1927, 7 1 - 7 2 ) ; Neuhauss (1911a, 1911b); Pilhofer ( 1 9 6 1 1963); Radford (1987, 2 2 - 2 9 ) ; Sack (1980, 151-152); Sack and Clark (1979, 337; 1980, 139); Steenis-Kruseman (1950, 2 7 9 280); Willis (1974, 35).

endettelsau seminary and was ordained in 1899, whereupon he was sent to Kaiser Wilhelmsland. His station at Sattelberg had been opened by Johannes Flierl in 1892, but it was only after Keysser's arrival that the station prospered, largely because of Keysser's personality—he has been described as an "energetic, gifted and zealous man, anxious to see his work bear fruit." Observing that the mission had had only modest success on the coastal villages where mission activities had focused on individual conversions, Keysser developed an approach that recognized the strong social and community ties within the village. He believed that spiritual development and well-being should be nurtured within this natural community. W i t h this strategy in mind he did not concentrate his work on individuals or even a particular community, but sought to integrate the entire Kai- and Hube-speaking area into a single, large Christian community. During the Sattelberg years, Keysser seems to have been indefatigable in his patrols around the Kai and Hube districts as well as further afield into the Seruwageds, the Finisterres, the upper Markham, and the approaches to the central highlands. In 1919 he even walked to Amele in the Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Madang) district to promote use of his methods there. Keysser assisted a number of researchers including both Lewis and Neuhauss (q.v.), providing lodging, interpreters, and assistance with information about collections, artifacts, and photographs. H e was a corresponding member of several ethnological societies and clearly recognized the importance of linguistics and ethnology for his mission work. In 1920 he and his family returned to Neuendettelsau, where he taught at the seminary and served as mission inspector. Five years later he completed a dictionary of the Kate language (Worterbuch der KdteSprache); for many years Kate had been the mission's lingua franca in Non-Austronesian communities. For this work Keysser received the Dr.phil.h.c. from Erlangen in 1929. In these later years he became a prolific writer of accounts of mission work in New Guinea. While many of these were pamphlets aimed at a popular audience, others were more detailed statements of his methods or ethnographic descriptions. Between his writings and his teaching at the seminary, he influenced an entire generation of missionaries. Among others, he taught Georg Vicedom and inspired Wilhelm Bergmann and Herman Strauss, all three of whom were pioneers in the New Guinea highlands. The importance of his method of evangelizing are so well recognized today that his methods and theology have recently become the subject of a growing body of critical scholarship. In 1903 Keysser married Emilie Heumann (q.v.), a lay mission worker from Neuendettelsau who had arrived in the colony the previous year. They had three daughters, all three of whom married missionaries from the Neuendettelsau Mission. One son-in-law, Wilhelm Fugmann, has become his leading biographer: he edited Keysser's autobiography and has also contributed to at least two other, more

90

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç0Ç-1913

comprehensive, biographies. Keysser was an important figure in prewar German New Guinea; he will long be remembered for his mission work, his method, and his ethnography. illllllllllllllllllNlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Lutheran lay missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Heumann arrived in the Huon Gulf from Germany in 1902. Shortly after her arrival she met missionary Christian Keysser (q.v.), whom she married in 1903. The Keyssers lived at Sattelberg until 1920, when they returned to Neuendettelsau. She died in 1955. Christian and Emilie Keysser had three daughters, all born in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Each of them married Neuendettelsau missionaries. Jutta Keysser married ordained missionary Friedrich Bergmann (d. 1936). She came back to the Mandated Territory in 1931 as a lay missionary; her future husband arrived in the territory in 1933. They served together until his death in 1936; she left the mission field in 1937. Hertha Keysser married lay missionary Wilhelm Fugmann. She too returned to the Mandated Territory in 1933 as a lay missionary; her future husband arrived the same year. They served together until the 1950s, when they returned to Neuendettelsau, where Wilhelm became mission purchasing officer. He has become the leading biographer of his father-in-law, Christian Keysser.

Keysser, F r a u Emilie (Mrs. Christian Keysser, nee Heumann; d. 1955)

Sources: DKH (1904); Flierl (1927); Frerichs (1957, 2 5 2 - 2 5 3 ) ; Fugmann (1985); Fugmann and Wagner (1978); Kantzenbach (1977); Keysser (1966); Pilhofer ( 1 9 6 1 - 1 9 6 3 ) ; Sack and Clark (1980, 139).

Imma Keysser married ordained missionary Martin Zimmermann (d. 1976). He worked in the Mandated Territory from 1934 to 1939-

Photographer in Sydney, renowned for his photographs of Aboriginals from eastern Australia. King was born in Dorset, England, and came to New South Wales about 1857 as a very small child. As a boy he worked for Sydney photographer J . Hubert Newman. In 1880 King established a photo studio at 316 George Street, Sydney. Initially a partner of William Slade, King became sole proprietor by 1884. Throughout the rest of his career, King worked out of studios on George Street. King established his reputation from his photographs of Aboriginals. He traveled widely in the eastern part of Australia, but many of his images were portraits, similarly posed half lengths, and often against the same studio backdrop of the bush. He was awarded a medal at the World's Columbian Exposition in Chicago in 1893 for his Aboriginal portraits. Over the years he increasingly produced more landscape photos and popular views of Sydney street scenes, now valued for their historic interest. He also made some photographs in Samoa about 1905. He was one of the most popular and famous photographers in Sydney.

King, Henry (1855?—1923)

Sources: Australian (4 Jan. 1975); Australian Encyclopaedia (1958, 7:104; 1977, 5:2); King (1983); Nordström (1990); J Morning Herald (30 Jan. 1975).

91

Appendix

3

King died in 1923 at Waverley, New South Wales; he was survived by a son and three daughters. His studio collection was later purchased by J. R. Tyrrell and eventually obtained by Consolidated Press Holdings. Many museums in Australia and abroad have sets of his photographs.

King, M e r t o n

(¿1939)

Sources: Alexander (1927, 185-186); Gunn (1914, 287-291); Johnson (1922, 22, 163); O'Reilly (1957, 215); Scarr (1967); Speiser (1913, 2 3 - 2 4 , 1 8 9 - 1 9 0 ; 1923, 34; 1991, 31); Whitacker's Almanack (1900-1924); Who Was Who, 1929-1940,

3:755.

British resident commissioner of the New Hebrides from 1907 to 1924. King served in Fiji as secretary to the high commissioner for the Western Pacific 1900-1907, replacing Wilfred Collet. In 1907 he replaced Capt. Ernest G. Rason of the Royal Navy as British resident commissioner in the New Hebrides. He was replaced after fifteen years of service by G. B. Smith-Rewse. King, an Englishman, had been district commissioner of Nicosia. He accepted the position of secretary to the high commissioner for the Western Pacific with considerable reluctance; the move from Cyprus to Fiji was not a promotion but at best a lateral move to a more backward station. King was not efficient in this post; he failed to comprehend the realities of administration in the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands. In 1907 King was promoted from secretary to the high commissioner to British resident commissioner in the New Hebrides and moved to Vila. He was polite and diplomatic in dealing with his French counterparts, of whom Repiquet was the most active and effective. But King appears to have done little with his position. Commonwealth solicitor L. S. Woolcott (q.v.) thought King spent too much time impressing newcomers with the delicacy of Anglo-French relations and too little in dealing with such relations. The ardent Judge T. E. Roseby (q.v.) thought King far too conciliatory. And Atlee Hunt (q.v.), permanent head of the Australian Department of External Affairs, wrote to his friend Walter Lucas (q.v.), "King does nothing that he can avoid, sees nobody whom he can help seeing, considers Australians a class altogether beneath his notice, and regards the missionaries as a downright nuisance." King seems to have been more appreciated by missionaries and visitors. He supported mission activities and favored a policy of indirect rule that buttressed mission activities: appointing Christian chiefs as local headmen. As resident commissioner, King met most non-French visitors to the New Hebrides and assisted them in various ways. These included Felix Speiser (q.v.) and A. B. Lewis, both of whom he assisted in the field. He gave Lewis some fifteen specimens.

Kirschbaum, Pater F r a n z J.

(1882-1939)

92

Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Pater Kirschbaum was a German priest who came to Kaiser Wilhelmsland about 1908 and served for thirty-one years in the colony. He was the first European

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

settler on the Sepik River, residing for more than twenty years years at Marienberg. For nearly the entire period of his residence in New Guinea, Kirschbaum was respected as a missionary, anthropologist, explorer, and author. On his arrival in the colony, Kirschbaum was first stationed at Tumleo. Almost immediately he began regular visits to the coastal villages west of Berlinhafen, learning the local language and establishing a mission station at Malol early in 1909- In 1913 he moved to the Sepik River, founding Marienberg, which for years remained the most remote SVD station. From Marienberg he continued to make patrols farther up river and into the surrounding villages; he was the first significant contact with Europeans that most people on the lower Sepik had. Throughout the interwar years his knowledge of the Sepik district, its peoples, and its cultures was unrivaled. He was respected by the Australian administration, with whom he regularly cooperated to develop the region. Kirschbaum left Marienberg in the mid-1930s, taking his first home leave in two decades. On his return he remained at the mission headquarters at Alexishafen. He died in a plane crash—with two other priests, a catechist, and a pilot—shortly after taking off from Alexishafen in August 1939During his years first on the Berlinhafen coast and then on the Sepik, Kirschbaum probably assisted more scientists and researchers than any other individual in the region. In 1909, for example, he assisted Friederici (q.v.), Lewis, Neuhauss (q.v.), Schlaginhaufen (q.v.), and Schlechter (q.v.) during their various researches around Eitape. He helped Behrmann and Thurnwald (q.v.) during their expeditions up the Sepik, and, as the only European resident on the Sepik in 1914, he was questioned by the Australian military about Thurnwald's whereabouts soon after the outbreak of the First World War. About 1921 Kirschbaum assisted Dr. S. M. Lambert with his hookworm campaign; in 1929 he assisted another Field Museum expedition, the Crane South Seas Expedition, during their ascent of the Sepik River.

190Q-1Q13

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 136, 252); Clune (1951, 254); Divine Word Missionaries (1969, 5 1 - 5 3 ) ; Freitag (1948, 2 7 3 - 2 7 4 ) ; Hagspiel (1926, 38^45); Hahl ( 1 9 8 0 , 1 2 7 ) ; Huber (1988, 8 2 - 8 4 , 8 8 - 9 0 , 121, 189); Kirschbaum (1910, 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 1926, 1 9 2 7 , 1 9 3 4 a , 1934b, 1936, 1937, 1938); Lambert (1941, 102); MacKenzie (1940, 167-173); Matches (1931, 207, 2 l 4 f f . , 2 2 1 - 2 3 4 ) ; McCarthy (1972, 6 4 - 7 5 , 140); Neuhauss (1911a, 278); O f f . Handbook NG (1937, 4 6 4 ^ 6 5 ) ; Pacific Islands Monthly (1939); Reed (1943, 215); Ross (1969, 319); Schlaginhaufen (1910a, 1959); Schwab (1942); Shurcliff (1930, 2 1 2 - 2 7 1 ) ; Sterr (1950); Townsend (1968, 7 6 - 7 7 , 9 6 - 9 8 , 238). F M N H photo archives: Crane Expedition 1 9 2 8 - 1 9 2 9 .

Contemporary observers were unanimous in their respect for Kirschbaum's appreciation of villagers, his sensitivity to their way of life, and his knowledge of their culture. He published some of his observations about the people in a series of (mostly short) papers in Anthropos, the SVD anthropology journal started by Pater Wilhelm Schmidt. Some of his ethnological collections—formerly on display at the mission's museum in Alexishafen—are now at the Lateran Museum in Rome.

Catholic missionary from the Missionaries of the Sacred Heart (MSC) stationed on the Gazelle Peninsula (New Britain) in German New Guinea. Pater Kleintitschen was German; he arrived in the colony in the 1890s. For many years he lived at Vunapope assisting Bishop

Kleintitscken, Pater August

(1872-1942)

93

Appendix

3

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 37); Bley (1903); DKH (1901, 1904); Epstein (1969, 2 2 1 - 2 2 2 , 227); Kleintitschen (1901, 1904a, 1904b, 1906, 1924); Sack (1980, 153-155).

Klooster, Capt. J. F. E. t e n

Sources: Encyclopaedic Bureau (1916, 11, 1 3 - 1 5 ) ; Klein ( 1 9 3 5 - 1 9 3 8 , 54, 68-72); Wichmann (1917, 193).

Kloss, Cecil Boden

(k 1877)

Sources: Cheeseman (1959, 17, 20); Dixon (1922); Encyclopaedic Bureau (1916, 4); Geographical

Journal

(1913a, 1913b,

1913d); Klein ( 1 9 3 5 - 1 9 3 8 , 49, 66, 70, 225); Ridley (1916); Sourer (1963, 1 3 5 - 1 3 9 ) ; Staal (1914); SteenisKruseman (1950, 284-286); Wollaston (1912, 1914); Wollaston (1933, 9 7 - 1 5 5 ) .

94

Couppe. Later he worked at Paparatava in the Vartzin Mountains. Like many other priests in German New Guinea, Father Kleintitschen had a special interest in traditional myths and legends, which he saw as offering special insights about indigenous religion. His most important writings were two monographs about coastal peoples (Tolai) and a collection of myths from the Vartzin mountain people. He died during the Second World War at Vunapope, where he was buried.

Member of the Dutch Military Exploration Expedition to North New Guinea. This expedition was part of the Dutch-German boundary commission but exclusively explored areas on the Dutch side of the border. Early in 1910 expedition members established Hollandia as their base camp. Ten Klooster joined the expedition in November 1910 and succeeded Captain Sachse as its leader in June 1911. During an excursion into the Cyclops Mountains, ten Klooster was wounded by an arrow. He led a series of patrols to the Tor and Verkam rivers (1911); to Wapoga, the Legare and Siriwo rivers, the south coast of Geelvink Bay, and the Weyland mountains (1912); and to the Aroeswar and Tor rivers, the Waropen coast, and the Mamberamo delta (1913). Late in 1913 he was succeeded by Captain Schulz and left New Guinea. Captain ten Klooster sold A. B. Lewis a small collection of objects obtained on these various patrols.

Zoologist and naturalist who specialized in the ornithology of Malaya and the Malay Archipelago. Boden Kloss accompanied A. F. R. Wollaston (q.v.) on his second expedition to Dutch New Guinea, which ascended the Oetakwa River on the southern coast of the island. During this expedition Kloss made an ornithological and botanical collection. Kloss was born in Warwickshire, England. He was employed at the Botanical Gardens in Singapore from 1903 to 1907. Later he was subdirector of the Federated Malay States Museum in Kuala Lumpur, Malaya. In 1923 he was appointed director of the Raffles Museum in Singapore. He retired in 1931 and settled in London, where he continued to write about ornithology. Kloss participated in many expeditions and collecting field trips throughout the Malay Archipelago. In 1902 he visited the Pagai Islands with W. L. Abbott. He reached the Riouw Archipelago in 1905 and 1906. With Ridley and Robinson, Kloss conducted several expeditions in Malaya between 1908 and 1911. In 1912-1913 he accompanied Wollaston to Dutch New Guinea. From 1914 until 1928 he made many trips to various parts of the Dutch East Indies, Malaya, Northern Borneo, et cetera. He also visited the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Nearly all of his publications are on zoological topics.

Who

llllll

Was Who in Melanesia,

1909-1913

Illllllllll

District officer (Bezirksamtmann) or kiap for the New Britain district in German New Guinea. Klug had a legal education. He spent two years in German East Africa as an assistant magistrate before coming to German New Guinea in 1907 as a magistrate (Gerichtsassessor). The following year he was appointed district officer with his headquarters at Herbertshöhe (at Rabaul after 1911, when many government offices were moved there). He remained district officer until the Australian occupation during the First World War. As district officer for the most developed district in the colony and with his headquarters in the colonial capital, Klug had considerable prestige and a certain amount of influence within the expatriate community not always shared by his fellow officers in more remote postings. Klug was active in governmental affairs as a regular official member of the Government Council f Gouvernmentsrat) and as a member of the colonial court (Obergericht). But Klug also served the European community in less official ways as president of the school association, as a supporter of the Frauenbund, and as a member of the committee to erect a memorial to Bismarck. He is known to have taken a number of tours of inspection around New Britain and the French Islands (Witu), but generally he seems to have stayed close to home on the Gazelle Peninsula. Although he appears to have been visible in the European community, his involvement with villagers is less obvious. Klug was taken prisoner after the Australian invasion in September 1914. He was repatriated to Germany in March 1915 and was living in Munich in 1926.

Klug, Dr. Josef

Sources: Ainsworth ( 1 9 8 1 , 66);

Amtsblatt

(1909, 16, 67, 1 2 6 - 1 2 7 ; 1 9 1 0 , 28; 1 9 1 1 , 2, 38, 43, 50, 64); DKB (1908, 2 1 0 , 2 1 4 , 519; 1 9 1 2 , 4 8 2 ; 1 9 1 5 , 252); Frauenbund (1910); Füll (1909b); Hahl (1980, 128); Hellwig (1927, 1 0 8 - 1 0 9 , 134, 140); KHA ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 3 ) ; Klug ( 1 9 1 3 , 1914a, 1 9 1 4 b , 1914c); Hand- und Adressbuch

Kolontales

( 1 9 2 6 - 1 9 2 7 , 227);

Reche (1954, 6 2 - 6 3 ) ; Warnecke et al. (1910).

I I Ill I I I Engineer on the Harriet and Alice in 1909-1910 when Schoede (q.v.) leased this motor schooner. Knight was probably Australian. He left German New Guinea for Australia in August 1910; whether he ever returned to the colony is unclear. I II I

Knickt, Mr.

Source: Amtsblatt

( 1 9 1 0 , 112).

I I

Most successful independent planter, trader, and businesswoman in German New Guinea. Born in Samoa, Emma Kolbe, known throughout Melanesia as "Queen Emma," came to the Bismarck Archipelago with Capt. Thomas Farrell in 1878, some six years before German annexation. After working briefly for Goddefroy & Sohn at Mioko, they almost immediately set themselves up in competition with both Goddefroy and Hernsheim (q.v.). Emma recruited many of her brothers and sisters to join her in the Bismarcks as she and Farrell moved to Ralum on the Gazelle Peninsula to begin building plantations. From these modest beginnings arose the largest privately held firm in German New Guinea. For more than twenty years, the E. E. Forsayth &

KolLe, Emma Eliza (Mrs. Paul KolLe, previously Mrs. James ForsaytL, nee Coe;

1850-1913)

95

Appendix

3

Sources: Beck (1903, 515-516); Biskup (1974, 112, 199); Day (1969, 82-122); DKH (1896, 1901, 1904); DKZ (1913, 519); Dorsey (1909a, 18 Sept.); Firth (1977; 1 9 8 2 , 2 7 - 2 8 , 4 7 , 5 4 - 5 8 , 115-118); Hahl (1980); Hempenstall (1978, 1 2 2 133, 232Jahresbericht DNG-Pfl

(1907-

1908); KHA (1898-1913); Lyng (1919, 4 4 ^ 6 ) ; MacKellar (1912); Meyer (1910, 2:424); Pullen-Burry (1909); Robson (1973); Sack and Clark (1979); Schnee (1920, 1:560); West (1972a); Wichmann (1912); see also Dutton (1976).

Co. empire was the leading commercial enterprise in the Bismarck Archipelago, dwarfing all of its competitors in the islands. Emma's life was entangled with a number of notable events in Pacific history: early attempts toward American annexation of Samoa, the Steinberger affair, Hawaiian king Kalakaua's visit to Washington, Samoa's kingship wars, the Marquis de Rays' ill-fated colonization scheme at Port-Breton (New Ireland), the beginning of plantations in New Britain, the German annexation of German New Guinea, and the economic development and prosperity of the Bismarck Archipelago preceding the war. Emma was the elder daughter of Jonas M. Coe (former American consul in Samoa) and his first wife, Le'utu Talelatale. Educated in Sydney and San Francisco, she was a strong advocate of Samoan independence. In 1869 she married the Mauritius-born Scotsman James Forsayth. She and Forsayth had one son, Coe Forsayth. By 1873 Forsayth senior was abroad, and reports came back to Samoa that he had been lost at sea. Subsequently, Emma had a series of liaisons: with Col. Albert Steinberger (President U. S. Grant's special commissioner) in the 1870s; with her companion and business partner Thomas Farrell, with whom she first came to New Britain and who left her his holdings on his death 1886; and with Capt. Agostino Stalio, who died on Nuguria while investigating her brother's death. Finally, in 1893 she married Prussian army officer Capt. Paul Kolbe. The Kolbes spent the last twenty years of their lives together, principally at Ralum managing what had by this time become a large and growing commercial empire. They were key figures in the social life of the Gazelle Peninsula's growing expatriate community, frequently hosting parties at Emma's large house at Ralum. Her relations with the villagers were similarly positive after years of regular interaction. In 1907 as Emma's health was beginning to fail, the Kolbes decided to leave the tropics for Australia and Europe. She made inquiries about selling her flourishing empire and most of its plantations. By 1910 Rudolf Wahlen (q.v.) had raised more than two million marks from Hamburg investors to buy the firm, which controlled more than sixty thousand hectares. Although the majority of Forsayth's interests were sold, some plantations were transferred to Emma's son Coe Forsayth. From 1907 on, the Kolbes spent their time traveling, often separately. Emma joined her husband in Monte Carlo in 1913. There on July 19 Paul Kolbe died; Emma died from heart failure two days later. With their deaths ended one of the most flamboyant periods of New Britain history. The most important biography of this colorful figure is still that of R. W. Robson, first published in 1965.

K o m i n e , Isokichi ns/W ino/ii

96

(His name also appears as Isokide, Isokihi, or Isolichi Komini). Trader, merchant, shipbuilder, and leading Japanese citizen in German New Guinea. For many years Komine was Japanese consul in the colony and

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

patron of the growing Japanese community there, many of whose members Komine had recruited from Japan. H e had an extensive network of plantations, trading stations, and economic ventures concentrated in the Admiralty Islands, Rabaul, and New Ireland. Komine was born at Shimabara, Japan. He came to the Torres Straits in 1890 and worked on a pearling ship based at Thursday Island. Quickly advancing from p u m p hand to diver, Komine leased his own pearling lugger. He acquired an interest in a boat-building yard by 1894. In 1895 he ascended the Fly and Binaturi rivers searching for land suitable for a plantation, but was unable to attract Japanese capital. In 1901 he had secured Japanese capital to purchase a sugar plantation near Cairns, but he was unable to obtain Australian naturalization. Frustrated and with few resources, he planned to return to Japan by way of German New Guinea.

190Q-1Q13

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 136); Amtsblatt (1910, 108); Berghausen (1910); Biskup (1970, 103ff.; 1974, 142); Carrier and Carrier (1989, 102); Deutsche Kolonialzeitung (1909f, 1909g); Deutsches Kolonialblatt (1909, 1910); Firth (1982, 102); Hellwig (1927, 80); KHA (1913); Lyng (1919, 80); Matches (1931, 29); O f f . Handbook NG (1937, 40); Overell (1923, 9); Rowley (1958, 84-85); Sack and Clark (1979, 306, 321, 324; 1980, 60); Sissons (1983); Townsend (1968, 87).

According to Governor Hahl (q.v.), Komine came to the Bismarck Archipelago in 1902 when he arrived in Herbertshohe as captain of the Zabra. Needing food and water, he asked the governor for work, and Hahl chartered his ship. A. B. Lewis places his arrival a few years earlier (ca. 1895), but this seems too early. In the following decade, Komine worked intermittently for Hernsheim, establishing trading stations and plantations in the Admiralties, particularly on the smaller islands surrounding the Manus mainland but also increasingly on the mainland itself as the threat of hostility declined in the last years of the German administration. Many of these small stations later seem to have become part of his growing business empire. In 1907 he obtained a thirty-year lease on land in Rabaul for a shipyard, which almost immediately began producing boats and ships needed for the developing commerce of the colony. Four years later the government granted him another lease on five hundred acres on Manus. As early as 1905 Komine began recruiting Japanese tradesmen (and even a few prostitutes) to the colony. Many of these tradesmen worked at his shipyard or other ventures; by 1914 there were twenty Japanese on his plantations, stores, and trading stations scattered around the Admiralty Islands. Although Komine generally had good relations with villagers, establishing these stations was not always easy. Komine was himself ambushed and nearly killed in 1909, and the following year seven of his native laborers were killed in an attack at Kali (west end of Manus). The villagers took two mausers, prompting government intervention to retrieve them. But for all his commercial success, Komine does not appear to have been a good manager, and Octave Mouton (q.v.) thought him a rogue. Late in 1913, for example, Hernsheim claimed Komine owed them money and sought an order for his arrest, whereupon Komine fled to Japan until the incident blew over. H e was back in the colony when war broke out and helped Australian forces capture the Komet. This assistance may explain why the Australian military administra-

97

Appendix

3

tion subsequently advanced him money "on account of his financial embarrassment." Despite these setbacks, Komine flourished during the following years: his shipyards operated throughout the war, and he continued to manage and expand his plantations and trading interests in the Admiralties. In 1919 he held 1,050 hectares (750 under cultivation); his net worth was estimated at £70,000. In 1920 he was said to be the richest man in Rabaul, a claim that was probably true after the postwar expropriations and deportations. He and his wife, Cho Komine (to whom he had been married since at least 1910), took an active part in the social life of Rabaul in the 1920s. With his chequered career, Komine remains an enigmatic figure in the history of the colony. His relationship with Hernsheim (q.v.) and other firms—such as Mouton and Ah Tam (q.v.)—seems to have been alternately cooperative and competitive. He was clearly the most influential expatriate in the Admiralties for the first two decades of this century; he is the first foreigner many villagers, such as those on Ponam, remember. During his trips around the colony and in his regular trading in the Admiralties, Komine routinely bought ethnological specimens for a collection that he eventually hoped to sell to a museum or private collector. In 1910 he enlisted the help of Captain Nauer (q.v.) (of the Sumatra), Hernsheim & Co., and O. Mouton to find a buyer. The collection contained more than three thousand items—primarily from the Admiralties and New Ireland, where Komine's trading activities were most intense. A. B. Lewis purchased the entire collection for Field Museum in 1911. The Komine collection received some notoriety in museum circles in Europe a few months after Lewis bought it when Prof. Karl Weule (q.v.), director of the Museum für Völkerkunde Leipzig, decided belatedly to acquire this magnificent collection for his museum and threatened a lawsuit against Field Museum when he learned it had already been sold; the collection is still at Field Museum.

Kraijer v a n A a l s t , H .

Sources: Bezemer ( 1 9 0 6 , 6 0 0 - 6 1 5 ) ; Encyc. Ned-Indie

(5:150);

Kraijer van Aalst

( 1 9 0 7 , 1 9 1 5 , 1916a, 1 9 1 6 b , 1 9 1 8 , 1 9 2 0 , 1926); Kraijer van Aalst-van Aalst ( 1 9 1 1 ) ; Polman (1983, 76, 120, 1 3 6 - 1 3 7 , 1 8 4 185, 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 , 287, 2 9 2 - 2 9 3 ) .

98

Protestant missionary with the Utrechtsche Zendings-vereeniging in the Moluccas in the Dutch East Indies. Kraijer van Aalst was assistant missionary at Piroe station in Ceram from 1897 to 1913- He worked primarily in the north and west of Ceram among such peoples as the Wemale and Alune. Toward the end of his ministry in Piroe and after his return to Europe, he published more than twenty articles and pamphlets concerning his work on Ceram and the lives and customs of the people. Many of his articles contain photographs he took on the island. His wife—D. Kraijer van Aalst-van Aalst—published a brief account of the Kakean or flower festival. Kraijer van Aalst provided Bezemer with most of the details he published in 1906 about the Kakean society in west Ceram.

Who

Was Who in Melanesia,

Captain of the steamship Wakefield and other coastal steamers in Papua. Kunson, born in Denmark, came to Papua about 1895. He resided in Port Moresby, for a time in a house behind Coronation Park facing onto Winter Street. He died in Port Moresby in 1937.

1Q09-1913

K u n s o n , Capt. Charles August

(1857-1937) Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 252); Carne (1912a); Hennelly (1911, 69); PAR ( 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 35); Stuart (1973, 225).

Trader in the New Hebrides. Lang had a station at Tesman Bay, south Malekula. O'Reilly published a 1902 listing of the non-French population of the New Hebrides that identifies Lang as a Presbyterian missionary on Malekula. It is possible that he came to the New Hebrides as a missionary, but soon left the mission to become a trader, as his name does not seem to appear in the myriad missionary publications of the diverse Presbyterian mission bodies that sent men and women to the condominium.

Lang, Mr. W.

Source: O'Reilly (1957, 264).

Employee of the firm E. E. Forsayth & Co. in German New Guinea. Langkam, C a p t a i n He was captain of Forsayth's schooner Irene in 1910. He left the colony in July 1910; whether or not he ever returned to New Guinea is unknown. Source: Amtsblatt {1910, 100).

Ordained missionary with the London Missionary Society; worked in the Cook Islands and Papua. Lawrence was a pioneer missionary in Mangaia, Aitutaki, and Rarotonga, where he served for more than twenty years. On leaving the Cooks, he came to Port Moresby to head the LMS in Papua. Lawrence was born in Aberdeen and after attending a parish school became a card maker. Deciding to become a missionary, he attended Airedale College and was ordained in 1883. A few months later he married Jessie Leslie and was also appointed to the South Seas mission field. In 1883—1884 Lawrence worked briefly on Mangaia in the Cook Islands. But he soon transferred to Aitutaki, where he served from 1884 until 1905, the last resident LMS missionary on the island. On two occasions during this period—in 1891-1893 and 1902-1903 —he spent a year as a temporary replacement on Rarotonga before being transferred to Papua. Later in Papua, he saw a number of his former Cook Island parishioners who came to Papua as mission teachers.

Lawrence, W i l l i a m N i c o l

(1859-1926)

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 252); Chronicle LMS (1913, 105); Goodall (1954, 4 0 2 , 4 3 4 , 609); Langmore (1989: 156, 160, 189, 211, 286); Lawrence (1909); LMS Report (1910: 349; 1 8 8 3 - 1 9 1 7 ) ; PAR ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 7 , 2 4 , 1 1 8 - 1 9 ; 1 9 0 7 - 1 9 0 8 , 29; 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 59, 63); Stuart (1973, 200); Thompson (1900); Viner, Williams, and Lenwood (1916, 169, 190).

When W. G. Lawes retired in 1906, Lawrence was sent to Papua to head the LMS in the colony. Lawrence supervised missionary work in the neighborhood of Port Moresby, and at various times he attended

99

Appendix

3

to the Mekeo district as well. He also served as the LMS business manager in Papua. Lawrence also held regular Sunday services for the European population of Port Moresby. He had frequent and cordial contact with government officers in Port Moresby. As head of the LMS in Papua, Lawrence had considerable influence among his fellow missionaries, but this authority derived from his own personality, enhanced by his age and experience in the South Seas mission field since 1883. Lawrence was not a pioneer missionary in Port Moresby, nor did he extend the mission's influence through expeditions or by opening new stations. Nevertheless, Lawrence was deeply involved in the development of the LMS in Papua for more than a decade. Lawrence retired from the Papuan mission field in 1917 because of declining health and returned to Great Britain. He died in Aberdeen at the age of sixty-eight in 1926.

Lazarus, S i m e o n L. (k ca. 1845, d. c'a. 1920)

Sources: Knapman (1986, 177); Lazarus (1912, 1914); Trans. Fijian Society (19081919); Young (1984, 20, 390).

L e Faivre, Mr. O. J.

Source: Burton (1910, 6).

Merchant, trader, and pre-cession settler in Fiji. Lazarus was born in London and emigrated to New Zealand in the 1850s. He was a gold miner on the Thames (N.Z.), where he also speculated successfully on land. In 1870 he came to Fiji, settling on Levuka. His business flourished and later in the century he established a store in Suva. He married in Fiji and his children continued to live in the colony; one son married a daughter of Maud Sabben. Lazarus was a founding member of the Fijian Society in 1908 and served as one of its vice-presidents. He published two papers in the society's Transactions. He also appears to have been active in the social life of the expatriate community of Suva.

Proprietor of a photo studio in Suva, Fiji. Le Faivre took photographs and made family portraits as well as developed photographic plates and negatives for other photographers. A few of his Fijian photographs have been published. IIIIIIINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllll

Lelmer, Stef.an

100

Ordained Lutheran missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Lehner arrived in the Huon Gulf from Germany in 1902 and served for forty-one years, primarily at Bukaua and Hopoi. For many years he was the leading figure in the mission's southerly expansion into the Huon Gulf from Simbang and Deinzerhöhe, just as Georg Bamler (q.v.) was responsible for expansion along the eastern coast and islands and Christian Keysser (q.v.) was central to mission work in the interior of the Huon Peninsula. On his arrival in the colony Lehner was initially posted at Dein-

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

zerhohe. In 1903 he exchanged postings with Konrad Vetter (q.v.) at Jabim because Vetter had injured his foot and wanted to recuperate at Deinzerhohe. By 1906 Lehner had established his own station at Bukaua (Cape Arkona). Bukaua was the mission's first station actually inside the Huon Gulf and for many years served as a gateway or jumping-off point for the Markham River and the southern part of the gulf. In 1914 Lehner and his family had just returned from home leave in Germany when war broke out. Like most of the Neuendettelsau missionaries, Lehner was permitted to remain in the territory after the war, but Australian authorities would not allow him to go on home leave. Lehner had served at Bukaua for eighteen years when he gave up pastoral duties to work at the teacher's training school at Hopoi, a short distance away. Here he remained until the Second World War. Lehner was one of only three German missionaries from Neuendettelsau allowed by Australian authorities to remain in the Mandated Territory after the declaration of war. Late in 1943 Lehner and Johann Decker (q.v.) were evacuated to Australia by Australian soldiers once Allied forces regained control of the Huon Gulf from the Japanese. Lehner's first wife died either during the First World War or in the years immediately following. In the 1920s he married Sophie Deguisne, a lay missionary from the American Lutheran Church who came to New Guinea in 1922 and did not retire from the mission until 1956. During his years at Bukaua, Lehner was appointed vice-senior for the mission in New Guinea. Later, when the Neuendettelsau, the Rheinish, and the American Lutheran missions in the Mandated Territory were amalgamated into a single mission organization, Lehner became superintendent of the Finschhafen (Neuendettelsau) field and coordinator for activities in the three mission fields. Lehner had considerable interest in expanding the mission's influence throughout the region. In the early years he made many trips to visit the Laewomba, who had a reputation for hostility; these included one patrol with Richard Neuhauss (q.v.) in 1909. When Lae had been established, he worked with other missionaries to open up the Markham and eventually the eastern highlands. Lehner was one of the first Europeans to visit the central highlands, reaching the Gadsup in 1919. He was one of the five Neuendettelsau missionaries to contribute an ethnographic account to Neuhauss' Deutsch-Neu-Guinea, and in later years he wrote more than a dozen ethnographic articles about the Bukaua and their neighbors.

Planter, trader, businessman, and author in Papua. Lett was in the colony by 1910 but probably had arrived a year or two earlier. He settled in the Gulf Division up Kiri Creek, at a place later called Maira. But Lett is best known for his books popularizing Papua to the Englishspeaking public in England and Australia.

1909-1913

Sources: Amtsblatt (1909, 162); ANU (1:151-152); Deutsches Kolonialblatt (1903); DKH (1904); Flierl (1927, 59-63); Frerichs (1957, 55, 65-69, 220, 231, 251, 257); Koloniales Hand- und Adressbuch (1926-1927, 84); Lehner (1903, 1904, 1911); Lehner and Ruppert (1910); Lutherisches Jahrbuch (1927, 74, 108); Neuhauss (1911a, 1911b); Oerrel and Lehner (1921?); Paul (1909); Pilhofer (1961-1963); Radford (1987, 22-29); Robson (1942, 31); Sack (1976; 1980, 172); Sack and Clark (1980, 122, 139); Willis (1974, 34-36).

Lett, Lewis

101

Appendix

3

Sources: A N U (1:152); Hennelly (1912a, 1912b); Lett (1935, 1938, 1943, 1944, 1 9 4 5 , 1 9 4 6 , 1949); Nelson (1976, 1 1 0 111); PAR (1910-1911, 27; 1912-1912, 3 4 - 3 5 ; 1914-1915, 72; 1921-1922, 46, 91); Robson (1932, 214); Smith (1912a); Stanley (1912a); Stuart (1973, 95, 120, 233, 251); West (1969,1970).

Lindner, M a t h i l d e (Mrs. J. Georg Pfalzer)

Sources: Frerichs (1957, 253); Pilhofer (1961-1963); Sack and Clark (1980, 139).

Little, W i l l i a m J o h n

(1866-1920)

102

Lett came to Papua as a prospector—possibly as part of the Lakekamu gold rush. In 1910 he was prospecting up the Vailala River with James Swanson. He seems to have largely abandoned prospecting to become a planter the following year. In 1911 Lett purchased some land in partnership with G. H. Thomas and established a small plantation on Kiri Creek. Although they cleared some of this land, they must have done some prospecting on the side, because the same year Lett and Thomas reported the discovery of oil east of Opa (Kiri district) and above Akauda on the Vailala River. Lett's discovery prompted geologist Joseph E. Carne (q.v.) to investigate the deposits briefly in 1912, while he was waiting in Kerema for supplies and carriers for his Coal Expedition up the Kikori River. Government Geologist Evan R. Stanley (q.v.) made a more systematic geological survey of the field the same year. Their findings led to many decades of drilling and petroleum exploration in the Gulf and Western districts in the interwar years and after the Second World War. By 1914 Lett was the largest employer of plantation labor in the Gulf Division, using laborers principally from the Delta Division (around Kikori). He had 333 acres in coconuts by 1921 and was owner of the largest plantation in the Papuan Gulf. By the early 1930s Lett had moved to Port Moresby, where he lived on Chesterfield Street (above Ela Beach). There he began publishing a series of books and articles about Papua, including a new edition of the Handbook of Papua and a biography of Sir Hubert Murray (q.v.). Lett was an ardent supporter of Murray and his policies in Papua. Lett's wife, Mollie, was a frequent contributor to Pacific Islands Monthly. They had at least one son, Robert Lett, for whom there was a memorial in St. John's Church (near the present-day Travelodge Hotel). Lewis Lett was still living in the 1960S and assisted Francis West in his research about Hubert Murray. West accurately describes Lett as Murray's "eulogist."

Lutheran lay missionary with the Neuendettelsau Mission in German New Guinea. Lindner was sent from Germany to the Huon Gulf in 1908. She was based at Pola, the mission's headquarters near Finschhafen. There she met missionary Georg Pfalzer (q.v.), whom she married about 1911; he was several years her senior. The couple stayed at Pola until 1914, when they returned to Germany.

Prospector and settler in Papua. The Honorable W. J. Little was among the first nonofficial members of the Legislative Council in the colony, appointed in 1906 to represent alluvial mining interests. In 1908 he accompanied Donald Mackay on a prospecting expedition up the Purari and Kikori rivers, where they found a coal seam.

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

Little came to British New Guinea about the turn of the century (possibly a bit earlier), and for some years he lived and worked in the Yodda goldfield. As one of the most respectable men working in the alluvial goldfields, Little was chosen as one of the nonofficial members of the newly formed Legislative Council in 1906. Little represented the alluvial mining industry; William Whitten (owner of Whitten Brothers) represented mercantile and agricultural interests; Frederick Weekley represented reef mining interests. Little served on the Legislative Council until 1919, when he resigned to join the civil service. Little is best known as a member of the Mackay-Little Expedition to the Papuan Gulf in 1908. During this prospecting expedition, Little and Mackay discovered a coal seam. In 1911 Little returned to the Kikori and Purari for additional prospecting and found yet another seam on the Sireba (an eastern branch of the Kikori). He applied to have the deposits discovered on both expeditions accepted by the colonial government as reward areas, in which he would be entitled to an exclusive mineral claim over the deposits as well as a cash reward should a large number of miners be employed. Little's discoveries prompted geologist Joseph E. Carne's (q.v.) visit to Papua from New South Wales specifically to investigate coal deposits in the Papuan Gulf. Little accompanied Carne and Resident Magistrate Massey Baker (q.v.) to the Kikori, leading them to the deposits in March 1912. The coal proved to be a low-grade lignite and has never been exploited commercially. In 1918 Little became manager of the Kemp-Welch Government Plantation (southeast of Port Moresby). The following year he joined the civil service as an assistant resident magistrate and was posted to Kairuku (Yule Island) in the Central Division for some months. He left Kairuku to become native tax collector in October 1919, a post that he had held for about a year at the time of his death.

Roman Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Father Lohmiller appears to have been German. He arrived in New Guinea about 1907 and was stationed at the mission's headquarters on Tumleo Island. There he met and assisted A. B. Lewis and the many other scientists who visited the Berlinhafen region in 1909. Probably because of poor health, Lohmiller returned to Europe after four years in the tropics; he died in Genoa (Italy)—the European port of call for NordDeutscher Lloyd steamers traveling to and from German New Guinea.

Catholic missionary from the Society of the Divine Word (SVD) at Steyl (Holland) stationed in German New Guinea. Affectionately known as "the fighting bishop," Pater Lörks arrived in Kaiser Wilhelmsland

1Q09-1913

Sources: Ainsworth (1981, 101, 253); Beaver (1912a; 1920, 255); Carne (1912b); Clune (1942a; 1942b:170); Geographical Journal (1909, 1911); Hennelly (1911, 1912b); Herbert (1911); Joyce (1972a, 386); Little (1911, 1919); Massey Baker (1912); McDonald and Lumley (1912); Monckton (1922); Murray (1912b); Nelson (1976, 169, 192, 199); PAR (1906-1907, 7, 36; 1908-1909, 5, 124; 1909-1910, 1 0 , 1 3 , 17; 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 6 , 2 1 - 2 2 ; 1917-1918, 12; 1918-1919, 8; 1919-1920, 12, 36); Ryan (1912); West (1969, 86, 109, 111, 176; 1970, 56, 65-66).

T o n i n ilier, Pater (1878-1911)

Source: Schwab (1942).

Lörks, Pater Joseph (. 1873) Allgäu Alps of Swabia. Despite this alpine background, he went to sea at an early age, serving first as a seaman on the Danish brig Anna Mathias. It was during this service that he first visited the South Seas. His association with this Danish vessel may explain why some sources identify him as Danish. Nauer also served as a seaman on English and German vessels. About 1903 he became first officer on the Seestern, the Sources: Amtsblatt (1909:8; 1910:6; government-owned steamer in German New Guinea, and served under 1911:43, 176); Bücher (1912, 545); DKB Capt. Carl Möller (q.v.). In 1905 at the age of thirty-one, Nauer was (1920:30-31); Hanstein (1934); Hudson and Nicholls (1975, 194; 1981, 235); promoted to the rank of captain and given a commission with NordJahrbuch Leipzig (1913, 5:16; 1915, 6:14); Deutscher Lloyd as captain of the Sumatra, a 600-ton steamer that Pullen-Burry (1909, 35); Reche (1929, 7); operated in German New Guinea. In his memoirs, Nauer claimed that Sarfert (1913b). Governor Hahl (q.v.) had asked him to return to colonial service as Captain of the Seestern. Nauer decided to stay with NDL as captain of the Sumatra until 1913. On the Sumatra he saw much of German New Guinea; he recounted several of his trips among the islands in his memoirs. In January 1909 he accompanied Dr. Ludwig Cohn of the Städtische Museum für Natur-, Völker- und Handelskunde in Bremen on a scientific expedition to Tiop Island and Herzog Karl Güntherhafen (Bougainville). Probably while working with NDL, Nauer acquired an interest in a plantation at Londip (near Rabaul) and later seems to have established a plantation at Lakuramau (northern New Ireland). After the First World War his New Guinea plantations were expropriated. In 1913 Nauer's mother was dying, and he returned to Germany for home leave. It is not clear whether he was intending to return to German New Guinea or not, but after war broke out in 1914, return to the colony was impossible. During the war he captained various German naval ships and saw service, among other places, in the Baltic Sea. After the armistice he returned to Nord-Deutscher Lloyd's service as captain of the Sierra Morena and later the Sierra Nevada, making frequent trips to South America. Like several other Germans whose lands in New Guinea had been expropriated by the Australians in 1920, Nauer subsequently purchased land in South America (Argentina and the Alto Parana). He retired from Lloyds in the 1930s. During his travels in the Seestern and especially the Sumatra, Nauer had an opportunity to buy curios from villagers in various parts of German New Guinea, especially in the Bismarcks and northern Solomons. Some of these he sold to museums; others were exhibited at Ober-Günzburg, where he turned the house he inherited from his parents into a South Seas museum. This museum, which contains zoological and ethnological material from the South Pacific, India, and Sumatra, is still open to the public. Like other businessmen in the colony, from time to time he also acted as an agent for collectors wanting to sell curios abroad.

119

Appendix

3

His memoirs, which are largely anecdotal, appeared under the title Anker Auf in 1934; they are one of the few accounts of life in German New Guinea by anyone in the colony's maritime industries. Although Nauer himself seems proudest of his exploits among the little-known peoples in remote corners of the colony, the book's greatest value is to offer some insights about how Lloyds and other shipping interests integrated German New Guinea's widely scattered settlements. I N e c k , H e n r i van

(1874-1929)

Source.• Langmore ( 1 9 8 9 , 308).

Neuhauss, Prof. Richard Gustav

(1855-1915)

Sources: Churchill ( 1 9 1 6 , 9 - 1 7 ) ; DBJ ( 1 : 3 3 6 ) ; . J a h r b u c h Leipzig ( 1 9 1 8 , 7:16); Neuhauss ( 1 9 0 9 , 1 9 1 0 , 1 9 1 1 a , 1 9 1 1 b , 1 9 1 1 c , 1 9 1 l d , 1 9 1 le, 1 9 1 4 ) ; Poggendorff's BLH ( 4 : 1 0 6 6 , 6 : 1 8 4 3 ) ; Sack ( 1 9 7 6 , 5 0 - 6 0 ) ; Schlaginhaufen (1910a); Schnee ( 1 9 2 0 , 2:631); Steenis-Kruseman ( 1 9 5 0 , 3 8 3 - 3 8 4 ) ; Wer ist's? ( 1 9 1 2 , 6 : 1 1 2 2 ) ; Willis ( 1 9 7 4 , 3 5 - 3 6 ) ; Zeitschrift Ethnologie

120

für

(1915, 92-93).

Mil»»»»

Ordained missionary with the Sacred Heart Mission (MSC) in Papua. Born in Tournai, Belgium, van Neck was educated at Borgerhout, Belgium. He entered the Sacred Heart order in 1895 and was ordained as a priest in 1911 after serving a decade in the Australian colony. Van Neck arrived in Papua in 1901, serving variously at Vanamai, Pokao, and Yule Island. It appears that he left Papua during the First World War to become a chaplain. He received the Croix de Guerre, Order of Crown with palm, and the Croix de l'Yser. He died in Antwerp in 1929-

Physician, physical anthropologist, and photographic researcher best known for his expedition to German New Guinea ( 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 1 0 ) and for his use of photography and microphotography in scientific research. Neuhauss was born in Blankenfelde (near Berlin). He was educated in Berlin and Heidelberg ( 1 8 7 6 - 1 8 8 2 ) and received the Dr.med. at Leipzig in 1883. In 1884 he visited Australia, New Zealand, Hawaii, and North America during a trip around the world. This experience led to the publication of a book about Hawaii (1886) and several papers in medical and anthropological journals. During the next two decades he spent considerable effort on improving photographic techniques used in scientific research and was editor of Photographische Rundschau (1894-1907). Except during his two years in New Guinea, he practiced medicine in and around Berlin from 1903 until his death in 1915 at Gross Lichterfelde. In 1908-1910 Neuhauss spent nineteen months in German New Guinea focusing his attention on Kaiser Wilhelmsland. He spent seven months around the Huon Gulf, including an extended visit to Sattelberg, where he stayed with missionary Christian Keysser (q.v.), and a trip seventy kilometers up the Markham River to visit the Wampur people with missionary Stefan Lehner (q.v.). During the 1909 wet season in the Huon Gulf, Neuhauss made a trip up the Sepik River aboard the New Guinea Compagnie steamer Star—together with anthropologist Otto Schlaginhaufen (q.v.) and botanist Richard Schlechter (q.v.) —and spent some time along the north coast, spending at least six weeks in Sissano with trader Fritz Schulz (q.v.). Early in 1910 he re-

Who

Was Who in Melanesia,

1Q0Q-1913

turned to Finschhafen for further investigations in the Huon Gulf, returning to Germany in the summer. After the outbreak of war Neuhauss became administrator of the diphtheria barracks at the military hospital near his home at Gross Lichterfelde. Within a week of assuming these duties he was infected with diphtheria and died of the disease in 1915 at the age of sixty. Neuhauss' publications, especially his three-volume Deutsch-NeuGuinea, promoted the German colony, the Lutheran Neuendettelsau Mission—with whom he sojourned in the Huon Gulf—and the use of photographs in somatological research. He made a substantial collection of material culture, much of it preserved in Berlin at the Museum für Völkerkunde, and took more than eleven hundred photographs, the majority of them standardized front and side poses intended for somatological research. He is one of the first to have made motion pictures in New Guinea—-he made more than forty films of dances and village life—and he was also a pioneer in sound recordings, making a hundred phonograph recordings of songs. Frau Neuhauss accompanied her husband to German New Guinea for at least part of the expedition (1910). She stayed with the missionary wives in the Huon Gulf when her husband went off on his various research patrols.

Ordained missionary with the London Missionary Society (LMS); worked in Samoa for many years. Newell was born in England. He arrived in Samoa in 1880, serving at Matautu, at Savai'i ( 1 8 8 0 - 1 8 8 7 ) , and at the central LMS station of Malua, near Apia on Upolu ( 1 8 8 7 1910). Newell was head of the LMS in Samoa for a number of years and was also in charge of the District Training College at Malua. In 1907 he formed the Elders' Advisory Council in Samoa, which became the governing body of the Samoan church.

Newell, J a m e s E d w a r d

(1852-1910)

Sources:

Alexander (1895, 510); Brown

Newell's ecumenical orientation—at least toward other Protestant missions—led him in the 1890s to send a number of Samoan teachers to assist the Australasian Methodist Mission in Fiji. Similarly, in 1909 when the Rheinish (Lutheran) Mission was short of staff in Kaiser Wilhelmsland, Newell sent a group of his Samoan graduates to help evangelize in New Guinea as well.

( 1 8 9 8 - 1 8 9 9 , 8(11):9); Chronicle

Newell generally supported Samoan rights vis-à-vis the German colonial administration, but he feared a devastating civil war on the islands when Lauaki, the leading orator chief of Safotulafai, began an uprising in 1908. Lauaki had been something of a king maker before German annexation in 1900, and his movement was aimed against the German administration of Governor Solf, which was increasingly restricting the authority of Samoan chiefs. Newell supported the administration as a source of stability in the archipelago and urged Lauaki and his supporters to turn themselves in. Newell arranged the surrender of Lauaki's brother and then of Lauaki in 1909- The government

1910, 351; 1911, 390); Missionary

LMS

(1902, 69); Forman (1982, 24); Garrett (1982, 277); Goodall (1954, 3 5 6 - 3 5 9 , 367, 387, 613); Hempenstall (1978, 6 3 - 6 4 ) \ Jahresbericht

RMG (1910); James

(1923, 133, 136); KHA ( 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 1 3 ) ; Kriele (1914, 2); LMS Report

(1880-1910;

Rev.

(1901, 11:10); Newell (1902); Pratt (I960); Thompson (1900); Viner, Williams, and Lenwood (1916).

121

Appendix

3

exiled both to Saipan until 1914; for rebellion and treason, this was an extremely restrained punishment. Newell went to Australia shortly after the Lauaki affair and returned to Malua in July, when A. B. Lewis met him in Fiji. In March 1910 he completed revisions for the fourth edition of Pratt's Samoan Grammar and Dictionary, leaving Samoa for a home leave in England soon afterward. A few months later Newell died in Gütersloh, Germany. Robert Louis Stevenson had high regard for Newell, who had first given Stevenson the name Tusitala 'Teller of Tales'. Newell married in 1880, but his wife died in 1882. Two years later he married Honor J. Gill.

Nicholls, G e o r g e H e a t o n

Sources: Hall (1914, 196ff.); Nelson ( 1 9 7 6 , 1 9 9 - 2 0 2 ) ; Nicholls (1911); Oelrichs (1911); PAR ( 1 9 0 9 - 1 9 1 0 , 1 2 , 4 9 , 60; 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 23, 28, 4 1 , 45, 56, 60; 1 9 1 1 1912, 20, 47, 5 1 - 5 4 , 6 1 - 6 3 ; 1 9 1 2 - 1 9 1 3 , 49, 66).

Member of the colonial civil service in Papua. Nicholls arrived in the territory toward the end of 1909 and was employed for a few months as a police officer on the Lakekamu goldfield. By May 1910 he had been appointed assistant resident magistrate (A.R.M.) at Lakekamu. Not long afterward he was transferred to Mambare Division as A.R.M., simultaneously serving as mining warden for the Gira goldfield. The Gira was an older field opened in 1898 and by 1910 had only six Europeans working claims. It was much less busy than the Lakekamu, whose discovery by Frank Pryke and Matt Crowe (q.v.) in 1909 had set off a gold rush. But by the end of 1910 activity on the Lakekamu field was much reduced following an epidemic of dysentery and a shortage of labor. In October 1911 Nicholls was sent to the Western Division as A.R.M. only to be transferred to Port Moresby as a headquarters officer of the Armed Constabulatory three months later. He resigned from this post a year later and left the territory. A. B. Lewis first met Nicholls on the Burns Philp steamer Matunga along with traveler Mary Hall (q.v.). Ill

N i c h o l s o n , Dr. J . C a m p t ell (k 1872)

Sources: Alexander (1927, 207); Frouin (1910); Guiart (1956); Jacomb (1919, 169); Lambert (1941, 236); Missionary Record of the United Free Church of Scotland (1903); Nicholson (1956); O'Reilly (1957, 1 6 5 - 1 6 6 ; 1958, 248); Scarr(1967, 2 4 3 247); Speiser (1913, vi).

122

Presbyterian medical missionary with the New Hebrides Mission. Nicholson managed the mission hospital at Lenakel on the west coast of Tanna Island in the southern New Hebrides for about twelve years (1903-1916). Nicholson was born in Belfast, Ireland. He studied medicine at Queens College (Dublin) and at the University of Edinburgh. In 1903 he came to the New Hebrides as a medical missionary to replace the Reverend Frank H. L. Paton—son of pioneer missionary John G. Paton —at Lenakel, Tanna. He was sponsored by the John G. Paton Mission Fund. Nicholson adhered to the mission's many strict rules prohibiting extramarital sexual relations, dancing, and kava drinking. He and fellow Presbyterian missionary Thomson Macmillan (q.v.) at White Sands

Who Was Who in Melanesia,

1Ç0Q-1Q13

(Tanna) were fiercely opposed to labor recruiting, particularly recruiting for French plantations, which they depicted to the Australian press as practices akin to kidnaping. The French portrayed these two missionaries as theocratic tyrants with their own local policemen who patrolled the beaches to prevent the landing of recruiters. Nicholson remained at Lenakel until 1916, when he left the New Hebrides to join the army. He assisted both. A. B. Lewis (1911) and Felix Speiser (q.v.) (1912) on their brief visits to the island. Guiart published an example of one of Nicholson's strident letters against French recruiting. Such letters to newspapers prompted a harsh response from Frenchmen in the condominium. One French settler responded to these attacks in the Neo-Hebridais calling Nicholson a "religious charlatan," a "dishonest businessman," and "and enemy of the settler." Although Jacomb wrote of him as J . T. Nicholson, both O'Reilly and Scarr give his name as J . Campbell Nicholson.

Ordained missionary with the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia; served in the Solomon Islands. Nicholson arrived in the Solomons in 1907, becoming the mission's third ordained missionary stationed in the archipelago—after J. F. Goldie (q.v.) and S. F. Rooney (q.v.). During home leaves and after leaving the mission field in 1921, Nicholson incessantly toured Australia and New Zealand giving lectures to stimulate interest, funds, and missionary recruits for the overseas mission. Nicholson was born at Glenelg, South Australia, and studied theology at Queen's College, University of Melbourne. Before leaving Australia for Melanesia he took a course in first aid at Melbourne Hospital. He came to the Solomons in 1907, staying for a time with John Goldie at the mission's headquarters in Roviana (New Georgia) before establishing his own station on Vella Lavella. As Nicholson was still a bachelor, his sister accompanied him to Vella Lavella to keep house until his marriage in 1911. In 1908 she took over for him when illness forced him to leave the protectorate for a few months. Soon after his arrival in Vella Lavella, Nicholson made use of his basic medical training to cure a young villager named Bula. Bula (later Daniel Bula) became Nicholson's first convert as well as his cook, medical assistant, interpreter, and language coworker. In 1916 he accompanied Nicholson for two years on a lecture tour in Australia and New Zealand to raise funds for the mission. Bula became a tangible example of Nicholson's success in turning "blood-thirsty savages" into "fine Christian young men." Nicholson memorialized the story of his protégé in his book The Son of a Savage. In 1919 Nicholson helped some American filmmakers with a silent film they were shooting, The Transformed Isle. Nicholson obtained a copy of the film in 1922 and for two years used it at home in Australia to tell his own story of the transformed isle of Vella Lavella.

Nicholson, Reginald Chapman

(1882-1945)

Sources:

Bennett ( 1 9 8 7 , 1 0 7 - 1 0 8 , 253);

Brown (1988); Carter ( 1 9 7 3 , 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 , 161); Luxton ( 1 9 5 5 , 4 1 - 4 2 ) ;

MMSA-AR

( 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 2 3 ) ; Nicholson (1924); Tippett (1967, 287-288).

123

Nicholson retired from the Solomon Islands mission field in 1921. In 1924 the South Australia Methodist Conference appointed him secretary for overseas missions, a post he held for the next twenty-one years. He became president of the conference in 1941 and died in 1945. Nicholson had married Elizabeth Lancaster of Victoria during one of his leaves in 1911. She worked with the girls and young women in Vella Lavella and was often by her husband's side during his lecture tours. They had one son.

Nienhaus, Alois

See Brother Ferdinand.

(:1—4, l l ( 6 ) : l - 3 . BROWN, RICHARD G .

1977 The German acquisition of the Caroline Islands, 1 8 9 8 - 9 9 . In Germany in the Pacific and Far East, 1870-1914, ed. J . A. Moses and P. M. Kennedy, 1 3 7 - 1 5 5 . St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press.

1873 A year in the New Hebrides, Loyalty Islands, and New Caledonia. Geelong: George Mercer. CAMPBELL, K E I T H O .

1990 Walter Lawry Waterhouse. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 12:391-392. CAPPERS, EDUARD

1915 Tanimbareesche feesten en wreedheden. Annalen van Onze Lieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart 32. 1933 Kiekjes uit Ambon. Annalen van Onze Lieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart 5 1 : 1 5 2 - 1 5 4 . CARDEw, H . C .

1988 Reginald Chapman Nicholson. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 11:28-29.

1914 Magisterial report, Delta Division. PAR, 1913-1914, 94-97. 1916 Resident magistrate, Western Division. PAR, 1914-1915, 89-97.

BROWN, WILLIAM

CARNE, J O S E P H E .

1900 Island items: The Rev. W m . Brown. Missionary Rev. 10(7):2.

1912a Copy of report by Mr. J . E. Carne, F.G.S., on petroleum oil field, Vailala River. Port Moresby, 8 June 1912.PAR, 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 1 7 4 - 1 7 5 . 1912b Copy of report by Joseph E. Came, Esq., F.G.S., on Purari coal expedition. Port Moresby, 8 June 1912. PAR, 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 181. 1913 Notes on the occurrence of coal, petroleum, and copper in Papua. Bulletin of the Territory of Papua, no. 1. Sydney: W. A. Gullick, Government Printer.

BROWN, RODGER

BÜCHER, D R .

1912 22:542-547.

Eine Studien Reise nach Neuguinea. DKB

BURGER, FRIEDRICH

1923 Unter den Kannibalen der Südsee: Studienreise durch die Melanesische Inselwelt. Dresden: Verlag Deutsche Buchwerkstätten. BURKE, KEAST

1983 Charles Henry Kerry. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 9:577-578. BURNETT, FRANK

1911 Through Polynesia and Papua: Wanderings with a camera in southern seas. London: G. Bell. BURTON, J O H N W E A R

1910 The Fiji of to-day. With an introduction by the Rev. A. J. Small. London: Charles H. Kelly. 1920 Report of the Royal Commission on late German New Guinea. Missionary Rev. 30(5):3—8. BUSSON, T H .

1911 Catechisme. Saint-Louis, New Caledonia: Imprimerie Catholique. CALABY, J . H .

1972 Friedrich Hermann Otto Finsch. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 404—405. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea.

262

CARRIER, JAMES G . , AND ACHSAH H . CARRIER

1989 Wage, trade, and exchange in Melanesia: A Manus society in the modern state. Berkeley: University of California Press. CARTER, DOUGLAS

1946 Quelques notes sur les débuts de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Sydney: L'auteur. CARTER, G . G .

1973 A family affair: A brief survey of New Zealand Methodism's involvement in mission overseas, 1 8 2 2 - 1 9 7 2 . Proceedings of the Wesley Historical Society of New Zealand 28(3—4). CHALMERS, JAMES

1887 Pioneering in New Guinea. London: Religious Tract Society. 1895 Pioneer life and work in New Guinea. London: Religious Tract Society. 1903a Chalmers of New Guinea: Two unpublished letters and other records. Chronicle LMS 12:1-2. 1903b How the people of Samari gave up their charms. Chronicle LMS 12:2—3.

Bibliography CHALMERS, JAMES, AND W . WYATT GILL

COLE, FAY-COOPER

1885 Work and adventure in New Guinea 1877 to 1885. London: Religious Tract Society.

1931 {Obituary] George A. Dorsey. American Anthropologist 33:413-414. 1952 Eminent personalities of the half century. American Anthropologist 54(2, pt. 1): 157—167.

CHAMBERS, WILLIAM J .

1900a Island items: Service and sufferings. Missionary Rev. 10(2):8. 1900b Letter. Missionary Rev. 10(8):3—4. CHAPMAN, J . K .

1964 The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon, first Lord Stanmore, 1829-1912. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. CHEESEMAN, H . R . , COMP. ,

1959 Bibliography of Malaya: Being a classified list of books wholly or partly in English relating to the federation of Malaya and Singapore. London: Longmans, Green. CHEESEMAN, T. F.

1906 Manual of New Zealand flora. Wellington: John Mackay, Government Printer. 1917 The first f i f t y years of the Auckland Institute and Museum and its future aims: A jubilee sketch. Auckland: Wilson and Horton. CHIGNELL, ARTHUR KENT

1911 An outpost in Papua. London: Smith, Elder. 1913 Twenty-one years in Papua: A history of the English church mission in New Guinea ( 1891-1912). London: A. R. Mowbray. CHINNERY, E. W . PEARSON

1928 Certain natives in South New Britain and Dampier Straits. Territory of New Guinea Anthropological Report, no. 3- Melbourne: Government Printer. CHINNERY, E. W . PEARSON, AND W . N . BEAVER

1915 Notes on the initiation ceremonies of the Koko, Papua .Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 45:69-78. 1916 The movements of the tribes of the Mambare Division of northern Papua. PAR, 1914-1915, 158-161. CHRONICLE OF THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY

1901 James Chalmers and Oliver Tomkins, of New Guinea. Chronicle LMS 10:126-129. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM

1916 Sissano: Movements of migration within and through Melanesia. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication no. 244. Washington, D.C.: Carnegie Institution of Washington.

1911 Islands of enchantment: Many-sided Melanesia seen through many eyes. Illustrated with 100 photographs by J . W. Beatie. London: Macmillan. CORBIN, GEORGE A .

1988 Native Arts of North America, Africa, and the South Pacific: An introduction. New York: Harper and Row. CORLETTE, EWAN A . C .

1934-1936 Notes on the natives of the New Hebrides. Oceania y.AlA- 487, 6:48-65. 1947 Langue des Big Nambas, le Mallicolo. Journal de la Société des Océanistes 3:57-91. C o x , WILLIAM H .

1901 a Letter. Missionary Rev. 11 (3): 10. 1901b Roughing it in New Britain. Missionary Rev. 11(5):9-11. 1901c New Britain (Neu Pommern). Missionary Rev. 11(6):7-8. 190Id Neu Mecklenburg experiences. Missionary Rev. 11(8): 10-11. 1920a More man-power for New Britain. Missionary Rev. 30(3):1- 3. 1920b New responsibilities in the Pacific. Missionary Rev. 30(4): 3—7. CRAIG, ROBERT D . , AND FRANK P. KING, EDS.

1981 Historical dictionary Conn.: Greenwood Press.

of Oceania. Westport,

CRAWFORD, A . L.

1981 Aida: Life and ceremony of the Gogodala. Bathurst, NSW: National Cultural Council of Papua New Guinea in association with Robert Brown and Associates. CURANO, PAUL, AND PEDRO C . SANCHEZ

1964 A complete history of Guam. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle. CURRIE, PROFESSOR

1897 The New Hebrides Mission. The 30(12):551-553.

Missionary

DALTON, O . M .

CLUNE, FRANK

1942a Donald Mackay. 1942b Robertson. 1951 Robertson.

COOMBE, FLORENCE

hast of the Australian explorers: The story of Sydney: Angus and Robertson. Prowling through Papua. Sydney: Angus and Somewhere in New Guinea. Sydney: Angus and

1931 James Edge-Partington, born 6th February, 1854, died 4th November, 1930. Man 31:129-131. DANKS, BENJAMIN

1901

The Solomon Islands. Missionary Rev. 9(8):

1-7.

COCKAYNE, L.

DAVIES, HELEN M .

1923 Thomas Frederic Cheeseman, 1846-1923. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 54:xvi-xix.

1983 Atlee Arthur Hunt. Australian dictionary biography, 1891-1939, 9:403^404.

263

of

Bibliography

DAY, A . GROVE

1969

Adventurers of the Pacific. New York: Meredith.

DEACON, A . BERNARD

1934 Malekula: Vanishing people in the New Hebrides. Ed. C. H. Wedgwood. London: George Routledge and Sons. DEANE, W I L L I A M

1933 In wild New Britain: The story of Benjamin Danks, pioneer missionary. From his diary. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. DECKER, J .

1900 Ueber die neue Station der Neuendettelsauer Missions-Gesellschaft in Kaiser Wilhelmsland, genannt Deinzerhöhe. DKB 11:642-643. DECKER, J . , AND H . R A U M

1910 65-68.

Letter. Neuendettelsauer

Missionsblatt

1910 :

DEUTSCHE MARINE EXPEDITION

1908-1909 Die deutsche Marine-Expedition 1907/ 09- DKB 19:183-184, 291-292, AlS-419, 581-582, 6 8 5 686, 803-805, 1011-1012, 1237-1239; 20:278-280, 4 9 4 4 9 5 , 6 9 5 - 6 9 6 , 1053-1056. DEUTSCHES KOLONIALBLATT

DENNIS, J A M E S S.

1902 Centennial survey of foreign missions: A statistical supplement to "Christian Missions and Social Progress, " being a conspectus of the achievements and results of evangelical missions in all lands at the close of the nineteenth century. New York: Fleming H. Revell. DENOON, DONALD, WITH KATHLEEN DUGAN AND LESLIE MARSHALL

1989 Public health in Papua New Guinea: Medical possibility and social constraint, 1884—1984. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. DERRICK, R . A .

1950

1909d Der Seestern. DKZ 26:667. 1909e Der Seestern verschollen. DKZ 26:538, 599. 1909f Strafexpedition nach den Admiralitätsinseln. DKZ 26:682. 1909g Unrichtige Nachrichten über eine Freveltat Farbinger auf den Admiralitätsinseln. DKZ 26:551. 1911a Expedition im südöstlichen KaiserWilhelmsland. DKZ 28:6091911b Regierungsrat Boeder. DKZ 28:42. 1911c Die Unruhen auf Ponape. DKZ 28:72, 93, 123.

A history of Fiji. Vol. 1. Suva: Government

Press. DETZNER, H E R M A N N

1921 Vier Jahre unter Kannibalen: Van 1914 bos zum Waffenstillstand unter deutscher Flagge im unerforschten Innern von Berlin: August Scherl. DEUTSCHE KOLONIALZEITUNG

1900 Eine Südsee Expedition. DKZ 17:80. 1901a Matupi, die Hauptfaktorei der Firma Hernsheim & Co. im Bismarck-Archipel, Deutsch-Neuguinea. DKZ 18:193-195. 1901b Ein Trauerspiel in der Südsee. DKZ 18: 225-226. 1906 Gouverneur Dr. Hahl. DKZ 23:197-198. 1907 Das Guttapercha- und Kautschukunternehmen in Neu-Guinea. DKZ 24:521-522, 537-538. 1908a Die deutsche Marine-Expedition 19071909. DKZ 25:182. 1908b Dr. Emil. Stephan. DKZ 25:461. 1908-1909 Von der Guttapercha-Expedition in Neu-Guinea. DKZ 25:158-159; 26:568. 1909a Gegen die Paradiesvogeljäger im Norden von Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. DKZ 26:162. 1909b Die Guttapercha-Expedition in KaiserWilhelmsland. DKZ 26:373. 1909c Näheres über Dammköhlers Tod. DKZ 26:872-873.

264

1901 Der Überfall der Menckeschen Expedition. DKB 1 2 : 4 5 0 ^ 5 1 . 1903 Über den Fortgang, besonders den äusseren, des Missionswerkes in Neu-Guinea. . . . DKB 14:502. 1909 Eine Strafexpedition nach den AdmiralitätsInseln. DKB 20:895-900. 1910 Die Lag auf den Admiraltäts-Inseln. DKB 21:991-992. 1911a Nachruf: Regierungsrat Gustav Boeder. DKB 22:47. 1911b Die Unruhen auf Ponape. DKB 22: 127-132. DILLON, GORDON W .

1957 Development of a system of orchid classification: Understanding the orchid family—II. American Orchid Society Bulletin 26(4):255-26l. DIVINE W O R D MISSIONARIES

1969 Divine Word missionaries in New Guinea. The word in the world 1969, Divine Word missionaries: New Guinea: A report on the missionary apostolate. Techny, 111.: Divine Word Publications. DIXON, H . N .

1922 The mosses of the Wollaston Expedition to Dutch New-Guinea, 1912-1913, with some additional mosses from British New Guinea. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 45:477-510. DIXON, ROLAND BURR AGE

1916 Oceanic mythology. Vol. 9 of The mythology of all races. Boston: Marshall Jones. 1923 The racial history of man. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. 1928 The building of cultures. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. 1932 The problem of the sweet potato in Polynesia. American Anthropologist 34:40-66. 1934 The long voyages of the Polynesians. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 74(3).

Bibliography DOCKER, EDWARD W Y B E R G H

1970 The blackbirders: The recruiting of South Seas labour for Queensland, 1863-1907. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. DOCKRILL, A . W .

1972 Orchids. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 870-873. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. DOERING, HEINRICH UBBELOHDE

1949 Georg Friedend.Jahrbuch der Akademie der Wissenschaften 1949:112—113.

Bayerischen

England. 3 vols. [150 copies issued]. Manchester: J . EdgePartington and Charles Heape. Facsimile reprint, 1969. London: Holland Press. 1901 Native ornaments from the Solomon Islands recently presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. M. Woodword. Man 1:100-101. EDGE-PARTINGTON, T. W .

1906 Note on the food bowl from Rubiana, New Georgia. Man 6:121. 1907 Ingave, chief of Rubiana, Solomon Islands: Died 1906. Man 7:22-23. EDRIDGE, SALLY, COMP.

DORFMAN, RON, ED.

1991 Pacific: A companion to the Regenstein Halls of the Pacific. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History.

1985 Solomon islands bibliography to 1980. Suva: Institute of Pacific Studies, University of the South Pacific.

DORSEY, GEORGE A .

ELKIN, A . P.

1900 The Department of Anthropology of the Field Columbian Museum—a review of six years. American Anthropologist 2:247-265. 1909a One hundred installments of a diary of a 47,000 mile journey. Chicago Daily Tribune, 16 Aug. 1909 to 23 Nov. 1909- (Columns concerning German New Guinea ran 18 Sept. 1909 through 6 Oct. 1909.) 1909b A visit to the German Solomon Islands. In Putnam anniversary volume: Anthropological essays presented to Frederic Ward Putnam in honor of his seventieth birthday, April 16, 1909, 521-544. New York: G. E. Stechert.

1939 A. M. Hocart. Oceania 9:475. 1953 Social anthropology in Melanesia: A review of research. London: Oxford University Press.

DORSEY, GEORGE A . , AND WILLIAM H . HOLMES

1917 Halmahera en Morotai. Mededeelingen van de Afdeeling Bestuurszaken der Buitenbezittingen Bewerkt door het Encyclopaedisch Bureau, 13. Batavia: Javasche Boekhandel & Drukkerij.

1897 Totems inscribed upon Papuan skulls. American Antiquarian andOrientalJournal 19(6):303—313.

ENCYCLOPAEDIC BUREAU

1916 The results obtained of military exploration work in Dutch New Guinea (Preliminary Statement). (De uitkomsten der verrichtingen van de militaire exploratie in Nederlandsch Nieuw-Guinea.) Informations of the Encyclopaedic Bureau, issue 11. Batavia: G. Kolff. ENCYCLOPAEDISCH BUREAU

DOVEY, J . W H I T S E D

1950 The Gospel in the Pacific. Post-War Survey Series, no. 5. London: World Dominion Press. DRABBE, A .

1924 Wat een naam is op Tanimbar. Annalen van Onze Lieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart 42:110—111. DUPREE, A . HUNTER

1970 Alexander Agassiz. In Dictionary of scientific biography, ed. C. C. Gillispie, 1:71—72. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. DUTTON, GEOFFREY

1976 Queen Emma of the South Seas: A novel. New York: St. Martin's Press. DUTTON, TOM

1985 Police Motu: lena Sivarai. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea Press.

1892 Report of the government agent of the Rigo district. BNG-AR, 1890-1891, 82-83. 1902 Report of the government agent, Rigo district, on the affairs of the portion of the Central Division under his control. BNG-AR, 1900-1901, 3 9 - 4 1 . 1905a Report of the assistant resident magistrate of the Rigo district. BNG-AR, 1903-1904, 2 3 - 24. 1905b Assistant resident magistrate's report for Rigo district of the Central Division. BNG-AR, 1904-1905, 22-24. 1907 Magisterial reports, East Central Division. BNG-AR, 1905-1906, 24-26. EPSTEIN, A . L.

1969 Matupit: Land, politics, and change among the Tolai of New Britain. Berkeley: University of California Press. ERDWEG, MATHIAS JOSEF

1897

EBERHARD, WOLFRAM

1984 Richard Thurnwald. International of the social sciences, 16:20—22.

ENGLISH, A . C .

encyclopedia

EDGE-PARTINGTON, JAMES

1890-1898 An album of the weapons, tools, ornaments, articles of dress, etc., of the natives of the Pacific islands: Drawn and described from examples in public and private collections in

Bericht über die dortige Mission. DKB

8:492. 1899 Nachrichten über die Schulthätigket der Mission auf der Insel Tumleo. DKB 10:852. 1901a Ein Besuch bei den Varöpu (Deutsch NeuGuinea). Globus 79:101-105. 1901b Uber die Entwicklung des Missionwerkes. DKB 12:79-

265

Bibliography 1902 Die Bewohner der Insel Tumleo, Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neuguinea. Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien, Mitteilungen 32(3 Folge, 2 Band):274-310, 3 1 7 - 3 9 9 . 1903 Mitteilungen Uber die Missionschule in Tumleo. DKB 14:136, ETHERIDGE, R . , J R ,

1916-1917 Additions to the ethnological collections, chiefly from the New Hebrides, Records of the Australian Museum 11:189-203. EVANS, E . R . G . R .

1913 The British Antarctic expedition, 1 9 1 0 1913. GeographicalJournal 4 2 : 1 1 - 2 8 . EVANS, J E R O M E

1981 William MacGregor. In Historical dictionary of Oceania, ed. R. D. Craig and F. P. King, 166. Westport, Conn,: Greenwood,

1884 Anthropologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in der Südsee und dem Malayischen Archipel. Berlin: Asher. 1885 Fünfte Fahrt im Dienste der NeuguineaKompagnie. DKZ 3:11-17. 1888a Samoafahrten: Reise in Kaiser Wilhelmsland und Englisch Neu-Guinea in de Jahren 1884 und 1885 an Bord des deutschen Dampfers "Samoa." Leipzig: H i r t & Sohn. 1888b Ethnologischer Atlas: Typen aus der Steinzeit Neu-Guineas. Leipzig: H i r t & Sohn. 1909 Gedenktage der Forschungesreise mit dem deutschen Dampfer Samoa. DKZ 26:4691914 Südseearbeiten: Gewerbe- und Kunstfleiss, Tauschmittel und "Geld" der Eingeborenen auf Grundlage der Rohstoffe und der geographischen Verbreitung. Abhandlungen des Hamburgisches Kolonialinstitut, 14, Reihe B, Völkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen, Bd. 9- Hamburg: L. Friedrichsen. FIRTH, STEWART

EVANS-PRITCHARD, E . E .

1939 Man 39:131,

Arthur Maurice Hocart: 1884-March 1939-

FAIRFAX, D E N I S

1983 Charles Hedley. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 9:252-253. FALCONER, JAMES W .

1915 John Geddie: Hero of the New Hebrides. Toronto: Board of Foreign Missions Presbyterian Church in Canada. FELLMANN, H E I N R I C H

1898 The late commissioned "Landeshauptmann" of German New Guinea, Herr von Hägen. Missionary Rev. 8(6):2-3. 1899 Bericht über den Stand der Mission im Bismarck-Archipel. Ende 1897. DKB 10:342-344. 1900a Island items: The Rev. H , Fellmann. Missionary Rev. 10(2):8-91900b Island items: Cannibalism in N e w Britain. Missionary Rev. 10(3): 1. 1900c Island items: Good news from N e w Britain. Missionary Rev. 10(7);2. 1902 A trip to the north-western islands of the Bismarck Archipelago (New Britain). Missionary Rev. 11(12):4-6. 1905 Das methodistische Missionswerk im Bismarck-Archipel. DKB 16:93-94. 1906 Statistik der Methodistischen Mission. DKB 17:655-666. FERGUSON, E . W .

NSW

1927 [Obituary of Charles Hedley]. Proc. Linn. Soc. 52:vi-ix.

FEUILLETAU DE BRUYN, W . K . H .

1939-1940 In Memoriam F. J. F. van Hasselt: 10 Juli 1 8 7 0 - 1 8 November 1939. Tijdschrift Nieuw-Guinea 4:179-180. FINSCH, O T T O

1865 Müller.

Neu-Guinea und seine Bewohner. Bremen: C. E.

266

1977 German firms in the Pacific islands, 1 8 5 7 1914. In Germany in the Pacific and Far East, 1870-1914, ed. J. A. Moses and P. M. Kennedy, 3 - 2 5 . St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 1978a Albert Hahl: Governor of German New Guinea. In Papua New Guinea portraits: The expatriate experience, ed. James Griffin, 2%-4l. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1978b German labour policy in Nauru and Angaur, 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 1 4 . Journal of Pacific History 13:36-52. 1982 New Guinea under the Germans. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. FISCHER, H A N S

1992 Weisse und Wilde: Erste Kontakte und Anfänge der Mission. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. FISCHER, N O R B E R T

1965

Albert Hahl. Neue Deutsche Biographie 7:495.

FISON, LORIMER

1881 1904

Land tenure in Fiji. London: Harrison. Tales from old Fiji. London: Alexander Moring.

FISON, LORIMER, AND A . W . H O W I T T

1880 Kamilaroi and Kurnai: Group-marriage and relationship and marriage by elopement. Melbourne: George Robinson. FLIERL, J O H A N N E S

1895 Über die Stellung zu dem Balumsdienst der Eingeborenen. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 27:47—48. 1927 Forty years in New Guinea: Memoirs of the senior missionary John Flierl. Trans. Prof. M. Wiederaenders. Chicago: Board of Foreign Missions of the Synod of Iowa and Other States. FLOWER, WILLIAM H E N R Y

1882 O n a collection of monumental heads and artificially deformed crania from the island of Mallicollo, in the N e w Hebrides. Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland 11:75—81.

Bibliography FORMAN, CHARLES W .

1982 The island, churches of the South Pacific: Emergence in the twentieth century. American Society of Missiology Series, no. 5. Maryknoll, N.Y.: Orbis Books. FRANCE, P E T E R

1969 The charter of the land: Custom and colonization in Fiji. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. FRANCILLON, MARK

1991 Lorimer Fison. In International Dictionary of Anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 2 0 1 - 2 0 2 . N e w York: Garland. FRANZEN, O L L E

1969 Carl Vilhelm Hartman. Svenskt Biografiskt Lexikon 18(87):299-301. FRATER, MAURICE

1917 The volcanic eruption of 1913 on Ambrym Island, N e w Hebrides. Geological Magazine (Decade 6) 4(64l):496-503. 1922 Midst volcanic fires: An account of missionary tours among the volcanic islands of the New Hebrides. London: James Clarke. FRAUENBUND (OF G E R M A N N E W G U I N E A )

1910 Frauenbund. Issued as Appendix (4 pp.) to the Amtsblatt, vol. 2. FRAZER, J . G .

1909 20:144-180.

H o w i t t and Fison. Folk-Lore (London)

FREE C H U R C H OF SCOTLAND

1910b Von Eitape nach Hollandia. DKB 21: 331-335. 1912 Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer ämtlichen Forschungs-reis nach dem Bismarck-Archipel im Jahre 1908. II: Beiträge zur Völker- und Sprachenkunde von Deutsch-Neuguinea. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten, Ergänzungsheft, no. 5. 1913 Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer amtlichen Forschungs-reis nach dem Bismarck-Archipel im Jahre 1908. III: Untersuchungen über eine melähesische Wanderstrasse. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten, Ergänzungsheft, no. 7. FRITZ, (BEZIRKSAMTMANN)

1907 Eine Reise nach Palau, Sotison, und Töbi (Oktober bis Dezember 1906). DKB 18:659-668. FROUIN, L. G .

1910

Letter. Nto-Hebridais, 28 May 1910,

FUGMANN, W I L H E L M , ED.

1985 Christian Keysser: Bürger zweier Welterl. Neuhausen-Stuttgart: Hänssler-Verlag. FUGMANN, W I L H E L M , AND H E R W I G W A G N E R

1978 Von Gott erzählen: Das Leben Christian Keyssers, 1877-1961. Neuendettelsau: Friemund-Verlag. FULL, (BEZIRKSASSESSOR)

1909a Eine Fahrt auf dem Kaiserin Augustafluss. DKB 2 0 : 7 3 9 - 7 4 1 , 7 4 4 - 7 4 5 . 1909b Herr Assessor Full berichtet über eine mit Dampfer Langeoog unternommene Reise in Tagebuchförm. Amtsblatt 1:48, 56, 68, 96, 9 9 - 1 0 0 , 107, 1 1 5 - 1 1 6 , 121,

1900 The N e w Hebrides mission (with picture of mission boat). Sabbath-school missionary leaflet, no. 117 (Oct.).

GALIS, K . W , COMP.

FREITAG, A N T O N

GAREIS, R E I N H O L D

1912 Die Missionen der Geselschaft des göttlichen Wortes: Handbüchlein zur Geographie, Geschichte und Missionskunde jener Gebiete, in denen die Steyler Missionare gegenwärtig tätig sind. Steyl: Verlag der Missionsdruckerei. 1948 Glaubenssaat in Blut und Tränen: Die Missionen der Gesellschaft des Göttlichen Wortes in Asien, Afrika, Ozeanien und Amerika am Vorabend des zweiten Weltkrieges. Ihre Leiden und Schicksale in und nach dem Kriege. Dem neuen Missionsfrühling entgegen. Kaldenkirchen: Steyler Missionsbuchhandlung.

1901 Geschichte der Evangelischen Heidenfnission, Konstanz: Carl Hirsch.

FRERICHS, A . C .

1957 Anutu conquers in New Guinea: A story of seventy years of mission work in New Guinea. Columbus, Ohio: Wartburg Press.

1962 Bibliographie van NederlaAds-Nletitu-Guinea. Rev. 3d ed. The Hague: Ministrie van Binnehlandse Zaketl.

GARRAWAY, WILLIAM A R T H U R

1967 Grafton District School, 1877-1967: Ninetieth jubilee, Oct. 20-21, 1967. Grafton: Graftoti District School, (Auckland Institute and Museum, Reference File no. 485.) GARRETT, J O H N

1982 To live among the stars: Christian origins in Oceania. Geneva and Suva: World Council of Churches in Association with the Institute of Pacific Studies* University of the South Pacific. GATES, E . H .

FRIEDERICI, G E O R G

1908-1909 Die Expedition Sapper-Friederici. DKB 19:1057-1058; 20:124-126, 331-336. 1909 Die Expedition Sapper-Friederici. DKB 20:124-126, 331-336. 1910a In das Hinterland der Nordküste des Kaiser Wilhelmslandes (Neuguinea). Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen 56(pt. 2): 1 8 2 - 1 8 5 .

1923 In coral isles. Washington: Review and Herald Publishing Association. GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL

1909 Expedition in British New Guinea. Geographical Journal 33:93. 1910 Captain Scott's Antarctic expedition. Geographical Journal 35:83.

267

Bibliography

1911 The MacKay-Little expedition in southern New Guinea. Geographical Journal 38:483-487 and map. 1913a Dr. Wollaston's ascent of Mount Carstensz. Geographical Journal 41:391. 1913b Mr. Wollaston's expedition to Dutch New Guinea. Geographical Journal 41:492—493. 1913c The British Antarctic expedition: Reception at the Albert Hall. Geographical Journal 42:8-10. 1913d Mr. Wollaston's expedition to Dutch New Guinea. Geographical Journal 42:80-81. 1913e British Antarctic expedition, 1910-1913: Presentation of medals. Geographical Journal 42:550-552. GEROULD, J O H N H .

1932

William Patten. Science 76:481^482.

GILES, W . E.

1968 A cruize in a Queensland labour vessel to the South Seas. Ed. D. Scarr. Pacific History Series, no. 1. Canberra: Australian National University Press and University of Hawai'i Press. GILLAN, J .

1903 Man 6:73.

Burial customs of the Malekulans. Science of

GIRARDS, FRIEDRICH

1903 Bericht über Tumleo und seine Bewohner. DKB 14:245-246. GLENN, JAMES R .

1991 James Mooney. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 479-480. New York: Garland. GOETHEM, EDWARD VAN

1912 7:792-795.

String-bags of Mekeo Papua. Anthropos

GOOSZEN, A . J .

1919-1920 Land en Volk: Nederl.-Nieuw-Guinea. Indie 3:357-360, 372-375, and plates 352, 356, 361, 369, 376, 377, 379. GORDON, DONALD GRAIGIE

1951 The Australian frontier in New Guinea, 18701885. Studies in History, Economics and Public Law, no. 562. New York: Columbia University. Reprinted 1968. New York: AMS Press. GRATTAN, C . HARTLEY

1963 The southwest Pacific since 1900: A modern history. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. GREGORY, J . W .

1917 The Ambrym eruptions of 1913-14. Geological Magazine (Decade 6) 4(641):5 29-540. GRIFFIN, H E N R Y LYSAGHT

1907 Magisterial report, Gulf Division. BNG-AR, 1905-1906, 50-51. 1908a Annual Report, Gulf Division. PAR, 19061907, 4 1 ^ 4 . 1908b Annual Report, Northern Division. PAR, 1907-1908, 76-79. 1925 An official in British New Guinea, with earlier reminiscences of Harrow and the Royal Artillery. London: Cecil Palmer. G R I M E , W . E . , AND T . PLOWMAN

1986 Type photographs at Field Museum of Natural History. Taxon 35:932-933. GUIART, J E A N

1956 Un siìcle et demi de contacts cult ureis à Tanna, Nouvelles-Hébrides. Paris: Musée de l'Homme. LES GUIDES B L E U S ILLUSTRES

GOLDIE, J O H N F.

1904 Report from the Solomons. Missionary Rev. (March). 1909 The people of New Georgia, their manners and customs, and religious beliefs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 22(l):23-30. 1914 The Solomon Islands. In A century in the Pacific, ed. A. Colwell, 559-585. London: Charles H. Kelly. 1932 [Depopulation of Ontong Java\ Journal of the Polynesian Society 41:232-233. 1942 Early days at Roviana. Open Door 21(1):6—7. GOLDTHWAIT, J . W .

1964 Nouvelle Calédonie, lies Loyauté, Ile des Pins: Les Guides Bleus Illustres. Paris: Librairie Hachette. GUNN, WILLIAM

1891 Grammar of the language of Futuna. In South Sea languages: A series of studies on the languages of the New Hebrides and other South Sea islands, ed. D. Macdonald, 2 : 1 6 3 207. Melbourne: Public Library and Art Gallery. 1914 The Gospel in Futuna: With chapters on the islands of the New Hebrides, the people, their customs, religious beliefs, etc. London: Hodder and Stoughton. G U N N , W I L L I A M , AND M R S . W I L L I A M G U N N

1936 William Patten (1861-1932). Proceedings of the American Acatkmy of Arts and Sciences 70:566-568.

1924 Heralds of the dawn: Early converts in the New Hebrides. London: Hodder and Stoughton.

GOODALE, GEORGE LINCOLN

GUNSON, N I E L

1912 Biographical memoir of Alexander Agassiz 1835-1910. In Biographical Memoirs, 7:289-305. Washington, D.C.: National Academy of Sciences.

1988 Francis Hume Lyall Paton. Australian nary of biography, 1891-1939, 11:159-160.

GOODALL, N O R M A N

1915 Der Krieg in den Deutschen Schutzgebieten. Dritte Mitteilungen: Besitzungen in der Südsee. DKB 26:130-154.

1954 A history of the London Missionary Society 1895— 1945. London: Oxford University Press.

268

dictio-

HABER, E.

Bibliography HADDON, ALFRED CORT

1920 Introduction. In Unexplored New Guinea, W. N. Beaver, 7—9- London: Seeley, Service. 1934 Preface. In Malekula: Vanishing people in the New Hebrides, A. B. Deacon (ed. C. H. Wedgwood), xiii-xxix. London: George Routledge and Sons. HAGEN, BERNHARD

1899 Unter den Papua's: Beobachtungen und Studien über Land und Leute, Thier- und Planzenweit in KaiserWilhelmsland. Wiesbaden: C. W. Kreidel's Verlag. HAGSPIEL, BRUNO

1926 In New Guinea. Vol. 3: Along the mission trail. Techny, 111.: Mission Press, Society of the Divine Word. HAHL, ALBERT

1907 Eine Reise nach Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. DKB 18:200-205. 1912 Über die Entwickelung von Neuguinea. Jahrbuch über die deutschen Kolonien 5 : 1 6 0 - 1 8 0 . 1920 Achtzehn Jahre in Deutsch-Neuguinea. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin 5 5 : 1 2 - 2 4 . 1936 Deutsch-Neuguinea: Koloniale Fragen im Dritten Reich. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer. 1937 Gouverneursjahre in Neuguinea. Berlin: Frundsberg Verlag Föllmer & Esser. 1980 Governor in New Guinea. Ed. P. G. Sack and D. Clark. Canberra: Australian National University Press. HALL, MARY

1907 A woman's trek from the Cape to Cairo. London: Methuen. 1914 A woman in the antipodes and in the Far East. London: Methuen. HAMERS, N .

1911 Het koppensnellen op Nederlandsch NieuwGuinea. Annalen van Onze hieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart 29:244. 1912 De Marindneezen van Okaba en de beschaving. Annalen van Onze hieve Vrouw van het Heilig Hart 30:72. HAMBLY, W I L F R I D D .

1940a Craniometry of New Guinea. Fieldiana: Anthropological Series 25(3):81-290. 1946 Craniometry of Ambrym Island. Fieldiana: Anthropological Series 37(1): 1—150.

1911b Notes on a model canoe from Mangaia, Cook Group. Dominion Museum Bull. 3 : 9 9 - 1 0 1 . 191 lc Rough notes on Mangaia "peace" or ceremonial axes, and slings. Dominion Museum Bull. 3:102—103. 191 Id Notes on a carved Maori burial-chest found near Hokianga, New Zealand. Dominion Museum Bull. 3: 110-112. H A N S T E I N , O T F R I D VON

1934 Anker auf!: Wie der Allgäuer Bauernspross Karl Nauer Seefahrer, Südseepionier und hloydkapitän wurde. Königsbrück (Bez. Dresden): Drei Quellen-Verlag. H A R R I S S O N , TOM

1937 Knopf.

Savage civilization. New York: Alfred A.

H A R T , M I C K E Y , AND F R E D R I C L I E B E R M A N , W I T H D . A . SONNEBORN

1991 Planet drum: A celebration ofpercussion and rhythm. San Francisco: Harper Collins. H A S S E L T , F. J . F. VAN

1902 Gebruik van vermomde taal door de Nufooren. . . . Tijdschrift voor de Taal-, hand- en Volkenkunde 45:276-281. 1909 Een bezoek aan de Humboldtsbaai. Berichten Utrechtsehe Zendingsvereeniging 22:73—77. 1910 Uit het volksleven van de bewonerws der Humboldtsbaai. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, hand- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-lndie 63:115—123. 1914 De legende van Mansren Mangoendi. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, hand- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandschlndie 6 9 : 9 0 - 1 0 0 . 1921 lets over de Roem Seram en over Nanggi. . . . Tijdschrift voor de Taal-, hand- en Volkenkunde 60:108-114. 1926 In het land van de Papoea's. Utrecht: Kemink & Zoon. 1933 Johannes Lodewijk van Hasselt. Mededeelingen, Tijdschrift voor Zendingswetenschap 7 7 : 1 0 1 - 1 1 5 . 193 5 De Zending op Nederlandsch Nieuw Guinee. In Nieuw Guinee, ed. W. C. Klein, 3 1 7 - 3 5 1 . Amsterdam: J . H. de Bussy for Molukken-Instituut. H A T T E R S L E Y - S M I T H , G E O F F R E Y , ED.

1984 The Norwegian with Scott: Tryggve Gran's Antarctic diary, 1910-1913. Trans. Ellen Johanne McGhie (nee Gran). London: National Maritime Museum. HAYES, ERNEST H .

HAMILTON, AUGUSTUS

1896-1900 The art workmanship of the Maori race in New Zealand. Dunedin: Fergusson and Mitchell. 1898 Proposal for an ethnological bureau for the advancement of the study of the ethnology of the Pacific. Report of the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science 7:834-837. 1908 Fishing and sea-foods of the ancient Maori. Dominion Museum Bull. 2 : 1 - 7 3 . 1911a The Maori Pa at the New Zealand Exhibition. Dominion Museum Bull. 3 : 5 - 1 4 .

1932

Chalmers of Papua. London: Independent Press.

H E D L E Y , CHARLES

1890 List of the mollusca collected by Sir William MacGregor in the Fly River. BNG-AR, 1889-1890:115. 1891 The land molluscan fauna of British New Guinea. Proc. hinn. Soc. NSW 6 : 6 7 - 1 1 6 , 6 8 5 - 6 9 8 . 1895—1897 Stray notes on Papuan ethnology. Proc. hinn. Soc. NSW 10:613-617, 2 2 : 2 8 8 - 2 9 1 . 1896 General account of the atoll of Funafuti. Australian Museum Memoir 3:1—72.

269

Bibliography

1897 The ethnology of Funafuti. Australian Museum. Memoir 3:227-304. 1917 Transport of the coco-nut across the Pacific Ocean. Man 17:12-13.

1912a Report of warden, Kerema, Gulf Division, for 1911-1912. PAR, 1911-1912, 37-38. 1912b Magisterial report, Gulf Division, 19111912. PAR, 1911-1912, 75-82.

HEIDE, H E R M . AUF DER

HERBERT, C . E.

1900 Die Missionsgenossenschaft von Steyl: Ein Bild der ersten 25 Jahre ihres Bestehens. Jubiläumsgabe zum 8. September 1900. Steyl: Verlag der Missionsdrukerei in Steyl.

H E R N S H E I M , EDUARD

HEINROTH, O .

1902 Die erste deutsche Südsee-Expedition von Bruno Mencke. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin 37:583-592. HELD, G . J .

1957 The Papuas ofWaropen. Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, Translation Series, 2. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff. HELLWIG, F. C .

1911 Die Erforschung des Kaiserin-AugustaFlusses in Deutsch-Neuguinea. DKZ 28:424-425. 1927 Tagebuch der Expedition. In Ergebnisse der Südsee-Expedition, 1908-1910, ed. G. Thilenius, Vol. 1: Allgemeines, 41-359. Hamburgische Wissenschaftliche Stiftung. Hamburg: L. Friederichsen. H E L M I C H , HEINRICH

1900 Uber den Einfluss der Schule auf die Mission. DKB 11:642. 1905 Die Behandlung der Eingeborenen durch den Missionar. Berichte der Rheinischen Missionsgesellschaft 62:102107. HEMPENSTALL, PETER J .

1975 The reception of European missions in the German Pacific empire: The New Guinea experience. Journal of Pacific History 10:46-64. 1977 Native resistance and German control policy in the Pacific: The case of Samoa and Ponape. In Germany in the Pacific and Far East, 1870-1914, ed. J . A. Moses and P. M. Kennedy, 209-233. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 1978 Pacific islanders under German rule. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1987 The neglected empire: The superstructure of the colonial state in German New Guinea. In Germans in the tropics: Essays in German colonial history, ed. A. J. Knoll and L. H. Gann, pp. 93-117. New York: Greenwood. HENDERSON, LAURENCE

1911 Magisterial report, Kumusi Division. PAR, 1910-1911,92-96. Islands

HENNELLY, J O H N P,

1908 Annual report, North-Eastern Division. PAR, 1907-1908, 71-75. 1911 Magisterial report, Gulf Division, 1910— 1911 -PAR, 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 6 8 - 7 4 .

270

1888a Die Neu Guinea Kompagnie in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Hamburg: Verlagsanstalt und Druckerei. 1888b Die Neu Guinea Kompagnie im BismarckArchipel. Hamburg: Verlagsanstalt und Druckerei. 1901 Zur Arbeiterfrage in den deutschen SüdseeKolonien. DKZ 18:343-344. 1904 Der Pierbau des Norddeutschen Lloyd in Simpsonhafen. DKZ 21:467-468. 1983 South Sea merchant. Ed. and trans. Peter G. Sack and Dymphna Clark. Port Moresby: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies. H E R N S H E I M , FRANZ

1880 Beitrag zur Sprache der Marshall-lnseln. Leipzig: R. Thiel. 1883 Südsee-Erinnerungen (1875-1880). Berlin: A. Hofmann. HERTZER, A .

1894 Gesundheitsverhältnisse: Bericht aus Friedrich-Wilhelmshafen. DKB 5:132. 1897 Zur Ermordung des Landeshauptmanns v. Hagen. DKB 8:664. H E S S E - W A R T E G G , ERNST VON

1902 Samoa, Bismarckarchipel und Neuguinea: deutsche Kolonien in der Südsee. Leipzig: J. J. Weber.

Drei

HEWAT, ELIZABETH G . K .

I960 Vision and achievement, 1796-1956: A history of the foreign missions of the churches united in the Church of Scotland. London: Thomas Nelson and Sons. HEYDRICH, M .

1954 Richard Thurnwald. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie 6:664-666. HILLIARD, DAVID

1978 God's gentlemen: A history of the Melanesian Mission, 1849-1942. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. HINSLEY, CURTIS M .

HENLEY, THOMAS

1927 New Guinea and Australia's Pacific Mandate. Sydney: John Sands.

1911 Report by Mr. Justice Herbert on the search for the Kikori expedition. PAR, 1910-1911, 171-177.

1985 From shell-heaps to stelae: Early anthropology at the Peabody Museum. In History of Anthropology, vol. 3: Objects and Others: Essays on Museums and Material Culture, ed. G. W. Stocking, Jr., 4 9 - 7 4 . Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. HOCART, A . M .

1914

Mana. Man 14:87-101.

Bibliography 1915 [Review of) The history of Melanesian society, by W. H . R. Rivers. Man 15:89-93. 1917-18 Fijian and other demonstratives. Anthropos 1 2 - 1 3 : 8 7 1 - 8 9 0 . 1922 The cult of the dead in Eddystone of the Solomons. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 5 2 : 7 1 112, 2 5 9 - 3 0 5 , 1929 The Lau Islands, Fiji. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin, no, 62. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Museum. 1952 The northern states of Fiji, Ed. Lord Raglan. Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, Occasional Publication, no. 11. London; Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. HOERNES, MORITZ

1898 Urgeschichte der bildenden Kunst in Europa van den Anfängen bis um 500 v. Chr. Wien: A. Holzhausen. 1903 Der diluviale Mensch in Europa: Die Kulturstufen der älteren Steinzeit. Braunschweig: F. Vieweg und Sohn. HOLMES, J , H .

1924 In primitive New Guinea: An account of a quarter of a century spent amongst the primitive Ipi and Namau groups of tribes of the Gulf of Papua. N e w York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. 1926 Way back in Papua. London: George Allen and Unwin. HÖLTKER, GEORG

1940-1941 Vertreute ethnographische Notizen über Neuguinea: Eine Art Regenstensammlung aus dem "Steyler Missionsbote" 1 8 9 5 - 1 9 4 1 . Anthropos 3 5 - 3 6 : 1-67.

1910a Verordeningen aangaande de Adat der inlandsche Christenen op het Eiland Halmahera: Zooals die vastgesteld zijn door de Christen-Hoofden en Oudsten der districten Tobèlo, Galéla, Kau, Sidangoli en Loda. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Wolkenkunde van Nederlandsch-lndie 63:33-92. 1910b Woordverwisseling bij besmettelijke ziekten onder de Tobèloreezen. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Wolkenkunde van Nederlandsch-lndie 6 3 : 1 0 9 - 1 1 0 . 1918 H e t verband tusschen godsdienst en regeering bij de inlanders op Boeroe. Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsch Zendeling-genootschap 62:261—275. 1921—1922 De Tobeloreezen in hun denken en doen. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Wolkenkunde van Nederlandsch-lndie 7 7 : 2 1 7 - 3 5 8 ; 7 8 : 1 3 7 - 3 4 2 . 1928—1930 Geschiedenis der zending op het eiland Halmahera. Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsch Zendelinggenootschap 7 2 : 1 - 2 4 , 9 7 - 1 2 8 , 1 9 3 - 2 1 4 ; 7 3 : 1 - 3 1 , 9 7 - 1 2 6 , 289-320; 74:1-32, 97-128, 193-234. 1936 Over het huwelijk in het leven der bevolking in het district Waesama (Boeroe). Mensch en Maatschappij

12:102-121. 1937-1941 Geschiedenis der zending op Boeroe. Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsch Zendeling-genootschap 81:81-106, 161-176, 416-427; 82:117-125, 212-224; 83:20-30, 103-115; 84:393-422, 441-516. 1938 De zending op Boeroe. De Indische Gids 60:269-273. H U N T , A . E.

1901 The N e w Guinea tragedy: The story of the government expedition. Chronicle LMS 10:188-189.

HOOTON, E. A .

HUNT, ATLEE

1936 Roland Burrage Dixon (187 5-1934), Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences 7 0 : 5 2 5 - 5 2 7 .

1905 Report on British New Guinea by the secretary, Department of External Affairs. Commonwealth Parliamentary Papers for 1905 2 : 1 6 9 - 1 9 6 .

HOWITT, A , W , AND LORIMER FISON

1885 O n the Derne and the Horde. Journal of the Anthropological Institute 14:142-169HUBER, MARY TAYLOR

1988 The bishops' progress: A historical ethnography of Catholic missionary experience on the Sepik frontier. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. HUDSON, KENNETH, AND A N N NICHOLLS, EDS.

1975 The directory of world museums. N e w York: Columbia University Press. 1981 The directory of world museums. New York; Facts on File. HUETING, A ,

1905 H e t district Tobelo op de Oostkust van Halmahera. Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 2 2 : 6 0 4 - 6 2 0 . 1908a lets over de "Ternataansch-Halmaherasche" taal-groep. Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Wolkenkunde van Nederlandsch-lndie 6 0 : 3 6 9 - 4 1 1 . 1908b Tobeloreesch-Hollandsch woordenboek met Hollandsch-Tobeloreesche inhouds opgave. 's-Gravenhage: M. Nijhoff.

IBIS

1918 Obituary: Friedrich Hermann O t t o Finsch. Ibis, 10th ser., 6 : 3 0 4 - 3 0 6 . IDRIESS, ION L.

1939 Gold dust and ashes: The romantic story of the New Guinea goldfields. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. JACOBS, MARJORIE

1951 Bismarck and the annexation of N e w Guinea. Historical Studies, Australia and New Zealand 5:14—26. 1972a German New Guinea. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 4 8 5 ^ 9 8 . Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua N e w Guinea. 1972b Albert Hahl. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 5 1 6 - 5 1 7 . Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. JACOMB, EDWARD

1919 The future of the Kanaka. Westminster: P. S. King and Son.

271

Bibliography

KEESING, ROGER M . , AND PETER CORRIS

J A M E S , A . T. S .

1923 Twenty-five years of the L.M.S., London: London Missionary Society.

1895-1920.

197 3 Readings in New Guinea history. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. JOHNS, R . K.

1976 History and role of government geological surveys in Australia. Adelaide: A. B. James, Government Printer. J O H N G . PATON MISSION FUND

1921 Maurice Frater, missionary from the savage Seas. Bournemouth: John G. Paton Mission Fund.

South

JOHNSON, M A R T I N

1922 Cannibal-land: Adventures with a camera in the New Hebrides. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. JOHNSTON, H . L. C .

1921 Vocabularies, Kikori station, Delta Division. PAR, 1 9 2 0 - 1 9 2 1 , 1 1 9 - 1 2 0 , 124. 1923 Vocabularies, Kikori station, Delta Division. PAR, 1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 2 , 166. JOURNAL OF THE POLYNESIAN SOCIETY

Obituary James Bdge-Fatungton. Society 40:247.

Journal

of

JOYCE, R . B .

1969 W i l l i a m MacGregor: The role of the individual. In The history of Melanesia: Second Waigani Seminar, 3 3 - 4 4 . Canberra: University of Papua New Guinea and Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. 1971 Sir William MacGregor. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 1972a Exploration. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 3 8 5 - 3 8 9 - Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972b W i l l i a m MacGregor. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 664—665. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1974 Sir W i l l i a m MacGregor. Australian dictionary of biography, 1851-1890, 5:158-160. KAEPPLER, ADRIENNE L .

1963 Baessler-Archiv

Papuan Gulf masks from the village of Muru. 11:361-373.

KANTZENBACH, FRIEDRICH W I L H E L M

1977 11:568.

Christian Keysser. Neue Deutsche

Biographie

KAUFMANN, CHRISTIAN

1991 Felix Speiser, ethnologist. In Ethnology of Vanuatu: An early twentieth century study, F. Speiser, trans. D. Q. Stephenson, 4 1 1 - 4 1 5 . Bathurst, N S W : Crawford House Press.

272

Malaita

KETTLE, ELLEN

J I N K S , B . ; P. BISKUP; AND H . NELSON, EDS.

1931 the Polynesian

1980 Lightning meets the west wind: The massacre. Melbourne: Oxford University Press.

1979

That they might live. Sydney: F. P. Leonard.

KEYSSER, CHRISTIAN

1911 Aus dem Leben der Kaileute. In Deutsch-NeuGuinea, R. Neuhauss, 3 : 3 - 2 4 2 . Berlin: Dietrich Reimer. 1912 Vom Sattelberg zum Markham. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 4 4 : 5 5 8 - 5 8 4 . 1913 Die erste Ersteigung der östlichen Gipfel des Finisterregebirges (Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land). Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen 59(pt. 2):177—181, taf. 3 2 - 3 4 . 1924 Mission work among primitive peoples in New Guinea. International Review of Missions 13:426^435. 1925 Wörterbuch der Kate-Sprache, gesprochen in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift für Eingborenen-Sprachen, no. 7. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen). 1966 "Das bin bloss ich": Lebenserinnerungen. Aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben und mit einem Nachwort vesehen von Wilhelm Fugmann. Ed. W. Fugmann. Neuendettelsau: Freimund-Verlag. 1980 A people reborn. Trans. Alfred Allin and John Kuder. Pasadena, Calif.: W i l l i a m Carey Library. KILGOUR, R .

1935 The Bible in the Netherlands Indies. In The Netherlands Indies, ed. J . Rauws, H. Kraemer, F. J . F. van Hasselt, and N. A. C. Slotemaker de Brui'ne, 1 7 1 - 1 7 6 . London: World Dominion Press. KING, AGNES GARDNER

1920

Islands far away. London: Sifton, Praed.

KING, RICHARD

1983 1891-1939,

Henry King. Australian 9:595-596.

dictionary

of

biography,

KIRSCHBAUM, FRANZ

1910 Klassifikation und Name des Stammes der "Malol," Berlinhafen-Bezirk, Deutsch Neuguinea. Anthropos 5:251. 1921—1922 Sprachen- und Kulturgruppierungen in Deutsch-Neuguinea. Anthropos 1 6 - 1 7 : 1 0 5 2 - 1 0 5 3 . 1926 Miscellanea aus Neuguinea. Anthropos 21:274-277. 1927 Ein neuentdeckter Zwergstamm auf NeuGuinea. Anthropos 2 2 : 2 0 2 - 2 1 5 . 1934a Distribution of languages and cultures in northern New Guinea. In Congres international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques: Compte-rendu de la premiere session London 1934, 1 8 7 - 1 8 8 . London: Royal Anthropological Institute. 1934b Neuguinea auf dem Internationalen Anthropologen- und Ethnologen-Kongress in London, 1934. Anthropos 2 9 : 8 1 7 - 8 1 8 . 1936 Pygmies of Ramu-river, N.G. Pacific Islands Monthly 7(4):31. 1937 Zur Erforschung der Ramu-Pygmäen (Neuguinea). Anthropos 3 2 : 6 6 1 - 6 6 2 .

Bibliography

1938 Über Zahlensysteme im Zentralgebirge von Neuguinea. Antbropos 33:278-279KLEIN, W . C . , ED.

1935-1938 Nieuw Guinee. 3 vols. Amsterdam: J . H. de Bussy for Molukken-Instituut. KLEINER H E R Z - J E S U BOTE

1901—1902 Brief mission news items from Kaiser Wilhelmsland (German New Guinea): Kleiner Herz-Jesu Bote, vol. 29. Trans. Fr. J. J. Tschauder in 1983. Copy of translation in the archives of the Diocese of Aitape, St. Anna, Aitape, West Sepik Province, Papua New Guinea. (Later title Steyler Missionsbote.) KLEINTITSCHEN, AUGUST

1901 Bericht aus Vunapope über die Erfolge und Aussichten der Missionsthätigkeit im Bismarck-Archipel. DKB 12:562-563. 1904a Ausbreitung der Mission auf der GazelleHalbinsel. DKB 15:169. 1904b Die Katechetenschule in Vuna Pope (Bismarck-Archipel). DKB 15:293-294. 1906 Die Küstenbewohner der Gazelle-balbinsel (Neupommern—deutsche Südsee): Ihre Sitten und Gebräuche. Hiltrup bei Münster: Herz-Jesu-Missionshaus. 1924 Mythen und Erzählungen eines Melanesierstammes aus Paparatava, Neupommern, Südsee. Anthropos-ethnologische Bibliothek, vol. 2(4). Müding bei Wien: Anthropos Administration. KLUG, DR.

1913 Bericht über die Witu-Inseln. Amtsblatt 5:272-274, 278-281. 1914a Die Witu-Inseln. Amtsblatt 6 : 4 7 ^ 8 . 1914b Eine Durchquerung Neu-Pommems. Amtsblatt 6:125-132. 1914c Die Witu-Inseln. DKB 25:93-97. KNAPMAN, CLAUDIA

1986 White women in Fiji, 1835—1930: The ruin of empire? Sydney: Allen and Unwin. KNIBBS, S. G . C .

1929 The savage Solomons as they were and are. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott. KÖDDING, (PASTOR)

1910 Die Evangelische Mission in KaiserWilhelmsland (Neuguinea). Evangelisches Missions-Magazine 54:12-22, 59-67. KOEHNE, PETER D .

1983 Justification, the ministry, and the Keysser method. Lutheran Theological Journal 17:103-114. K R A I J E R VAN AALST, H .

1907 Op dienstreis. Nederlandsch Zendingsbode 18:321-324. 1915 De zending der Indische kerk op Ceram. Nederlandsch Zendingsbode 26:281—288. 1916a Alfoeren-leed. Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsch Zendeling-genootschap 60:121—132.

1916b Mijne Reizen op Seran. Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 33:340—342. 1918 Van doorbrekend licht. Nederlandsch Zendingsbode 29:13-15, 28-30, 41-43, 61-63, 74-77, 9 0 - 9 3 , 1 0 8 110, 121-123. 1920 Van wee en van vree: Twee schetsen uit het leven der Alfoeren op Ceram. Den Haag: Zendingsstudieraad. 1926 Van Seram, voorheen en thans. De Zendingsbode 1:9-15. K R A I J E R VAN AALST-VAN AALST, D .

1911 Het Kakeanfeest: "festa boenga-boenga." Eigen Haard 37:228-232. K R Ä M E R , AUGUSTIN

1917 ungen 63:26.

Otto Finsch. Petermanns Geographische

Mitteil-

KRAUSE, FRITZ

1928 Den Andenken Karl Weules. Gedäachtnisschrift für den verstorbenen Direktor de Museums Professor Dr. Karl Weult. Jahrbuch Leipzig 1922-1925, 9:7-34. KRIEGER, H E R B E R T W .

1943 Island peoples of the western Pacific: Micronesia and Melanesia. Smithsonian Institution War Background Studies, no. 16. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution. KRIELE, E.

1908 Die beginnende Freudenernte der Rheinischen Mission auf Neu-Guinea. Allgemeine MissionsZeitschrift 35:26-41. 1914 Samoanische Gehilfen in Deutsch-Neuguinea. Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift (Supplement) 4 l ( l ) : l - 8 . KROEBER, ALFRED L .

1944 Roland Burrage Dixon. Diet. amer. biog. Supp. 1, 21:252-253. 1956 The place of Boas in anthropology. American Anthropologist 58:151-159. KUNITZ, STANLEY J . , AND HOWARD HAYCRAFT, EDS.

1938 American authors, 1600-1900: A biographical dictionary of American literature. New York: H. W. Wilson. K U P E R , ADAM

1988 The invention of primitive society: of an illusion. London: Routledge.

Transformations

LACEY, R . J .

1972a Charles William Abel. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 1-2. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972b James Chalmers. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 151-152. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. LAMBERT, S . M .

1941 Brown.

A Yankee doctor in paradise. Boston: Little,

273

Bibliography

LANDTMAN, G U N N A R

1927 The Kiwai Papuans of British New Guinea. London: Macmillan. LANGMORE, D I A N E

1974 Tamate—a king: James Chalmers in New Guinea, 1877-1901. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. 1978 James Chalmers: Missionary. In Papua New Guinea portraits: The expatriate experience, ed. James Griffin, 1 - 2 7 . Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1989 Missionary lives: Papua, 1874-1914. Pacific Islands Monograph Series, no. 6. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press. LANGRIDGE, A . K .

1922 Won by blood: The story ofErromanga, the martyr isle. London: James Clarke. LARACY, H U G H

1972 Marquis de Rays. In Encyclopedia ofPdpua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 1 0 0 0 - 1 0 0 1 . Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. LAWES, W . G .

1901 Back to N e w Guinea: Interview with the Rev. W. G. Lawes, D.D. Chronicle LMS 10:265-266.

LEHNER, STEFAN, AND J O H A N N RUPPERT

1910

Letter. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt

\9\0:2-A.

LEMIRE, C H .

1884 Voyage a pied en Nouvelle-Calédonie et description des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Paris: Challamel Ainé. LENNOX, CUTHBERT

1902 James Chalmers of New Guinea: Missionary pioneer, martyr. London: Andrew Melrose. LEONARD, A N N E , AND J O H N TERRELL

1980 Patterns ofparadise: The styles and significance of bark cloth around the world. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History. LETT, LEWIS

1935

Knights errant of Papua. Edinburgh: W. Black-

Wood. 1938 The official handbook of PapUa. 5th ed. Port Moresby: W. A. Bock, Government Printer. 1943 Papuan gold: The story of the early gold seekers. London: Angus and Robertson. 1944 Papua: Its people and its promise—-past and future. Melbourne: F. W. Cheshire. 1945 The Papuan achievement. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. 1946 Savage tales. Melbourne: F. W. Cheshire. 1949 Sir Hubert Murray of Papua. London: Collins.

LAWRENCE, PETER

1964 Road belong cargo: A study of the cargo movement in the southern Madang district, New Guinea. Manchester: University Press. LAWRENCE, WILLIAM N .

1909 London mission report for the year ending 30th June, 1 9 0 9 - P A R , 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 0 9 , 1 0 9 - 1 1 0 . LAWSON, BARBARA

1994 Collected curios: Missionary tales from the South Seas. Fontanus Monograph Series, 3. Montreal: McGill University Libraries. LAZARUS, SAMUEL

1912 The Fijian society (comparison of Fijian with the Gwari of the Sudan). Trans. Fijian Society 1911. 1914 Masi making. Trans. Fijian Society 1912— 1913. LEGGE, J . D .

1956 Australia's colonial Policy: A survey of native administration and European development in Papua. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. 1958 Britain in Fiji, 1858-1880. London: Macmillan. L E H N E R , STEFAN

1903 Mitteilungen aus Deinzerhöhe über Abendandachten. DKB 14:648. 1904 Von dem Stande der Missionsarbeit in NeuGuinea. DKB 15:330. 1911 Bukaua. In Deutsch-Neu-Guinea, R. Neuhauss, 3:397-485. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.

274

LEWIS, ALBERT BUELL

1922 N e w Guinea masks. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, no. 4. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History. 1923 The use of sago in N e w Guinea. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, no. 10. Chicago: Field Museum of N a t u ral History. 1924a Use of tobacco in N e w Guinea and neighboring regions. Department of Anthropology Leaflet, Ho. 17. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History. 1925 Decorative art of New Guinea: Incised designs. Anthropology Design Series, no. 4. Chicago: Field Musetim of Natural History. 1929 Melanesian shell money in Field Museum's collections. Fieldiana, Anthropological Series, 19- F M N H Publication 268. Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History. 1931a CarVed and painted designs from New Guinea. Anthropology Design Series, no. 5. Chicago: Field Museurii of Natural History. 1932a Ethnology of Melanesia. Department of Anthropology Guide, Part 5, Joseph N . Field Hall (Hall A. Ground floor). Chicago: Field Museum of Natural History. 1945 The Melanesians: People of the South Pacific. 2d printing (with additions and corrections). Ed. W. D. Hambly. Chicago: Chicago Natural History Museum. 1951 The Melanesians: People of the South Pacific. 3d printing (with additions and corrections). Ed. W. D. H a m bly. Chicago: Chicago Natural History Museum. 1973 Decorative art of New Guinea. N e w York: Dover. [An unabridged republication of two booklets originally published by the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, as nos. 4 and 5, respectively, in the Anthropology Design series.)

Bibliography LINNEAN SOCIETY OF N E W SOUTH WALES

1936 Charles Hedley (1862-1926). Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW 61 ¡209-220. LINTON, RALPH, AND PAUL S. WINGERT

1946 Modern Art,

Arts of the South Seas. New York: Museum of

LITTLEj WILLIAM J .

1911 Expedition by the Honorable W. J. Little, from the Kikori River to the Purari. PAR, 1910-1911, 202-203. 1919 Kemp*Welch government plantation. PAR, 1917-1918,43. LOESÜNER, T H .

1926 Rudolf Schlechters Leben und Wirken. Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-Dahlem S>(S9):912-958. LONERGAN, DAVID

1991 Frederick Webb Hodge. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 293-295, New York: Garland. LOVETT, R .

1902 jdtnes Chalmers; His autobiography and letters. London; Religious Tract Society. LÖWIE, ROBERT H .

1937 The history of ethnological theory. New York: Fatter and Rinehart. 1954 Richard Thurnwald, 1869-1954. American Anthropologist 56:863-867, LUKE, SIR HARRY

1945 From a South Seas diary, 1938-1942. Nicholson and Watson,

London:

LUTTON, NANCY

1979 Charles William Abel. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 7:5-6. LÜXTON, CLARENCE THOMAS JAMES

1955 Isles of Solomon: A tale of missionary adventure. Auckland; Methodist Foreign Missionary Society of New Zealand, LYNG, JENS

1919 Publishing,

Our new possession. Melbourne: Melbourne

LYÖNS, A , P.

1922 Report of an expedition to the upper Fly River for the purpose of inquiring into the alleged murders of ä party of bird hunters consisting of Dreschsler, Bell, and others; conducted by the resident magistrate, Western Division, PAR, 1920-1921, 112-124.

Division, Papua. Manuscript in the archives of the Anthropology Division, Australian Museum, Sydney. 1938 The quest of the golden Fly: A strange adventure in the heart of savage Papua. London: Quality Press. MACGREGOR, WILLIAM

1890 The Fly River, New Guinea. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society (London), n.s., 12:352-355. 1895 British New Guinea. Scottish Geographical Magazine 11:161-180. 1897 British New Guinea: Country and people. London: John Murray. 1922 Disease and its treatment. In Essays on the depopulation of Melanesia, ed. W. H. R. Rivers, 78-83. Cambridge: University Press. MACKELLAR, C. D .

1912 Scented isles and coral gardens: Torres Straits, German New Guinea, and the Dutch East Indies. London: John Murray. MACKENZIE, S. S.

1940 The Australians at Rabaul: The capture and administration of the German possessions in the southern Pacific. Vol. 10 of The official history of Australia in the War of 19141918. Sydney: Angus and Robertson. MAILÄNDER, KARL

1908 Letters. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1908: 1-4,4-5. 1910 Letters. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1910:35-36,49-51. MAILÄNDER, KARL, AND GEORG STÜRZENHOFECKER

1905 19-21.

Letter. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1905:

MAIR, L. P.

1970 Australia in New Guinea. 2d ed. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. MALINOWSKI, BRONISLAW

1929 The sexual life of savages in north-western Melanesia. Complete in one volume. New York: Halcyon House. 1967 A diary in the strict sense of the term. Ed. R. Firth. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. MANDER, LINDEN A .

1954 Some dependent peoples of the South Pacific. New York: Macmillan. MANES, ALFRED

1911 Ins Land der sozialen Wunder: Eine Studienfahrt durch Japan und die Südsee nach Australien und Neuseeland. Berlin: E. S. Mittler & Sohn. MARCHTALER, HILDEGARD V.

1968 674-675.

Hernsheim. Neue Deusche Biographie 8:

MACDONELI., S. G ,

1920 Short account of an expedition to the Delta Division of Papua, British New Guinea, compiled by S. G, MacDonell, leader and organiser, late of Orokolo, Gulf

MARSHALL, J . A .

1938 The men and birds ofparadise: Journeys through equatorial New Guinea. London: William Heinemann.

275

Bibliography

MARTIN, JOSIAH

1894 The camera in New Zealand: The Tangi of Tawhiao—a photographer's field day. Sharland's Trade Journal, 8 Oct., 79-80. Auckland Institute and Museum, Reference File no. 485. 1898 Suva, the capital of Fiji. Missionary Rev. 8(10):9. Reprinted from Auckland Monthly Record. MASSEY BAKER, G . H .

1911 Report by Mr. Massey-Baker on his trip up the Fly and Strickland rivers in search of the Kikori expedition. PAR, 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 , 1 8 7 - 1 9 4 . 1912 Report of Kikori-Purari coal expedition, by Mr. Massy-Baker [sic], A.R.M. PAR, 1911-1912, 182-188. 1916 Annual report on the affairs of the Gulf Division, 1914-1915. PAR, 1914-1915, 68-75. MATCHES, MARGARET

1931

Savage paradise. New York: Century.

MCCARTHY, J . K .

1972 Patrol into yesterday: My New Guinea years. 2d ed. Melbourne: Cheshire (for Robert Brown and Associates, Port Moresby).

1913 Die Zauberei bei den Küstenbewohnern der Gazelle-Halbinsel, Neupommern, Südsee. Anthropos 8:1-11, 285-305,688-713. 1929 Adoption among the Gunantuna. Publications of the Catholic Anthropological Conference 1(1): 1—98. M E L K - K O C H , MARION

1989 Auf der Suche nach der menschlichen Gesellschaft: Richard Thurnwald. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. M E N N E L L , PHILIP

1892 The dictionary of Australasian biography. London: Hutchinson. MERTON, HUGO

1910 Forschungsreise in den Südöstlichen Molukken {Arn- und Kei-lnseln). Frankfurt: Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. M E U L I , KARL

1950 Felix Speiser (20. Oktober 1880-19. September 1949). Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel 61:1-12. MEUSLAHN, J A N E , COMP.

M C D O N A L D , D . , AND A . C . LUMLEY

1912 Rough sketch of Vailala River. PAR, 19111912, map 1.

1936 19:122-132.

Schriften von Georg Friederici. Baessler-Archiv

MEYER, A . B . , AND R . PARKINSON M C L I N T O C K , A . H . , ED.

1966 An encyclopaedia of New Zealand. Wellington: R. E. Owen, Government Printer. M E A D , MARGARET

1964 Weaver of the border. In In the company of man: Twenty portraits of anthropological informants, ed. J. B. Casagrande, 175-210. Harper Torchbook. New York: Harper and Row. MEARES, CECIL H .

1909 Mr. J. W. Brooke's journeys in western SzeChuan. GeographicalJournal 34:614—618. MEIER, HANS

1894 Markart. 1900

Album von Papuatypen. Dresden: Stengel und Album von Papuatypen. Vol. 2. Dresden: Stengel.

MEYER, H A N S , ED.

Das Deutsche Kolonialreich: Eine Landerkunde 1910 der deutschen Schutzgebiete. 2 vols. Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut. MICHELSEN, OSCAR

1893? Cannibals won for Christ: A story of missionary perils and triumphs in Tongoa, New Hebrides. London: Morgan and Scott. 1934 Misi. London: Marshall, Morgan and Scott.

1904 Bei den rheinischen Missionaren in Astrolabebai. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1904:73-76. 1911a Bericht über eine von Simbang aus unternommene Inlandexpedition. Amtsblatt 3:130-135. 1911b Bericht über eine von Simbang aus unternommene Inlandexpedition. DKB 22:629-635.

1958 Charles I, emperor of Oceania. In Rascals in paradise, J. A. Michner and A. G. Day, 39-64. New York: Bantam.

M E I E R , JOSEF

1950 Review: Sir Hubert Murray of Papua, by Lewis Lett. South Pacific 4 ( 8 ) : l 4 8 - l 4 9 .

1904 Ein Maskentanz bei den Bainingern von Wuna-Galip. DKB 15:367-368. 1907 Primitiv Völker und "Paradies"-Zustand. Mit besonderer Berüucksichtigung der früheren Verhältnisse beim Ost-stamm der Gazellehalbinsel im Bismarck-Archipel (Neu-Pommem). Anthropos 2:374-386. 1909 Mythen und Erzählungen der Küstenbewohner der Gazelle-Halbinsel (Neu-Pommern). Anthropos-Bibliothek, vol. 1(1). Münster: Aschendorff'sche Buchhandlund. 1911 Steinbilder des Iniet-Geheimbundes bei den Eingebornen des nordöstlichen Teiles der Gazelle-Halbinsel, Neupommern (Südsee). Anthropos 6:837-867.

276

M I C H N E R , JAMES A . , AND A . GROVE DAY

MILES, J . A .

MILLAR, DAVID P.

1981 Charles Kerry's Federation Australia. Sydney: David Ell Press. MILLER, R . S.

197 5 Misi Gete, John Geddie: Pioneer missionary to the New Hebrides. Launceston: Presbyterian Church of Tasmania. MINGAYE, J O H N C . H .

1912 Copy of a report on the sample of petroleum collected by Mr. J. E. Carne on the Vailala River, by Mr. J, C.

Bibliography

H. Mingaye, of the Geological Survey Department, New South Wales. PAR, 1911-1912, 180. MISSIONARY R E C O R D O F T H E U N I T E D F R E E C H U R C H O F

1912b Papua or British New Guinea. London: T. Fisher Unwin. 1925 Papua of today. London: P. S. King and Son.

SCOTLAND

MURRAY, S T E P H E N O .

1903 Our foreign missions—New Hebrides: The meeting of synod. MR-UFC Scotland 3 ( 3 4 ) : 4 6 2 ^ 6 3 .

1991 Roland B. Dixon. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 149-150. New York: Garland.

MISSIONARY R E S E A R C H LIBRARY

1968 Dictionary catalog of the Missionary Research Library, New York. Boston: G. K. Hall. MISSIONARY R E V I E W

1901

ll(2):7-9.

The late Rev. James Chalmers. Missionary Rev.

1902 Farewell to Rev. W. J . and Mrs. Chambers. Missionary Rev. 11(9):2. M O N C K T O N , CHARLES A R T H U R W H I T M O R E

1921 Some experiences of a New Guinea resident magistrate. London: John Lane. Last days in New Guinea: Being further experi1922 ences of a New Guinea resident magistrate. London: John Lane. MONTGOMERY, H E N R Y H .

1896 The light of Melanesia: A record of thirty-five years mission work in the South Seas. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. MORGAN, LEWIS H E N R Y

1871 Systems of consanguinity and affinity of human family. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 218. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institute. 1877 Ancient society: Researches in the lines of human progress from savagery through barbarism to civilization. New York: Holt. M O R R E L L , W . P.

I960 Britain in the Pacific islands. London: Oxford University Press. MOSES, INGRID

1977 The extension of colonial rule in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. In Germany in the Pacific and Far East, 18701914, ed. J . A. Moses and P. M. Kennedy, 288-312. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. MÜLMANN, WILHELM

1939 Richard Thurnwald zum 70. Geburtstage. Archiv für Anthropologie 25:65—70 and photograph. MULVANEY, D . J .

1991 Baldwin Spencer. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 653-654. New York: Garland. MURRAY, J O H N

1911 Alexander Agassiz: His life and scientific work. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard 44:139-158.

N A I R N E , W . P.

1913 Greatheart of Papua (James Chalmers). London: Oxford University Press. NEEDHAM, RODNEY

1970 Editor's introduction. In Kings and councillors, A. M. Hocart. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1979 A. M. Hocart. International encyclopedia of the social sciences 18:305—307. NELSON, HANK

1976 Black, white, and gold: Goldmining in Papua New Guinea, 1878—1930. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1981 John Hubert Plunkett Murray. Historical dictionary of Oceania, ed. R. D. Craig and F. P. King, 198-199Westport, Conn.: Greenwood. 1986 Sir John Hubert Plunkett Murray. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 10:645-648. N E U H A U S S , RICHARD

1909 Brief des Herrn R. Neuhauss aus NeuGuinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 41:751-753, 962-963. 1910 Ueber seine Reisen in Deutsch-Neu-Guinea 1908/1910. Verhandlungen des Deutschen Kolonialkongresses, 1910, 4:106-109. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen). 1911a Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. 3 vols. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer. 1911b Die 25jährige Tätigkeit der Neuendettelsauer Mission in Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Koloniale Rundschau 6:223-230. 1911c Ueber die Pygmäen in Deutsch-Neuguinea und über das Haar der Papua. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 43:280-287. 191 ld Vortrag über seine von 1908-1910 ausgeführt Reise nach Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 43:130-132. 1911 e Wirtschaftliches aus Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Koloniale Rundschau 6:348—358. 1914 Unsere Kolonie Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Berlin: Dunker. N E W ZEALAND H E R A L D

1907 Obituary: The late Mr. T. Cheeseman. New Zealand Herald, 26 Sep. Auckland Institute and Museum, reference file no. 500. NEWELL, JAMES E .

1902 Reminiscences of a communion service on the John Williams. Chronicle LMS, n.s., 11:106-107.

MURRAY, J . H . P.

N E W T O N , DOUGLAS

1912a Lieutenant-governor's visits of inspection. PAR, 1911-1912, 16-22.

1961 Art styles of the Papuan Gulf. New York: Museum for Primitive Art.

277

Bibliography O E R T E L , F., AND STEFAN LEHNER

NEWTON, HENRY

1914

In far New Guinea. London: Seeley Service.

N I A U , JOSEPHINE HYACINTHE

1936 Robertson.

The phantom paradise. Sydney: Angus and

1921 ? Sowing and reaping among the Azeras. New Guinea for Christ, no. 3. Iowa: Mission Auxiliary with Foreign Mission Board of the Evangelical Lutheran Synod of Iowa. OFFICIAL TOURIST B U R E A U , W E L T V R E D E N

1922

N I C H O L L S , GEORGE H .

I9II Magisterial report, Mambare Division. PAR, I 9 I O - I 9 I I , 137-141. NICHOLSON, J . T.

I956 Letter. In Un siècle et demi de contacts culturels à Tanna, Jean Guiart, 4 0 3 ^ 0 6 . Paris: Musée de l'Homme. NICHOLSON, R . C .

1924 The son of a savage: The story of Daniel London: Epworth.

Buia.

NIEUWENHUIS, A . W .

I9I9-I92O

Papoea's IV. Indie 3:162-163.

Come to Java, 1922-23• Batavia: G. Kolff.

OGILVIE, A . H .

1924 42^5.

Ai Yaya ni Viti. Trans. Fijian Society 1924:

OLDÖRP, RUDOLF

1909 Auszug aus einem Berichte des Herrn Oldörp vom 4 Oktober 1909- Amtsblatt 1:155-157, 162. ORCHID REVIEW

1925 1927

Obituary. Orchid Review 33:380. Dr. Rudolf Schlechter. Orchid Review 33:380.

O ' R E I L L Y , PATRICK NOLLEN, H .

1909 Les différentes Classes d'Age dans la Société kaia-kaia, Merauke, Nouvelle Guinée Néerlandaise. Anthropos 4:553-573. N O R D S T R Ö M , A L I S O N DEVINE

I99O Letters to Nina Cummings, 9 Sept. and 15 Oct. Copies in author's files. Nordström, ALISON DEVINE I995 Popular photography of Samoa: Production, dissemination, and use. In Picturing paradise: Colonial photography of Samoa, 1875 to 1925. Exhibition catalog, C. Blanton, ed., 11—40. Daytona Beach, Florida: Daytona Beach Community College. N U O F F E R , OSKAR

1917 Quetschkolben von Berlinhafen (Kaiser Wilhelmsland). Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 15:1-28. O ' B R I E N , FREDERICK

1957 Hébridais: Repertoire bio-bibliographique des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Publications de la Société des Océanistes, no. 6. Paris: Musée de l'Homme. 1958 Bibliographie: Méthodique, analytique et critique des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Publications de la Société des Océanistes, no. 8. Paris: Musée de l'Homme. 1980 Calédoniens: Répertoire bio-bibliographique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. 2d ed. Paris; Société des Océanistes. OVERELL, LILIAN

1923 A woman's impressions of German New Guinea, New York: Dodd, Mead, PACIFIC ISLANDS M O N T H L Y

1939 Five killed in N.G. plane crash: Father Kirschbaum, noted German missionary, a victim. Pacific Islands Monthly 10(1): 3. PAKENHAM, VALERIE

1985 Out in the noonday sun: Edwardians in the tropics. New York: Random House.

I919 White shadows in the South Seas. New York: Century. I92I Mystic isles of the South Seas. Garden City, N. Y. : Garden City Publishing.

1978 New Guinea adventure: Sketch of a working anthropologist. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 49(5):4-9.

OELRICHS, A . E.

PARKINSON, R I C H A R D

1911 Magisterial report, Kumusi Division. PAR, 1910-1911, 129-136. 1912 Magisterial report for Kumusi Division. PAR, I 9 I I - I 9 1 2 , 128-133.

1887 Im Bismarck-Archipel: Erlebnisse und Beobachtungen auf der Insel Neu-Pommern. Leipzig; F, A, Brockhaus, 1889 Beiträge zur Kenntniss des deutsehen Schutzgebietes in der Südsee. Geographische Gesellschaft Hamburg, Mitteilungen 1887-1888:202-283. 1898-1899 Zur Ethnographie der nordwestlichen Salomon-Inseln. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 7(6):l-35. 1907 Dreissig Jahre in der SUdsee: Land und Leute, Sitten und Gebräuche im Bismarck-Archipel und auf den deutschen Salomo-lnseln. Stuttgart: Strecker & Schröder.

O E R T E L , FRIEDRICH

1910 Ein Besuch bei den Laewomba. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1910:51-53. I912 Bericht von Agab-Mezung. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1912:51-53. 1914 Bericht von Agab-Mezung. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1914:9-10.

278

PARKER, SUSAN B .

Bibliography

1979 The Aitape coast. Trans. J. J. Tschauder and P. Swadling. In People of the west Sepik coast, ed. P. Swadling, 35-107. Records of the National Museum and Art Gallery, record no. 7. Port Moresby: National Museum and Art Gallery.

PIXLEY, N . M .

1961 Brief synopsis of the life of Albert Charles English. Royal Historical Society of Queensland 6(3):580-593. PLISCHKE, H A N S

PARKINSON, R . , AND W . FOY

1899 Die Volksstämme Neu Pommerns. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 8(5): 1—14.

1928 Weule-Bibliographie. Gedäachtnisschrift für den verstorbenen Direktor de Museums Professor Dr. Karl Weule. Jahrbuch Leipzig 1922-25, 9:35-45. POLMAN, KATRIEN

PATON, FRANK H . L.

1903 Lomai ofLenakel: A hero of the New Hebrides. New York: Fleming H. Revell.

1983 The central Moluccas: An annotated bibliography. Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Biographical Series, 12. Dordrecht: Foris Publications.

PATON, JOHN G .

PRATT, GEORGE

1897 The story of John G. Paton: Told for young folks, or thirty years among South Sea cannibals. Ed. James Paton. New York: Hodder and Stoughton. 1907 John G. Paton: Missionary to the New Hebrides. An autobiography edited by his brother. New and complete illustrated edition, 1824-1907. Ed. James Paton. New York: Fleming H. Revell. 1923 The story of Dr. John G. Paton: Thirty years with South Sea cannibals. Ed. James Paton; rev. A. K. Langridge. Centenary ed. London: Hodder and Stoughton.

1960 Pratt's grammar and dictionary of the Samoan language. Reprint of the 1911 4th ed., rev. J. E. Newell. Malua, Western Samoa: Malua Printing Press.

PATON, W . F.

1945 Fred Paton of Malekula: The story of Rep. F. J. Paton of Malekula, New Hebrides. Burning Bush Publication, no. 2. Melbourne: Presbyterian Church of Australia. PATTEN, WILLIAM

1912 The evolution of the vertebrates and their kin. Philadelphia: P. Blakiston's Son. 1920 The grand strategy of evolution: The social philosophy of a biologist. Boston: R. G. Radger. PATTERSON, GEORGE

1882 Missionary life among the cannibals: Being the life of the Rev. John Geddie, D.D., first missionary to the New Hebrides; with a history of the Nova Scotia Presbyterian Mission on that group. Toronto: James Campbell and Son. PAUL, D .

1909 Die Neuendettelsauer Mission in KaiserWilhelmsland. Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift. 36:411-429, 472-473.

PRICE, CHRISTINE

1979 Made in the South Pacific: Arts of the sea people. New York: E. P. Dutton. PULLEN-BURRY, BETSIE

1909 In a German colony, or four weeks in New Britain. London: Methuen. RADFORD, ROBIN

1987 Highlanders and foreigners in the upper Ramu: The Kainantu area 1919—1942. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. RAEDT VAN OLDENBARNEVELT, H . J . A .

1888 Tochten in het stroomgebied der BenedenKetaun en een vierdaagsch uitstapje in de Lebong. Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 5:178-211,417-442. 1916 De Residentie Ambon. Tijdschrift voor het Binnenlandsch Bestuur 49:265—272, 376—385. RANNIE, DOUGLAS

1912 My adventures among South Sea cannibals: An account of the experiences and adventures of a government official among the natives of Oceania. Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott. RAUM, H .

1910 75-76.

Letter. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1910:

PESCOTT, R . T. M .

1954 Collections of a century: The history of the first hundred years of the national museum of Victoria. Melbourne: National Museum of Victoria. PFALZER, GEORG

1908 Bericht Hauptkonferenz 1907. 1908:33-35. 1910 Bericht dettelsauer Missionsblatt

der Missions-Station Pola für die Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt der Missions-Station Pola. Neuen1910:3 3—3 5.

PILHOFER, D . G .

1961—1963 Die Geschichte der Neuendettelsauer Mission in Neuguinea. 3 vols. Neuendettelsau: Friemund-Verlag.

RECHE, OTTO

1929 Karl Weule. In In Memoriam Karl Weule: Beiträge zur Völkerkunde und Vorgeschichte, 1—12. Leipzig: R. Voigtländers Verlag. 1954 Nova Britannia: Entdeckungsgeschichte—Die Reise der "Peiho" nach Nova Britania. . . . Ergebnisse der SüdseeExpedition, 1908-1910. Ethnographie: A. Melanesien, vol. 2, Band 4. Hamburg: Ludwif Appel. REED, STEPHEN WINSOR

1943 The making of modern New Guinea: With special reference to culture contact in the Mandated Territory. Memoirs of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 18. Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society.

279

Bibliography REIBER, JOSEF (PUB. AS REITER)

ROBERTSON, HUGH A .

1908 Der Ackerbau in Neuguinea und auf den angrenzenden Inseien. Anthropos 3:234-238.

1902 Erromanga: The martyr isle. London: Hodder and Stoughton. 1903-1904 Zur Volkskunde der Erromanganer. Geographische Gesellschaft für Thürigen Jena, Mitteilungen 21:65-80; 22:11-21.

REIBER, JOSEF

1910 Eine geologische Expedition in das Torricelligebirge (Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land). Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen 56(pt. l):78-80, 132-135. REID, R . E.

1978 John Henry Holmes in Papua: Changing missionary perspectives on indigenous cultures, 1890-1914. Journal of Pacific History 13:173—187. REITANO, F. V.

1951 5(l):l4-15.

In defence of Sir Hubert Murray. South Pacific

ROBINSON, JANE

1990 Wayward women: A guide to women Oxford: Oxford University Press.

travellers.

ROBSON, R . W .

1973 Queen Emma: The Samoan-American girl who founded an empire in 19th century New Guinea. 3d, rev. ed. Sydney: Pacific Publications. ROBSON, R . W . , COMP, AND ED.

RENDLE, A . B .

1926 Dr. Rudolf Schlechter (1872-1925). Journal of Botany 64(757):24-25. RLCHARZ, STEPH. (FROM NOTES BY REIBER)

1907 Vorläufiger Bericht über geologische Untersuchungen in Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land. Petermanns Geographische Kitteilungen 53:285-286. RIDLEY, H . N .

1916 Report on the botany of the Wollaston expedition to Dutch New-Guinea. Transactions of the Linnean Society, Botany, ser. 2, 9:1-264. RIESE, BERTHOLD

1991 Richard Thurnwald. In International dictionary of anthropologists, comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG), Christopher Winters, gen. ed., 697-699New York: Garland. RILEY, E. BAXTER

1902 Transformations. Chronicle LMS 11:12-14. 1923 Sago-making on the Fly River. Man 23:145146 and figs. 1^4. 1925 Among Papuan headhunters: An account of the manners and customs of the old Fly River headhunters, with a description of the secrets of the initiation ceremonies divulged by those who have passed through all the different orders of the craft. London: Seeley, Service. RILEY, E. BAXTER, AND SIDNEY H . RAY

1930-1931 Sixteen vocabularies from the Fly River, Papua. Introduction and notes by S. H. Ray. Anthropos 25:173-194, 831-850; 26:171-192.

1932 The Pacific islands year Sydney: Pacific Publications. 1942 The Pacific islands year time) ed. Suva: Pacific Publications. 1944 The Pacific islands year time) ed. Suva: Pacific Publications. 1954 Handbook of Papua and Sydney: Pacific Publications.

book 1932. 1st ed. book 1942. 4th (warbook, 1944.5th

(war-

New Guinea. 1st ed.

ROBSON, WILLIAM

1911? James Chalmers: Missionary and explorer of Rarotonga and New Guinea. New ed. London: S. W. Partridge. RODATZ, H A N S

1908 Aus dem neuen Bezirk Eitape. DKB 19: 15-20. 1909a Bericht über eine Expedition SsissanoLeitere-Warapu-Arup-Malol. Amtsblatt 1:124-126. 1909b Eine Expedition im Norden von KaiserWilhelmsland. DKB 20:174-176. ROE, MICHAEL

1979 John Watt Beattie. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 7:232-233. ROONEY, S. R .

1912 Notes on some customs and beliefs of the natives of Choiseul Island. Transactions and Proceedings of the Australian Association for the Advancement of Science 13: 442-445. ROSE, FRITZ

RITZ, HERMANN B .

1914 Notes on the list of native words of the Oyster Bay tribe, presented by Mr. J. W. Beattie. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1913:82-94.

1893 Bericht über eine Expedition nach den Fead (Abgarris) Inseln. DKB 4:155. ROSKOSCHNY, HERMANN

RIVERS, W . H . R .

1885 Europas Kolonien: Die Deutschen in der Südsee. Leipzig: Gressner & Schramm.

1914 The History of Melanesian society: Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to Melanesia. 2 vols. Cambridge: University Press. Reprinted 1968. Oosterhout N.B., The Netherlands: Anthropological Publications.

Ross, A. G. 1915 The future of the Fijian: A retrospect and a plea. Trans. Fijian Society 1914•

280

Bibliography Ross, W. A. 1969 The Catholic mission in the western highlands. In The History of Melanesia: Second Waigani Seminar, 319—327. Canberra: University of Papua New Guinea and Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. ROWLEY, C . D .

1958 The Australians in German New Guinea, 1914— 1921. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. RYAN, H . J .

1912 Magisterial report for Kikori district, Western Division. PAR, 1 9 1 1 - 1 9 1 2 , 7 1 - 7 5 . RYAN, PETER, ED.

1972 Encyclopaedia of Papua and New Guinea. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea.

SARFERT, ERNST

1913a Ausgrabungsfunde von Nan Matol auf Ponape.Jahrbuch Leipzig 1911-1912, 5:33-37. 1913b Masken aus dem Bismarck-Archipel. Jahrbuch Leipzig, 1911-1912, 5:38—41. 1913c Deutschland in der Südsee: Reisebilder aus dem Bismarck-Archipel. Jahrbuch Leipzig, 1911-1912, 5:4463. SCARR, DERYCK

1967 Fragments of empire: A history of the western Pacific high commission, 1877—1914- Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1980 Viceroy of the Pacific. The majesty of colour: A l i f e of Sir John Bates Thurston. Vol. 2. Pacific Research Monograph, no. 4. Canberra: Australian National University. 1984 Fiji: A short history. Sydney: George Allen and Unwin. !

SACK, PETER G .

SCHLAGINHAUFEN, OTTO

1979 German New Guinea: The annual reports. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1980 German New Guinea: The draft annual report for 1913—1914- Canberra: Department of Law Research, Australian National University.

1909 Unpublished field diaries. Archives of the Staatlisches Museums für Völkerkunde Dresden. 1910a Reisen in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland (Neuguinea). Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 13(1): 1—19. 1910b Eine ethnographische Sammlung vom Kaiserin-Augustafluss in Neuguinea. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 13(2): 1 - 7 4 . 1910c Verzierte Schädel aus Neuguinea und Neumecklenburg. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 13(4): 1 - 1 6 . 1914 Anthropometrische Untersuchungen an Eingeborenen in Deutsch-Neuguinea. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresden 14(5): 1 - 8 2 . 1920 Reisen und Forschungen in der melanesischen Südsee. Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien, Sitzunsberichte 50:[53-58}. 1959 Muliama: Zwei Jahre unter Südsee-Insulanern. Zurich: Orell Füssli.

SALISBURY, RICHARD F.

SCHLECHTER, RUDOLF

1970 Vunamami: Economic transformation in a traditional society. Berkeley: University of California Press.

1901-03 Reise bericht der Guttapercha- und Kautschuk-Expedition nach den Südsee-Kolonien: Berichte 1 - 5 . Der Tropenpflanzer 5 : 2 1 1 - 2 2 0 , 3 1 8 - 3 2 9 , 3 7 2 - 3 8 2 , 4 5 7 - 4 7 1 , 539; 6 : 2 1 3 - 2 3 4 , 3 9 4 - 4 0 2 ; 7 : 3 0 8 - 3 2 0 . 1903 Über seine Reise in Neuguinea und die NeuGuinea-Guttapercha. DKB 14:296. 1905 Pflanzegeographische Gliederung der Insel Neu Caledonien. Englers Botanische Jahrbücher für Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 36:4-41. 1907 Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Flora von NeuKaledonien. Englers Botanische Jahrbücher für Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 39:4—247. 1911 Die Guttapercha- und Kautschuk-Expedition des Kolonial-Wirtschftlichen Komittees nach Kaiser Wilhelmsland 1907-1909. Berlin: Kolonial-Wirtschftliches Komitee.

1976 The bloodthirsty Laewomba?: Myth and history in Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Department of Law, Research School of Social Sciences, Australian National University, and Morobe District Historical Society. 1977 Law, politics, and native "crimes" in German New Guinea. In Germany in the Pacific and Far East, 1870— 1914, ed. J . A. Moses and P. M. Kennedy, 3 1 3 - 3 4 6 . St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 1990 The end of the Hahl era in German New Guinea: Voluntary career change or removal from office? Journal of Pacific History 2 5 : 2 2 7 - 2 3 2 . , ED.

1980 German New Guinea: A bibliography. Canberra: Department of Law Research, Australian National University. SACK, PETER, AND DYMPHNA CLARK, EDS.

SAPPER, K A R L

1910a Dr. Friedericis Südsee-Reisen. DKB 21: 141-142. 1910b Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer amtlichen Forschungs-reis nach dem Bismarck-Archipel im Jahre 1908. I. Beiträge zur Landeskunde von Neu-Mecklenburg und seinen Nachbarinseln. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten, Ergänzungsheft no. 3. SARASIN, FRITZ

1917 Neu-Caledonien und die Loyalty-Inseln: ReiseErinnerungen eines Naturforschers. Basel: Verlag von George.

281

Bibliography

1914 Die Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Repertorium specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis. Beiheft, Bd. 1. Dahlem bei Berlin: Gebrüder Bornträger. SCHMIDLIN, JOSEPH

SEDDON, RICHARD J O H N

1900 The Right Hon. R. J. Seddon's (the premier of New Zealand) visit to Tonga, Fiji, Savage Island, and the Cook Islands. Wellington: John Mackay, Government Printer.

1913 Die katholischen Missionen in den deutschen Schutzgebieten. Munster in Westfalen: Aschendorffsche Verlagsbuchhandlung.

SEIDEL, H .

SCHMIDT, ROCHUS

SELIGMAN, C . G .

1895 Deutschlands Kolonien: Ihre Gestaltung, elung und Hilfsquellen. Berlin: Schall & Grund.

Entwick-

1911 Die Insel Ponape vor und nach dem Aufstande. DKZ 28:590-592. 1910 The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge: Cambridge University.

SCHMUTTERER, GOTTFRIED

SENTINELLA, C . L . , TRANS.

1912 Letters. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1912:28-29, 65-66. 1913 Letter. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1913: 73-75. 1954 30 Geschichten aus Neuendettelsauer Mission zum. Verlesen. Neuendettelsau: Friemund-Verlag.

1977 Mikloucho-Maclay: 1883- Madang: Kristen Pres.

3 vols. Leipzig:

SCHOLEFIELD, G . H .

1940 A dictionary of New Zealand biography. 2 vols. Wellington: Department of Internal Affairs. SCHOLZ, D R .

1907 Kannibalismus im Bismarck-Archipel. DKB 18:804-807. 1910 Bericht. Amtsblatt 2:79-80, 83-84, 87-88. 1912 Bericht über eine Reise nach der Nordküste. Amtsblatt 4:35-37. SCHULTZ, ADOLPH H .

1959 Otto Schlaginhaufen zum 80. Geburtstag. Anthropologischer Anzeiger 23:239-240. SCHUMANN, KARL, AND KARL LAUTERBACH

1901 Die Flora der deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Südsee. Leipzig: Gebrüder Bornträger. 1905 Nachträge die Flora der deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Südsee. Leipzig: Gebrüder Bornträger. SCHWAB, J O H N

1942 List of New Guinea SSpS and SVD deceased up to 6/4/42. An old document that was found among John Schwab's papers. Manuscript. Copy in the archives of the Diocese of Aitape, St. Anna, Aitape, Papua New Guinea. SCOTT, R . F.

1910 Plans of the British Antarctic expedition, 1910. Geographical Journal 36:11-20. 1913 Scott's last expedition. Arranged by Leonard Huxley. 2 vols. New York: Dodd Mead. SCRIVIN, ARTHUR H .

1974a Helena Goldie. The encyclopedia of world Methodism 1:1015. 1974b John Francis Goldie. The encyclopedia of world Methodism 1:1015-1016.

282

SERLE, PERCIVAL

1949 Dictionary Angus and Robertson.

of Australian biography. Sydney:

SHURCLIFF, SIDNEY N .

SCHNEE, HEINRICH, COMP.

1920 Deutsches Kolonial-Lexicon. Verlag von Quelle & Meyer.

New Guinea diaries, 1871—

1930 Jungle islands: The "lllyria" in the South Seas. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. SINCLAIR, JAMES P.

1988 Last frontiers: The explorations of Ivan Champion of Papua: A record of geographical exploration in Australia's Territory of Papua between 1926 and 1940. Gold Coast, Queensland: Pacific Press. SINGELMANN, CONSUL

1909 Prof. Dr. Finschs Anteil an der Erwerbung des deutschen Südsee-Schutzgebietes. DKZ 26:689-692. SINGER, ANDRE (PRODUCER)

1985 Sir Walter Baldwin Spencer: Fieldwork. A film in the Strangers Abroad series. Available from Films for the Humanities and Sciences, Princeton, N.J. (800-257-5126). SISSONS, D . C . S.

1983 Isokichi Komine. Australian dictionary of biography, 1891-1939, 9:633-634. SLOBODIN, RICHARD

1978 versity Press.

W. H. R. Rivers. New York: Columbia Uni-

SMALL, A . J .

1910 Introductory note. In The Fiji of to-day, J . W. Burton, 11-14. London: Charles H. Kelly. 1920 Our Fiji letter: The missionary on tour. Missionary Rev. 30(8):6-8. SMALL, E. B . ( M R S . A . J . )

1900 Letter from Mrs. Small, Bau, Fiji. Rev. 10(4): 1-2.

Missionary

SMITH, MICHAEL FRENCH

1978 Good men face hard times in Kragur: Ideology and social change in a New Guinea village. Ph.D. diss., University of California, San Diego. 1990 Catholicism, capitalist incorporation, and resistance in Kragur village. In The ethnography of Christianity

Bibliography

in the Pacific, ed. John Barker, 149-172. Association for Social Anthropology in Oceania Monograph, no. 12. Lanham, Md.: University Press of America. 1994 Hard times on Kairiru Island: Poverty, development, and morality in a Papua New Guinea village. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press. SMITH, M I L E S STANIFORTH

1911 Kikori expedition. PAR, 1910-1911, 165-171. 1912a [Report for] Department of Mines. PAR, 1911-1912, 33-36. 1912b Exploring in Papua. Geographical Journal 39:313-334. SNELLEMAN, J O H . F.

1909 Danstoestel van Merauke. De Aarde en haar Volken (bijblad) 4 6 ( l ) : l - 3 . 1910 Het Kalk Werpen op Nieuw-Guinea. De Aarde en haar Wolken (bijblad) 46(1 l ) : 4 l ^ 2 . SNOW, PHILIP A .

1969 A bibliography of Fiji, Tonga, and Rotuma. Preliminary Working Edition. Canberra: Australian National University Press. SNOW, PHILIP, AND STEFANIE WAINE

1979 ThePeople from the horizon: An illustrated history of the Europeans among the South Sea islanders. Oxford: Phaidon. SOUTER, GAVIN

1963 Taplinger.

New Guinea: The last unknown. New York:

1911 The origin of cuts on bones of Australian extinct marsupials. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 24:92-123. STAAL, J . J .

1913 De Engelsche expeditie naar den Carstensztop. Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 30:539-542. 1914 Dr. Wollaston's Expeditie naar den Carstenszberg in Ned. Nieuw-Guinea. Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 31:388-394. STANLEY, EVAN R .

1912a Report on the geology of the Vailala petroleum area, Gulf Division, Papua, by Evan R. Stanley, government geologist, 1912 .PAR, 1911-1912, 175-180 and map. 1912b Report on the geology of Woodlark Island (Murua), Papua, by Evan R. Stanley, government geologist, 1912. PAR, 1911-1912, 189-208 and plates 1-4. 1923a The geology of Papua. Melbourne: A. J. Mullett, Government Printer. 192 3b Report on the salient geological features and natural resources of the New Guinea Territory, including notes on dialects and ethnology. Melbourne: A. J . Mullett, Government Printer. Reprinted from the Report for the Territory of New Guinea, 1921-1922. STANNER, W . E. H .

1972 Lorimer Fison. Australian dictionary phy, 1851-1890, 4:175-176.

of biogra-

STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M . J . VAN

SPEISER, FELIX

1913 Two years with the natives in the western Pacific. London: Mills and Boon. 1922 Decadence and preservation in the New Hebrides. In Essays on the depopulation of Melanesia, ed. W. H. R. Rivers, 25—61. Cambridge: University Press. 1923 Ethnographische Materialien aus den Neuen Hebriden und den Banks-Inseln. Berlin: C. W. Kreidel's Verlag. 1946 Versuch einer Siedlungsgeschichte der Südsee. Denkschriften der Schweizerischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 77(1). 1991 Ethnology of Vanuatu: An early twentieth century study. Trans. D. Q. Stephenson. Bathurst, NSW: Crawford House Press. SPENCER, BALDWIN

1914 Native tribes of the Northern Territory of Australia. London: Macmillan. 1927 The Arunta: A study of a stone age people. London: Macmillan. 1928 Wanderings in wild Australia. 2 vols. London: Macmillan. SPENCER, BALDWIN, AND F. J . GILLEN

1899 Macmillan. 1904 Macmillan.

SPENCER, W . BALDWIN, AND R . H . WALCOTT

The native tribes of central Australia.

1950 ser. l . v o l . 1.

Cyclopaedia of collectors. Flora

Malesiana,

STEPHEN, A N N

1993 Pirating the Pacific. Haymarket, NSW: Powerhouse Publishing. STERN, BERNHARD J . , ED.

1930 Selections from the letters of Lorimer Fison and A. W. Howitt to Lewis Henry Morgan. American Anthropologist 32:257-279, 4 1 9 ^ 5 3 . STERR, JOSEF

1950 Zwischen Giesterhaus und Kathedrale: Unter Steinreit-Menschen der Südsee. Modling bei Wien: St. Gabriel Verlag. STEVEN, MARGARET

1986 Walter Henry Lucas. Australian dictionary biography, 1891-1939, 10:165-166.

of

STEWART, J O H N

1990 Antarctica: An encyclopedia. N.C.: McFarland.

2 vols. Jefferson,

STRAUSS, H . , AND H . TISCHNER

London:

The northern tribes of central Australia. London:

1962 Die Mi-Kultur der Hagenberg stamme in östlichen Zentral-Neuguinea. Hamburg Museum für Völkerkunde, Monographien zur Völkerkunde, 3. Hamburg: Cram, de Gruyter.

283

Bibliography STRAUSS, HERMANN, WITH HERBERT TISCHNER

THURNWALD, RICHARD C .

1990 The Mi-culture of the Mount Hägen people, Papua New Guinea. Ed. G. Stürzenhofecker and A. J . Strathern. Ethnology Monographs, no. 13. Pittsburgh: Department of Anthropology, University of Pittsburgh.

1910 Im Bismarckarchipel und auf den Salamoinseln, 1906-1909. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 42:98-147. 1912 Forschungen auf den Salomo-lnseln und dem Bismarck-Archipel. 2 vols. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen). 1913 Eine Durchquerund des Gebiets zwischen Kaiserin-Augustafluss und Küste. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten 26:357—363. 1914 Vom mittleren Sepik zur Nordwestküste von Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten 27:81-84. 1915 Von der Forschungsreise Dr. Thurnwalds in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. DKB 26:304-305. 1916 Banaro society: Social organization and kinship system of a tribe in the interior of New Guinea. Memoirs of the American Anthropological Association 3:253—391. 1917 Vorläufiger Bericht über Forschungen im Innern von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea in den Jahren 1913-1915. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 49:147-179. 1918 Drei Jahre im Innern von Neuguinea, 1913— 1915. Jahrbuch Leipzig, 1915-17, 7:73-76.

STUART, IAN

1973 Port Moresby: Yesterday and today. Rev. ed. Sydney: Pacific Publications. STÜRZENHOFECKER, GABRIELE

1993 Letter, GS to R. L. Welsch, 18 May 1993. Copy in files of the author. STÜRZENHOFECKER, GEORG

1907 Erdbeben in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Staat und Ernte 1907:22. 1911 Erster bericht über Ongga. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 1911:89. SÜDSEESTUDIEN

1951 Südseestudien: Gedenkschrift zur Errinnerung an Felix Speiser. Basel: Museum für Völkerkunde und Schweizerischen Museum für Volkskunde Basel. SUKUNA, RATU SIR LALA

1983 Fiji: The three-legged stool. Selected writings of Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna. Ed. D. Scarr. London: Macmillan Education for the Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna Biography Committee. TAPPENBECK, E.

1898 14:52-59.

Bericht über die Ramu-Expedition. NKWL

TIPPETT, ALAN R .

1967 Solomon Islands Christianity: A study in growth and obstruction. World Studies of Churches in Mission. London: Lutterworth Press. 1951

George Friederici. Ethnos 12:182-191.

Awakening. London: New Guinea Mission.

TOWNSEND, G . W . L.

TERRELL, JOHN, AND ROBERT L. W E L S C H

1990 Return to New Guinea. In the Field: The Bulletin of the Field Museum of Natural History 6 l ( 5 ) : l , 10—11.

1968 District officer: From untamed New Guinea to Lake Success. Sydney: Pacific Publishing. TOZZER, A . M . , AND A . L. KROEBER

THIEL, M A X

1909 1:113-115.

1971 Alte Maprik-Plastiken von der Nordküste Neuguineas. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde Dresden 33:81—93.

TOMLIN, J . W . S.

TERMER, FRANZ

1947

TIESLER, FRANK

1936 Roland Burrage Dixon. American gist 38:291-300.

Nachruf: Richard Parkinson. Amtsblatt

Anthropolo-

TRIMBORN, HERMANN THOMAS, GORDON

1961 When Lucas and twelve apostles ruled New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly 31(6):65—69. THOMAS, JULIAN

1886 Cannibals and convicts: Notes of personal ences in the western Pacific. London: Cassell.

experi-

THOMPSON, R . WARDLAW

1954 79:254-260. I960 5:450-451.

Richard Thurnwald. Zeitschrift für George Friederici. Neue Deutsche

Ethnologie Biographie

TURNER, J . B .

1970 Nineteenth century New Zealand Auckland: Govett-Brewster Art Gallery.

photographs.

1900 My trip in the "John Williams." London: London Missionary Society. 1901 The Chalmers' memorial fund. Chronicle LMS 10:187.

ULDRIKS, FREDERIKE J . VAN

THOMSON, BASIL

UNITED FREE CHURCH OF SCOTLAND

1908 The Fijians: A study of the decay of custom. London: William Heinemann.

1914 Dr. Gunn's story of his life-work. MR-UFC Scotland l 4 ( l 6 8 ) : 5 4 8 - 5 4 9 .

284

1910 Uit de geschiedenis der Utrechtsche Zendingsvereeniging. De Aarde en Haar Wolken (bijblad) 46: 234-240.

Bibliography VALLANCE, T . G .

1979 Joseph Edmund Carne. Australian biography, 1891-1939, 7:565-566.

dictionary

of

1919 The origin of the volcanic tuff of Pejark Marsh, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 32:1-10. W A L L A C E , ALFRED RUSSEL

VAN DÖREN, CHARLES, ED.

1974 Webster's American biographies. Mass.: G. and C. Merriam.

Springfield,

VERTENTEN, P.

1935 Vijftien J aar bijde Koppensnellers van Nederlandsch Zuid-Nieuw-Guinea. The Netherlands: Davidsfonds. V E T T E R , KONRAD

1896a Der Balumskultus bei den Eingeborenen Neu-Guineas. Neuendettelsauer Missionsblatt 28:57—62, 65-691896b Einige Erzählungen der Eingeborenen von Deutsch Neu-Guinea. Zeitschrift für afrikanische und oceanische Sprachen 2 : 2 2 0 - 2 4 0 . 1897 Der Balumskultus der Eingeborenen von Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Geographische Gesellschaft für Thürigen Jena, Mitteilungen 15:65.

1869 The Malay Archipelago: utan and the bird of paradise, a narrative man and nature. London: Macmillan.

The land of the orangof travel with studies of

W A R N E C K E , (GOVERNMENT SECRETARY)

1902 Uber eine Dienstreise nach den nordwestlichen Insel Gruppen des Bismarck-Archipel. DKB 1 4 : 1 9 7 199, 2 2 1 - 2 2 2 . WARNECKE ET AL.

1910 Eine Verwahrung [2 3 Dec. 1909 letter responding to Dorsey's Tribune articles signed by fifty-nine residents of German New Guinea]. DKZ 27:363. WASHAUSEN, HELMUT

'1968 Hamburg und die Kolonialpolitik des deutschen Reiches 1880 bis 1890. Hamburg: Hans Christians Verlag. WASTERVAL, J . A .

VIEGEN, J O S E P H

1899 Letters. Hiltruper Monatshefte 1 8 9 9 : 2 6 2 - 2 7 0 , 278-280. 1911 De Marindineezen van Ned. Nieuw-Guinea; ethnographische Studie over namen van rivieren, platsen en stammen. Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 2 8 : 1 1 0 - 1 1 9 . 1912 Oorsprongs- en afstammingslegenden van den Marindinees (zuid Nieuw-Guinea). Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 2 9 : 1 3 7 - 1 5 3 . 1922 Het godsdienstig leven van den Marind in verband met de aardrijkskunde en volkenkunde van NieuwGuinea. Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap 3 9 : 3 9 1 - 3 9 2 .

1916 Zwangerschap, geboorte en kindermoord bij de Papoea's in en om de Humboldtsbaai. Tijdschrift voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde 5 7 : 2 6 3 - 2 7 0 . 1919 Zwangerschap, geboorte, kindermoord en huwelijk bij de Papoea's in en om de Tanah-Merah-baai. Tijdschrift voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde 58:213—224. 1922 Een en ander omtrent godsdienst, zeden en gewoonten bij de bevolking in en om de Humbold tsbaai. Tijdschrift voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde 6 1 : 4 9 9 - 5 0 7 . WATERHOUSE, W . L .

1936 61 :i—xxxviii.

Presidential address. Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW

WAWN, WILLIAM T. VINER, A . J . ; G . J . W I L L I A M S ; AND FRANK LENWOOD

1916 London Missionary Society: Report of Revs. A. J. Viner, G. J. Williams, and Rev. Frank Lenwood: Deputation to the South Seas and Papua (with a chapter on the organization in Australasia). June, 1915-June, 1916. London: London Missionary Society.

1973 The South Sea islanders and the Queensland labour trade. Ed. Peter Corris. Pacific History Series, no. 5. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press. W E B E R , (ASSESSOR)

1912 Anleitung für den beauftragten Regierungs-Schule.

Richter. Rabaul:

VLAMYNCK, JORIS

1949 De Redder der Kaja-Kaja's Vertenten). Tielt: Lanoo.

(Pater

Petrus

VOGEL, H A N S

1911 Line Forschungsreise Hamburg: L. Friederichsen.

im

Bismarck-Archipel.

W A L C O T T , H . P.

1913 Alexander Agassiz. Proceedings Academy of Arts and Science 4 8 : 3 1 - 4 4 .

of the

American

WALCOTT, R . H .

1912 Note on Fijian clubs ornamented with Maori patterns. Memoirs of the National Museum, Melbourne 4:54—57. 1915 Descriptions of the Victorian meteorites, with notes on obsidianites. Melbourne: A. J . Mullett, Government Printer.

W E L S C H , R O B E R T L.

1988 The A. B. Lewis collection from Melanesia— 75 years later. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 59(8): 10—15. With A. B. Lewis, New Britain notebook, 16-23. 1989 A day in the life of the A. B. Lewis project. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin 60(5):22-23. W E R N E R , ALICE

1909 Translator's introduction. In Native l i f e in East Africa: The results of an ethnological research expedition, Karl Weule, xi-xxiv. New York: D. Appleton. W E R N E R , EUGEN

1911 Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land: Erlebnise in den Urwäldern Neuguineas. Herdersche Verlagshandlung.

Beobachtungen und Freiburn im Breisgau:

285

Bibliography W E S T , FRANCIS

1969 Hubert Murray: The Australian pro-consul. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. 1972a Emma Eliza Forsayth. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 4 6 4 . Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972b Atlee Arthur Hunt. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 543. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972c Walter H. Lucas. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 663. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972d John Hubert Plunkett Murray. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 8 0 6 - 8 0 8 . Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. 1972e Richard Parkinson. In Encyclopedia of Papua New Guinea, ed. P. Ryan, 890. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press in association with the University of Papua New Guinea. , ED.

1970 Selected letters of Hubert Murray. Melbourne: Oxford University Press. W E T H E R E L L , DAVID

1974 Monument to a missionary: C. W. Abel and the Keveri of Papua. Journal of Pacific History 8 : 3 0 - 4 8 . 1977 Reluctant mission: The Anglican Church in Papua New Guinea. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. 1980 Pioneers and patriarchs: Samoans in a nonconformist mission district in Papua, 1 8 9 0 - 1 9 1 7 . Journal of Pacific History 1 5 : 1 3 0 - 1 5 4 . 1982 The fortunes of Charles W. Abel of Kwato, 1891-1930.Journal of Pacific History 1 7 : 1 9 5 - 2 1 7 .

1915a Die deutsche-türkischen Wirtschftsbeziehungen und ihre Entwicklungsmöglichkeiten. Munich: Duncker & Humblot. 1915b Der Sinn deutschen Kolonialbesitzes. Bonn: A. Marcus & E. Weber. WILKEN, G . A.

1921 The sociology of Malayan peoples: Being three essays on kinship, marriage, and inheritance in Indonesia. Trans. G. Hunt. Papers on Malay Subjects, 2d ser., no. 5. Kuala Lumpur: Committee for Malay Studies. Reprinted 1980, New York: AMS Press. W I L K I N S O N , DAVID

1889 "Lala," or Fijian service tenures. Archaeological Review 2 : 3 6 7 - 3 7 6 . 1925 Origin of the Fijian race. Trans. Fijian Society

1908-1910: 7-17. Reprinted 1925.

W I L L I A M S , F. E .

1940

Drama ofOrokolo. Oxford: Clarendon.

W I L L I A M S , THOMAS, AND J A M E S , CALVERT

1858 Fiji and the Fijians. Ed. G. S. Rowe. 2 vols, in one. London: Alexander Heylin. WILLIAMSON, R O B E R T W .

1914 The ways of the South Sea savage: A record of travel & observation amongst the savages of the Solomon Islands & primitive coast & mountain peoples of New Guinea. London: Seeley, Service. W I L L I S , IAN

1974 Lae: Village and city. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. WILSON, CECIL

1912 My last voyage. London: Melanesian Mission. 1932 The wake of the "Southern Cross": Work and adventures in the South Seas. London: John Murray. [WILSON, ELLEN]

WEYMOUTH, ROSS

1988 The unevangelised Fields Mission in Papua, 1 9 3 1 - 1 9 8 1 . Journal of Pacific History 2 3 : 1 7 5 - 1 9 0 .

1915 The isles that wait. By a lady member of the Melanesian Mission. London: Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.

WHITEMAN, DARRELL L.

W I L T G E N , RALPH M .

Melanesians and missionaries: An ethnohistorical 1983 study of social and religious change in the southwest Pacific. Pasadena, Calif.: William Carey Library.

1969 Catholic mission plantations in mainland New Guinea: Their origin and purpose. In The History of Melanesia: Second Waigani Seminar, 3 2 9 - 3 6 2 . Canberra: University of Papua New Guinea and Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University.

WICHMANN, ARTHUR

1910 Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea (1828 bis 1885). Nova Guinea 2(pt. 1): 1 - 3 7 0 . 1912 Entdeckungsgeschichte von Neu-Guinea (1885 bis 1902). Nova Guinea 2(pt. 2 ) : 3 7 1 - 1 0 2 6 . 1917 Bericht über eine im Jahre 1903 ausgeführte Reise nach Neu-Guinea. Nova Guinea 4:1—493. WIEDENFELD, KURT

1908 Erlebnisse und Betrachtungen auf einer Ostafrikareis. DKZ 2 5 : 8 9 1 - 8 9 2 . 1911 Erlebnisse und Betrachtungen auf einer Ostafrikareis. Essen: G. D. Baedeker.

286

WINKLER

1913 Zehn Jahre Gouverneur von Neu-Guinea. DKZ 3 0 : 4 6 7 ^ 1 6 8 . W I N T E R S , C H R I S T O P H E R , GEN. ED.

1991 International dictionary of anthropologists. Comp. Library-Anthropology Resource Group (LARG). New York: Garland. W O L L A S T O N , A . F. R .

1912 Pygmies and Papuans: The stone age to-day in Dutch New Guinea. New York: Sturgis and Walton.

Bibliography

1914 An expedition to Dutch New Guinea. Geographical Journal 43:248-273.

1922 The Solomon Islands. In Essays on the depopulation of Melanesia, ed. W. H. R. Rivers, 69-77. Cambridge: University Press.

W O L L A S T O N , M A R Y , ED.

1933 Letters and diaries of A. F. R. Wollaston. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. W O O D , A . HAROLD

1978 Overseas missions of the Australian Methodist Church. Vol. 2: Fiji. Melbourne: Aldersgate Press. WOODFORD, CHARLES M .

1888 Exploration of the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society 10:351-376. 1889 Life in the Solomon Islands. Popular Science Monthly, August, 476-487. 1890a Further exploration in the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society 12:393—418. 1890b A naturalist among the head-hunters: Being an account of three visits to the Solomon Islands in the years 1886, 1887, and 1888. London: George Philip and Son. 1908 Notes on the manufacture of the Malaita shell bead money of the Solomon group. Man 8:81-84. 1916 Note on a remarkable honey eater ( W o o d f o r d i a superciliosa North) from Rennell Island in the western Pacific. Ibis 4(1): 118-122.

WOOLNOUGH, W . G .

1927 [Obituary of Charles Hedley]. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 60:xvi. W u , DAVID Y . H .

1982 The Chinese in Papua New Guinea, 1880— 1980. Hong Kong: Chinese University Press. WUNDT, WILHELM MAX

1900-1909 Volkerpsychologie: Eine Untersuchung der Entwicklungsgesetze von Sprache, Mythus und Sitte. Leipzig: W. Englemann. YOUNG, FLORENCE S . H .

1925 Brothers.

Pearls from the Pacific. London: Marshall

YOUNG, J O H N MICHAEL RENDER

1970 Evanescent ascendancy: The planter community in Fiji. In Pacific Islands Portraits, ed. J . W. Davidson and D. Scarr, 147-175. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 1984 Adventurous spirits. Australian migrant society in pre-cession Fiji. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press.

287

About the Editor

received his Ph.D. in anthropology from the University of Washington. He is currently adjunct curator of anthropology at Field Museum in Chicago and visiting professor in the Department of Anthropology at Dartmouth College. Among his publications is "Language and Culture on the North Coast of New Guinea" (with J. Terrell and J . A. Nadolski), published in American Anthropologist and winner of the American Anthropological Association's Morton H . Fried Prize for best article in 1992. R O B E R T L. W E L S C H